Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
Ameron is a leading
producer of glassfiberreinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe
systems with manufacturing
facilities in the Americas,
Europe and Asia-Pacific.
Ameron offers the worlds
most comprehensive line of
GRE pipe products for
industry, oil & gas, offshore,
marine and fuel handling
applications.
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Ameron provides a high
degree of customer support
through a network of sales
offices, supply houses,
stocking distributors and
sales representatives in
more than 100 countries.
This is supported by central
research and development
facilities, to meet customer
requirements.
COIL-LOCK
A self-restrained mechanical joint offering quick assembly with
ductile spiral locking key between male and female. Two O-ring
seals can be easily tested at assembly.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
DOUBLE O-RING
A mechanical joint offering quick assembly between male and
female ends. Two O rings are employed to provide sealing.
Available in sizes 25-900 mm (1-36 in).
CENTRON PROPRIETARY 4 RD
A 4 round threaded joint offering quick assembly between male
and female ends. An O ring is employed to provide optimal
sealing.
Available in sizes 50-200 mm (2-8 in).
An EUE 8 RD joint is also available in sizes
11/2 - 41/2 in (tubing), 41/2 - 95/8 in (casing) and 2-8 in (line pipe).
PRONTO-LOCK
A heavy-duty threaded joint system allowing fast and easy
assembly.
Available in sizes 50-400 mm (2-16 in).
FLANGES
One-piece flanges and Van Stone-type flanges with loose flange
rings.
Available in sizes 25-1000 mm (1-40 in).
Maximum
operating
temperature
(C)
(F)
Bondstrand
110
(mm)
(inch)
1-40
3500
50-250
2-10
300
50-150
2-6
16
230
25-400
1-16
398
5750
200-1000
8-40
75
1050
93
200
245
65
150
20
Bondstrand PSX
121
250
Bondstrand SSL
110
230
Dualoy
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
USA
Phone (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax (+1) 940 569 2764
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone (+31) 345 587 587
Fax (+31) 345 587 561
E-mail: info@ameron-fpg.nl
Nominal
pipe size
25-1000
230
Centron
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
USA
Phone (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax (+1) 713 690 2842
www.ameron-intl.com
Maximum
operating
pressure
(Bar)
(PSI)
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
N0. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone (+65) 8616118
Fax (+65) 8621302/861 7834
E-mail: info@ameron.com.sg
BONDSTRAND
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY
AND PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS
Duplex
max. 3.0
min. 1.35
Bondstrand
max. 1.85
min. 0.9
BONDSTRAND
THE COST-EFFECTIVE
ALTERNATIVE
INDUSTRY
Reduced costs
The installation cost of GRE pipe systems
are typically 80% of the costs of carbon
steel. The corrosion resistance and
resistance to UV light reduce the
maintenance costs for both aboveground and buried pipelines. The smooth
internal surface reduces the head loss
resulting in lower pump energy
consumption.
MARINE
OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
DURABLE AND CORROSION RESISTANT
Longer service life
LIGHTWEIGHT EASY TO INSTALL
No need for heavy equipment
REDUCED COSTS
Less than schedule 80 carbon steel
Does not require protective coatings
ELECTRICALLY SHIELDED
When grounded properly, prevents excessive accumulation
of static electricity
FUEL HANDLING
OFFSHORE
Carbon steel
1.0
PE
max. 1.6
min. 1.0
PA
max. 2.0
min. 1.25
IT CAN TAKE
THE HEAT
Bondstrand PSX is a revolutionary breakthrough
in piping technology. Ameron scientists have
engineered a new class of non-metallic piping
that offers unprecedented benefits.
Outstanding resistance to fire and heat
Low smoke and low toxicity emissions
Bonded with Amerons proprietary PSX
adhesive
Superior strength, flexibility, resilience and
impact resistance
Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear
Exceptional corrosion resistance
Resistance to a wide range of aggressive
chemicals, including acids and solvents
Outstanding weatherability, including
resistance to UV, water and moisture
TESTED
Bondstrand PSXL3 displayed excellent resistance
to elevated temperatures in IMO Level 3 fire tests.
50 and 150mm (2- and 6 inch) pipes withstood
temperatures in excess of 1000C. Bondstrand
PSXJF pipe passed the rigorous requirements of
jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA
guidelines without the need for any intumescent
coating on pipe or joints.
IT CAN TAKE
THE PRESSURE
Bondstrand and Centron piping systems are
cost-effective solutions for high-pressure pipeline
systems for oil and gas services such as gathering
lines, subsea flow lines and water injection lines.
Bondstrand SSL
With a new revolutionary technology of
encapsulated high-tensile steel in a GRE jacket,
Bondstrand SSL enables operating pressures up to
almost 400 bar (5750 PSI), far higher than
conventional non-metallic materials. Ideal for the
most demanding applications in corrosive
environments including carrying crude oil, salt and
sour water.
Bondstrand 3400, 3400 XL and Centron
The technically advanced filament wound
construction of Bondstrand 3400, 3400 XL and
Centron SP/SPH pipes allows for tubing and
casing with deep hole capabilities over 3 km
(10.000 ft.) and operating pressures of up to
245 bar (3500 PSI).
Fast, reliable make-up, no adhesive required
Flow characteristics 1.5 times better than
comparable steel
Low solids build-up and low pressure drop
Excellent resistance to abrasion and wear
Exceptional corrosion resistance
Exceptional pressure and axial load capabilities
BONDSTRAND
BALLAST LINES
BILGE WATER
INERT GAS EFFLUENT
COOLING WATER
VENT PIPES
BONDSTRAND GLASSFIBER
REINFORCED EEPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS FOR
APPLICATIONS
MARINE APPL
OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
LIGHT WEIGHT
LITTLE, OR NO MAINTENANCE
available if required.
PREFAB
Bondstrand GRE systems are assembled using standard components.
This enables the yard, or (subcontracted) installer to make prefab
spools at the yard, eliminating the need for adhesive-bonded joining
on board. Major advantage is, that by using standard fittings and
avoiding lamination, adjustments can be made on-site, if required.
Once the installer is trained and certified by Ameron according to
IMO standards, they can handle the complete installation.
Amerons scope of supply may vary from material supply to complete
turn-key projects.
Ameron can be of assistance every step of the way, based on
individual customer requirements.
Cargo lines
Crude oil washing lines
Vent lines
Open decks
Cargo tanks
9
9
9
INERT GAS
Cargo lines
Fuel oil
Lubricating
Hydraulic oil
SEAWATER
4
4
4
1-7
1-7
1-7
1-7
1-7
1-7
SOUNDING / AIR
9
3
9
MISCELLANEOUS
Control air
Service air (non essential)
Brine
Auxiliary low pressure steam ( 7 bar)
1 Where non-metallic piping is used, remotely controlled valves to be proved at ships side (valve is to be controlled from outside
space).
2 Remote closing valves to be provided at the cargo tanks.
3 When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with f.p. >60C, may replace or .
4 For drains serving only the space concerned, may replace .
5 When controlling functions are not required by statutory requirements or guidelines, may replace .
6 For pipe between machinery space and deck water seal, may replace .
7 Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2, as defined in regulation 13 of the International Convention on Load Lines,
1966, should be throughout unless fitted at the upper end with the means of closing capable of being operated from a
position above the freeboard deck in order to prevent downflooding.
8 For essential services, such as fuel oil tank heating and ships whistle, is to replace .
9 For tankers where compliance with paragraph 3(f) of regulation 13F of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required, is to replace .
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Bondstrand Characteristics
series
2000M
Joining
system
Max.
operating
temperature
(C) (F)
Max.
operating
pressure
(bar) (PSI)
Nominal
pipe size
(mm)
(in)
93
93
200
200
16
16
230
230
50-400
450-600
2-16
18-24
Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper
Taper/Taper
93
93
93
93
93
93
200
200
200
200
200
200
10
12
14
16
20
25
145
175
200
230
300
350
50-1000
50-1000
50-1000
50-1000
50-1000
50-1000
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
93
93
200
200
16
16
230
230
50-400
450-600
2-16
18-24
Quick-Lock
Taper/Taper
2410*/3410*
2412*/3412*
2414*/3414*
2416*/3416*
2420*/3420*
2425*/3425*
7000M**
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
*at 21C
PSI
2414
Bar
2416
2420
2425
2410
2412 2414
2416
2420
2425
2000M 7000M
2000M 7000M
20.78
5.72
3.69
3.25
2.99
2.87
2.89
3.16
3.07
2.88
2.84
2.89
2.85
2.74
2.77
2.79
2.75
20.78
5.72
4.91
4.80
4.69
4.40
4.35
4.58
4.61
4.33
4.24
4.28
4.32
4.19
4.11
4.12
4.13
20.78
10.44
10.12
9.20
8.77
8.88
8.57
9.18
9.34
8.75
8.69
8.66
8.62
8.15
8.24
8.18
8.26
301
83
39
15
15
12
10
9
9
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
301
83
39
21
17
17
16
16
17
16
16
15
15
15
14
14
14
301
83
53
47
43
42
42
46
45
42
41
42
41
40
40
41
40
301
83
71
70
68
64
63
66
67
63
61
62
63
61
60
60
60
301
151
147
133
127
129
124
133
135
127
126
126
125
118
119
119
120
34.11
9.95
10.78
5.61
3.48
3.64
3.56
3.75
3.49
3.48
3.70
3.70
3.63
3.66
3.63
3.66
3.62
2410
2412
PSI
301
83
39
30
28
27
28
28
28
26
26
27
27
25
25
25
25
52.02
15.31
15.02
7.84
4.54
3.83
3.72
3.62
3.60
3.48
3.70
3.70
3.84
3.66
3.63
3.66
3.62
495
144
156
81
50
53
52
54
51
50
54
54
53
53
53
53
53
754
222
218
114
66
56
54
53
52
50
54
54
56
53
53
53
53
LEADING PRODUCER
Ameron is a leading
producer of glassfiberreinforced epoxy (GRE) pipe
systems with manufacturing
facilities in the Americas,
Europe and Asia-Pacific.
Ameron offers the worlds
most comprehensive line of
GRE pipe products for
industry, oil & gas, offshore,
marine and fuel handling
applications.
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Ameron provides a high
degree of customer support
through a network of sales
offices, supply houses,
stocking distributors and
sales representatives in
more than 100 countries.
This is supported by central
research and development
facilities, to meet customer
requirements.
ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE
Ameron offers advice at
every stage, from project
planning to installation.
With advanced software,
Ameron can offer assistance
in design, calculations and
engineering.
WORLDWIDE APPROVALS
Ameron is committed to
Total Quality Management
and conforms to the
international ISO 9001
standard and holds many
type approvals such as
Lloyds, DNV, ABS and BV.
QUICK-LOCK
An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot and tapered
bell. The integral pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell
ensures accurate laying lengths in close tolerance
piping.
Available in sizes 50-400 mm (2-16 in).
TAPER-TAPER
An adhesive-bonded joint with matching tapered
male and female ends offering superior joint
strength by controlled adhesive thickness.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
DOUBLE O-RING
A mechanical joint offering quick assembly between
male and female ends. Two O rings are employed
to provide sealing.
Available in sizes 50-900 mm (2-36 in).
FLANGES
One-piece flanges and Van Stone-type flanges with
movable rings.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 in).
FITTINGS
Standard filament-wound Couplings; 30,
45, 60, and 90 Elbows; Tees and Reducing
Tees; Concentric Reducers; Flanges and
Nipples.
Standard Flanges are available with the
following drilling: ANSI B16.5 Class 150 &
300, DIN, ISO and JIS. Other drilling patterns
are available on request.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 inch)
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably
believed to be reliable. However, such factors as
variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron
makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability
or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it
contains.
Ameron
Fiberglass-Composite Pipe
Group
Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
USA
Phone (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax (+1) 713 690 2842
www.ameron.com
E-mail: marcom@ameronfdp.com
Ameron
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
USA
Phone (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax (+1) 940 569 2764
WORLDWIDE
O P E R AT I O N
With
manufacturing
facilities in the
USA, Europe and
Asia-Pacific,
Ameron offers
the worlds most comprehensive line of
GRE pipe products for industry, oil & gas,
offshore, marine and fuel handling.
Ameron
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone (+31) 345 587 587
Fax (+31) 345 587 561
E-mail: info@ameron-fpg.nl
Ameron
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
N0. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone (+65) 8616118
Fax (+65) 8621302/861 7834
E-mail: info@ameron.com.sg
Bondstrand
Corrosion resistant
fiberglass reinforced
epoxy and PSX
pipe and fittings
for shipboard piping
FP210A (8/97)
Corrosion resistant
Bondstrand provides long service life in the harsh marine environment. During
the typical life of a vessel, metal pipe will need replacement two or three
times. Fiberglass is highly resistant to both internal and external corrosion.
Cost effective
Fiberglass pipe can be installed for less than the cost of schedule 80 carbon
steel. The adhesive joining system eliminates the need for certified welders or
special welding techniques. The light weight of the pipe also eliminates the
expense of heavy lifting equipment. Since Bondstrand will not corrode, there is
no expense for frequent replacement.
Safety
Bondstrand uses an adhesive joining process which requires no torch or arc
welding equipment. The danger from fire or explosion is reduced.
Maintenance-free
Corrosion resistant Bondstrand does not require any special coatings to withstand the marine environment. If desired, however, the pipe may be coated for
cosmetic or identification purposes with the appropriate Ameron coating.
Quality assurance
Bondstrand pipe and fittings are a fiberglass reinforced resin material which is
filament wound for strength and durability. Pipe and fittings are routinely
tested at 150% of operating pressure to meet manufacturer's and approval
societies' requirements. Ameron is ISO 9001 certified.
Series 2000M:
Series 5000M:
Exhaust piping
Fresh water/saltwater service
Inert gas effluent
Main engine cooling
Steam condensate
Sounding tubes/vent lines
Tank cleaning (saltwater system)
Seawater chlorination
Series 7000M:
PSX:
Polysiloxane phenolic resin pipe & fittings for resistance to heat and fire
Special characteristics:
Outstanding resistance to fire
and heat
Low smoke and toxicity emissions
Superior strength, flexibility and
impact resistance
Excellent corrosion resistance
Outstanding weatherability
Fire mains
Sprinkler systems
Wet deluge systems
Dry deluge systems
Quick-Lock (QL):
Adhesive bonded
Straight spigot, tapered bell
Double O-ring:
Mechanically joined
Taper/Taper (TT):
Adhesive bonded
matching tapered male
and female ends
Flanges:
One piece heavy-duty
or Van Stone-type
Series
Bondstrand
Bondstrand
Bondstrand
Bondstrand
Bondstrand
2000M
5000M
7000M
PSXJF
PSXL3
QL/TT
QL
QL/TT
QL/TT
QL/TT
Max
operating
temperature
(F)
(C)
Max
operating
pressure
(psi)
(bar)
Nominal
pipe size
(in.)
(mm)
200
200
200
250*
250
225
150
225
225
225
1-36
1-16
1-36
1-16
1-16
93
93
93
121*
121
16
10
16
16
16
50-900
25-400
50-900
25-400
25-400
Taper/taper joining system is required with larger diameters to achieve 225 psi (16 bar) pressure rating.
* PSXL3 piping has passed IMO Level 3 fire test requirement to perform at elevated temperatures. See product literature.
PSXJF piping has passed jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA specifications to perform at elevated temperatures. See product literature.
Inboard profile
Main Cargo
Piping in Tanks
Cargo Stripping
Piping in Tanks
Important notice
Ballast Piping
in tanks
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may
cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied,
including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron
assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or
recommendations it contains.
TAPER/TAPER
An adhesive-bonded joint with matching
tapered male and female ends offering a
controlled adhesive thickness. Available in
sizes 25-1000 mm (1-40 in).
DOUBLE O-RING
A mechanical joint offering quick assembly
between male and female ends. Two O
rings are employed to provide sealing.
Available in sizes 25-900 mm (1-36 in).
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Ameron provides a high
degree of customer support
through a network of sales
offices, supply houses,
stocking distributors and
sales representatives in
more than 20 countries.
This support is backed by
central research and
development facilities, to
meet customer
requirements.
ADVICE AT EVERY STAGE
Ameron offers advice at
every stage, from project
planning to installation.
With advanced computer
systems, Ameron can offer
assistance in design,
calculations and
engineering.
BONDSTRAND
FLANGES
One-piece flanges and Van Stone-type
flanges with movable rings.
Available in sizes 25-1000 mm (1-40 in).
Maximum
operating
temperature
(C)
(F)
Maximum
operating
pressure
(Bar)
(PSI)
Nominal
pipe size
(mm)
(inch)
Bondstrand 2000 M
93
200
16
230
25-900
1-36
Bondstrand 5000 M
93
200
10
150
25-400
1-16
Bondstrand 7000 M*
93
200
16
230
50-900
2-36
Bondstrand PSXJF**
121
250
16
230
25-400
1-16
Bondstrand PSXL3***
121
250
16
230
25-400
1-16
*
**
Conductive system
PSXJF piping has passed jet fire testing in accordance with UKOOA specifications to
perform at elevated temperatures. See product literature.
*** PSXL3 piping has passed IMO level 3 fire test requirement to perform at elevated
temperatures. See product literature.
MAINTENANCE-FREE
CORROSION RESISTANT
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Group headquarters
5300, Hollister Road
Suite 111, Houston
Houston, Texas 77040-1148
USA
Telephone 1-713-690-7777
Fax 1-713-690-2842
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett
Texas 76364
USA
Telephone 1-940-569-1471
Fax 1-940-569-2764
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Telephone 31 345 587 587
Fax 31 345 587 561
Telex 40257 BONDS NL
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Asia-Pacific
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
N0. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Telephone 65-8621301
Fax 65-8621302/8617834
FLAME-RETARDANT
CONDUCTIVE AND NON-CONDUCTIVE
LOW-SMOKE & TOXICITY EMISSIONS
OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
LONG SERVICE LIFE
Internally and externally corrosion resistant
LOW INSTALLED COST
Less than schedule 80 carbon steel
LIGHTWEIGHT
One-eighth the weight of steel pipe
ELECTRICALLY SHIELDED
When grounded properly, prevents excessive
accumulation of static electricity
LOW MAINTENANCE
Easy to install and repair; does not require
protective coatings to withstand marine
environments
EXTRA-HEAVY WALL
Resists impact wave loads and external
pressure
WORLDWIDE SERVICE
Global delivery and technical assistance
capabilities
Chlorinated systems
USA
USA
Canada
UK
Norway
Germany
Netherlands
Italy
Japan
France
China
Korea
Shipboard piping
Brine
Column piping
Drainage
Electrical conduit
Fire protection systems (wet and dry)
Gas trap piping
Potable water
Produce water
Sanitary service
Semisubmersible platform ballast
Sewage
Submersible pump systems
Performance
Bondstrand Series 2000M piping meets all applicable requirements of ASTM F1173 for
fiberglass-reinforced epoxy resin pipe and fittings.
Standard operating pressure rating for pipe and fittings is 150 psi at 200F (10 bar at
93C). Systems with 225 psig (16 bar) rating available on request.
Minimum ultimate collapse pressure of pipe and fittings is not less than 100 psi at 200F
(8.6 bar at 93C) to withstand external pressure at bottom of filled cargo or ballast tanks
under full suction.
Consult Ameron for the availability of Series 2000M pipe and fittings with higher
pressure ratings than those given above.
Bondstrand Series 2000M piping systems are in accordance with International Marine
Organization (IMO) Regulations.
FP194C (10/98)
Composition
Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced epoxy pipe with nominal 0.020-inch (0.5 mm)
integral resin-rich reinforced liner.
Fittings
Wide range of lined filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced epoxy fittings employing
Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint in 1 to 16-inch (25 to 400 mm) sizes and flanged
ends in all sizes.
Flanges
Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced epoxy
Blind flanges
Compression-molded fiberglass-reinforced epoxy in 2 to 12-inch sizes
Thermosetting adhesives
RP34 two-part epoxy for Quick-Lock joints (outside U.S.)
RP34C two-part epoxy for Quick-Lock joints (in U.S.)
A20LT two-part epoxy adhesive for 18-inch sizes and above (in U.S.)
RP48 two-part epoxy adhesive for 18-inch sizes and above (outside U.S.)
Joining systems
Pipe lengths
Standard
End Configuration
Quick-Lock bell x plain end
Quick-Lock bell x shaved spigot
Quick-Lock bell x plain end
plain end x plain end
Length
(ft)
10*
30*
20*
40
(m)
3.0
9.1
6.1
12.2
See Bondstrand Product Data,SERIES 2000M AND 7000M FITTINGS, FP169, for
dimensions, shipping weights and pressure ratings.
Fittings
90 and 45 elbows
Tees and reducing tees
45 laterals
Crosses
Couplings and nipples
Reducers
Reducing saddles furnished with
Quick-Lock socket outlet
flanged outlet
metallic bushing outlet
Flanges
Series 2000M flanges are offered in three configurations
one-piece hubbed (standard)
one-piece hubless (heavy-duty)
loose ring (van Stone)
Bondstrand marine flanges are produced with the following drillings for easy
connection to piping systems currently in common use; other drillings, as well as
undrilled flanges, are available:
See Bondstrand Product Data,SERIES 2000M AND 7000M FLANGES, FP168, for
dimensions and weights for the drillings given above.
Series 2000M pipe dimensions conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS*) ODs in 1 to 36-inch
sizes and Marine Cast Iron (MCI**) ODs in 14 to 40-inch sizes.
Nominal
Pipe
Nominal Wall
Shipping Weight
Pipe Size
Inside Diameter
Thickness
(approx)
(in) (mm)
(in)
(mm)
(in)
(mm)
(lb/ft)
(kg/m)
1
25
1.07
27
.15
3.8
0.5
0.7
112
40
1.67
42
.15
3.8
0.9
1.3
2
50
2.10
53
.16
4.1
0.8
1.2
3
80
3.22
82
.16
4.1
1.2
1.8
4 100
4.14
105
.21
5.2
2.0
3.0
6 150
6.26
159
.22
5.4
3.1
4.6
8 200
8.22
209
.28
7.0
5.2
7.7
10 250
10.35
263
.34
8.6
8.1
12
12 300
12.35
314
.40
10.2
11
17
14 350
13.29
338
.43
11.0
13
19
14.12**
359
.46
11.6
15
22
16 400
15.19
386
.49
12.5
17
25
16.03**
407
.51
13.1
19
28
18 450
17.08
434
.55
13.9
21
32
17.94**
456
.57
14.5
23
35
20 500
18.98
482
.60
15.4
26
39
19.88**
505
.63
16.0
29
43
22 550
21.78**
553
.69
17.5
33
49
24 600
22.78
579
.72
18.3
37
56
23.73**
603
.75
19.2
40
60
26 650
25.59**
650
.81
20.6
44
66
28 700
27.57**
700
.87
22.1
51
75
30 750
28.47
723
.89
22.6
58
86
29.53**
750
.93
23.5
62
93
32 800
31.46**
799
.99
25.1
68
102
36 900
34.17
868
1.07
27.3
83
123
35.31**
897
1.10
28.2
88
132
40 1000
39.37**
1000
1.17
29.7
110
165
*
Outside diameters of Series 2000M pipe in 250 and 300 mm sizes exceed iron pipe dimensions of
ISO 559-1977 (273 and 324 mm, respectively) and cast iron pipe dimensions of ISO 13-1978
(274 and 326 mm, respectively).
Typical physical
properties
Pipe Property
Thermal conductivity
Pipe wall
Thermal expansion
Linear
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Specific gravity
Density
Units
Value
Btuin/(hrft2F)
W/mC
2.3
0.33
Ameron
10-6 in/in/F
10-6 mm/mmC
Hazen-Williams
10-6 ft
10-6 m
lb/in3
10
18
150
17.4
5.3
1.79
0.065
Ameron
Units
103 psi
MPa
106 psi
GPa
Tensile modulus
Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic)1
1)
Support spacing
70F
(21C)
200F
(93C)
24.0
165
18.5
128
Method
ASTM D1599
3.20
22.1
Ameron
0.56
0.70
Ameron
103 psi
MPa
8.50
59.0
6.90
44.6
ASTM D2105
106 psi
GPa
1.60
11.1
1.24
8.50
ASTM D2105
0.37
0.41
ASTM D2105
106 psi
GPa
1.70
11.7
1.00
6.90
ASTM D2925
103 psi
MPa
6.0
41.4
Poissons ratio
Beam apparent
Elastic modulus
__
__
3.65
25.2
Poissons ratio
Longitudinal
Tensile strength
Method
ASTM D2992A
At 150F (66C).
The following chart provides head loss as a function of flow rate of water through
Bondstrand Series 2000M piping. Values are based on the Hazen-Williams equation.
10
10 12
20
16
18
14
30
24
36
Velocity (m/sec)
40
5.0
1
0.3
3.0
0.2
2.5
0.15
2.0
1.5
0.1
10-1
1.0
0.7
10-2
10-5
112
10-4
0.5
10-3
10-2
10-1
10
The structural wall of fiberglass pipe in 1 through 40-inch sizes shall have continuous
glass fibers wound at a 5434 helical angle in a matrix of aromatic amine cured epoxy
resin. The integral reinforced resin-rich liner shall consist of C-glass and a
resin/hardener system identical to that of the structural wall, and shall have a 20-mil
nominal thickness. Non-reinforced pure resin-type corrosion barriers (liners) shall not
be allowed due to their potential for severe fracturing during transportation, installation
and operation of the pipe.
Pipe in 1 through 40-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum of 150 psig at 200F and
shall have a full vacuum capability with a safety factor of 3:1.
Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 Specification for filamentwound reinforced thermosetting resin pipe (RTRP). When classified under ASTM
D2310, the pipe shall meet Type 1, Grade 1 and Class F (RTRP-11FE) cell limits.
Pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1173 for fiberglass-reinforced
epoxy pipe and fittings for shipboard applications.
Filament-wound epoxy fiberglass pipe shall be translucent to allow for inspection of
damage.
Fittings construction
Fittings in 1 through 40-inch sizes shall be filament wound with a reinforced resin-rich
liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and of the same glass and resin
type as the pipe. Unlined fittings shall not be substituted.
When classified in accordance with ASTM D4024, filament-wound epoxy-resin flanges
shall meet or surpass Type 1, Grade 1 and Class C (RTRF-113D or 113E) standards.
Compression-molding, contact-molding, spray-up or hand-layup construction shall
not be allowed in standard fittings.
Pipe and fittings in 1 through 16-inch sizes shall be joined using a bell x straight spigot
joint with a 0.5 taper and pipe stop inside the bell to allow precise makeup. Pipe in
18 through 40-inch sizes shall be furnished with plain ends or with bell x plain end.
Workmanship
The pipe and fittings shall be free from all defects, including delaminations, indentations, pinholes, foreign inclusions, bubbles and resin-starved areas which, due to their
nature, degree or extent, detrimentally affect the strength and serviceability of the pipe
or fittings. The pipe and fittings shall be as uniform as commercially practicable in color,
density and other physical properties.
Testing
Samples of pipe and couplings shall be tested at random, based on standard quality
control practices to determine conformance of the materials to American Society for
Testing and Materials guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products: ASTM D1599,
D2105, D2992A or D2992B.
All fittings shall be 100% tested prior to shipping.
Test samples may be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer to 1.5 times the
pressure rating for signs of leakage.
Technical support
Conversions
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this
literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
Performance
Bondstrand Series 7000M fiberglass pipe, fittings and flanges incorporate highstrength conductive filaments (U.S. Patent No. 4,330,811) to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electrical charges by the flow of liquids such as
refined petroleum products. Series 7000M piping systems are made electrically
conductive by using a conductive Ameron adhesive (U.S. Patent No. 4,874,548) in the
adhesive-bonded joint and for mounting flanges. Accumulated charges are harmlessly
drained from the fiberglass pipe system into the metallic structure of the ship by means
of stainless steel cables embedded in fiberglass grounding saddles. The saddles are
adhesive bonded in the field by the installer to the external wall of the pipe.
Series 7000M fiberglass piping meets all applicable requirements of ASTM F1173.
Pipe and fittings are available for continuous operating pressures of 150 psi (10 bar) or
225 psi (16 bar) at 200F. Minimum collapse pressure of pipe and fittings is not less than
125 psi at 200F (8.6 bar at 93C) to withstand external pressure at bottom of filled
cargo or ballast tanks under full vacuum.
Pipe lengths
Length
(ft)
10*
30*
20*
40
(m)
3.0
9.1
6.1
12.2
FP195C (11/99)
Composition
See Bondstrand Product Data,SERIES 2000M AND 7000M FITTINGS, FP169, for
dimensions, shipping weights and pressure ratings.
Fittings
90 and 45 elbows
Tees and reducing tees
45 laterals
Crosses
Couplings and nipples
Reducers
Reducing saddles furnished with
Quick-Lock socket outlet
flanged outlet
metallic bushing outlet
Flanges
Series 7000M flanges are offered in two configurations:
heavy-duty (hubless)
loose ring (van Stone)
Bondstrand marine flanges are produced with the following drillings for easy
connection to piping systems currently in common use; other drillings, as well as
undrilled flanges, are available:
See Bondstrand Product Data,SERIES 2000M AND 7000M FLANGES, FP168, for
dimensions and weights for the drillings given above.
Typical physical
properties
Pipe Property
Units
Thermal conductivity of pipe wall
Thermal expansion, linear
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Specific gravity
Shielding capability
Grounding resistance @ 1500 volts
Value
Btuin/(hrft2F)
2.3
W/mC
0.33
10-6 in/in/F
10
10-6 mm/mmC 18
Hazen-Williams 150
10-6 ft
17.4
5.3
10-6 m
1.79
volts
100 1
6
10 ohms
1.01
.
1) Maximum value when measured in accordance with Annexes 2 and 3 of ASTM 1173.
Method
Ameron
Ameron
__
__
Typical mechanical
properties
Pipe Property
Units
Circumferential
Tensile stress at weeping
103 psi
MPa
70F
(21C)
200F
(93C)
24.0
165
18.5
128
106 psi
GPa
Tensile modulus
Tensile modulus
3.20
22.1
Ameron
0.56
0.70
Ameron
103 psi
MPa
8.50
59.0
6.90
44.6
ASTM D2105
106 psi
GPa
1.60
11.1
1.24
8.50
ASTM D2105
0.37
0.41
ASTM D2105
106 psi
GPa
1.70
11.7
1.00
6.90
ASTM D2925
103 psi
MPa
6.0
41.4
Poissons ratio
Beam apparent
Elastic modulus
Hydrostatic design
basis (cyclic)1
ASTM D1599
3.65
25.2
Poissons ratio
Longitudinal
Tensile strength
Method
ASTM D2992A
1) At 150F (66C).
Series 7000M pipe dimensions conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS*) ODs in 1 to 36-inch
sizes and Marine Cast Iron (MCI**) ODs in 14 to 40-inch sizes.
Nominal
Pipe
Nominal Wall
Nominal
Shipping Weight
Pipe Size
Inside Diameter
Thickness
O.D.
(in) (mm)
(in)
(mm)
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
(lb/ft) (kg/m)
1
11/2
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
22
24
550
600
26
28
30
650
700
750
32
36
800
900
40 1000
*
1.07
1.67
2.10
3.22
4.14
6.26
8.22
10.35
12.35
13.29
14.12**
15.19
16.03**
17.08
17.94**
18.98
19.88**
21.78**
22.78
23.73**
25.59**
27.57**
28.47
29.53**
31.46**
34.17
35.31**
39.37**
27
42
53
82
105
159
209
263
314
338
359
386
407
434
456
482
505
553
579
603
650
700
723
750
799
868
897
1000
.15
.15
.16
.16
.21
.22
.28
.34
.40
.43
.46
.49
.51
.55
.57
.60
.63
.69
.72
.75
.81
.87
.89
.93
.99
1.07
1.10
1.17
3.8
3.8
4.1
4.1
5.2
5.4
7.0
8.6
10.2
11.0
11.6
12.5
13.1
13.9
14.5
15.4
16.0
17.5
18.3
19.2
20.6
22.1
22.6
23.5
25.1
27.3
28.2
29.7
1.33
34
1.93
49
2.35
60
3.50
89
4.50 114
6.64 169
8.61 219
10.95 278
13.05 331
14.04 357
14.92 379
16.05 408
16.92 430
18.04 458
18.94 481
20.03 509
20.98 533
22.98 584
24.04 611
25.04 636
27.00 686
29.09 739
30.00 762
31.15 791
33.21 844
36.06 916
37.23 946
41.41 1052
0.5
0.9
0.8
1.2
2.0
3.1
5.2
8.1
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
26
29
33
37
40
44
51
58
62
68
83
88
110
0.7
1.3
1.2
1.8
3.0
4.6
7.7
12
17
19
22
25
28
32
35
39
43
49
56
60
66
75
86
93
102
123
132
165
Outside diameters of Series 7000M pipe in 250 and 300 mm sizes exceed iron pipe dimensions of
ISO 559-1977 (273 and 324 mm, respectively) and cast iron pipe dimensions of ISO 13-1978
(274 and 326 mm, respectively).
Joining systems
Support spacing
Standard
End Configuration
Quick-Lock bell x plain end
Quick-Lock bell x shaved spigot
Quick-Lock bell x plain end
plain end x plain end
The following chart provides head loss as a function of flow rate of water through
Bondstrand Series 7000M piping. Values are based on the Hazen-Williams equation.
Technical support
Conversions
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained
herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to
change.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
500
400
Epoxy
Polyester
300
200
100
Fenol
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Tijd (minuten)
Pressure rating
Bondstrand PSX piping is designed to have a minimum
pressure rating of 16 bar (225 psi). In smaller diameters, the
pressure capability far exceeds this because of minimum wall
thickness and joint configuration requirements.
Nom.
Dia.
Flange
Weep pressure
Nom.
Dia
mm
inch bar
psi
bar
psi
bar
psi
mm
in
bar
psi
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
225
225
225
225
225
225*
225*
16
16
16
16
16*
16*
16*
225
225
225
225
225*
225*
225*
16
16
16
16
16*
16*
16*
225
225
225
225
225*
225*
225*
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
300
240
240
170
150
120
100
4380
3420
3420
2460
2140
1740
1500
16
16
16
16
16
16*
16*
Tee
Note
All information contained in this brochure is based on tests,
procedures and certification requirements described in detail
in Summary Report Bondstrand PSX piping for Offshore Fire
Protection 1996 available from Ameron Fiberglass Pipe
Group.
200F/93C
Test method
Bi-axial
Short term hoop tensile
strength at weeping
ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Short term tensile strength
Short term tensile modulus
Proportional limit
Poissons ratio to hoop
19,100 psi
2.59 x 106 psi
11,400 psi
0.81
UKOOA (3/94)
Annex B (to failure)
Axial
Short term tensile strength
Short term tensile modulus
Proportional limit
Poissons ratio hoop to axial
Axial bending modulus
7,680 psi
1.35 x 106 psi
4,020 psi
0.39
To be tested
4,870 psi
0.73 x 106 psi
2,400 psi
0.44
To be tested
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2925
8.0x10-6 in./in.F
70 to 140F
0.076 (Btu/hr.ft.F)
1.93 g/cm3
188C
70-75%
9.3x10-6 in./in.F
140 to 200F
0.077 (Btu/hr.ft.F)
-
ASTM D-696
ASTM C-335
UKOOA (3/94) Annex C
ASTM D-2584
Bondstrand
PSXTML3 and PSX TMJF
Polysiloxane-phenolic
Fire-resistant Fiberglass
Pipe and Fittings
For offshore platforms, marine
and onshore service
Description
Approvals
PSXL3 and PSXJF have Type Approval from ABS (Certificate No. 98-HS24317-X for
Steel Vessel Rules (1997)) Section 4/6.14, MODU Rules (1997) Section 4/2.17, IMO
Resolution A.753(18)-Level 3 Fire Endurance Test.
PSXL3 and PSXL3C (conductive) have U.S. Coast Guard Type Approval per IMO
Resolution A.753 (18) and PFM 1-98 (Certificates 164.141/5/0 and 164.141/6/0, respectively.)
Performance
PSXJF pipe has proved capable of maintaining rated service pressure with no leak after
exposure to impinging jet fire for a period of 5 minutes with the pipe empty, followed by
injection of water at 150 psi (10 bar) and a flow rate of less than 73 liters/minute for an
additional 15 minutes. After the heat was removed, the piping was pressurized for an
additional 60 minutes at 150 psi (10 bar), then 60 minutes at 225 psi (15 bar), followed by 5
minutes at 350 psi (24 bar). No passive fire protection is needed on the joints.
ISO-9001
PSXL3 pipe is capable of maintaining rated service pressure after 30 minutes stagnant
wet exposure to 1100C fire and 113.5 kW/m2 heat flux. PSXL3 pipe and fittings meet
IMO Level 3 fire test requirements even with the smallest diameter (1") pipe and QuickLock joint with no passive fire protection needed on the joint.
Pipe and fittings are designed to operate at up to 225 psi system pressure.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP721C (4/01)
Characteristics
Pipe
PSXL3: Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin with factoryprepared Quick-Lock spigot ends.
PSXJF: Bondstrand PSXL3 pipe with layers of thermoplastic tape and filament-wound
polysiloxane-phenolic resin to form an integral fire protection jacket.
Fittings Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin with
integral Quick-Lock bell ends.
Flanges Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin QuickLock bell and flanged ends drilled to ANSI Class 150. Flanges conforming to other
standards such as ANSI Class 300, JIS, DIN or ISO are available upon request.
Joining systems Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive bonded joint, with integral pipe
stop in bell for predictable, precise laying lengths. The pipe is shipped with Quick-Lock
bell x shaved spigot end configurations. Matching taper adhesive bonded joint available
for 12- through 16-inch sizes for 225 psi (15 MPa) rating.
Adhesive Bondstrand PSX34 epoxy siloxane adhesive for bonding joints. For more
information, consult product data sheet FP698. It is available in 3 oz., 5 oz. or 8 oz. single
kits or 6-packs.
Pipe lengths Pipe is manufactured and shipped in the following standard lengths.
Nominal Pipe Size
(in)
(mm)
1 - 112
25 - 40
2-8
50 - 200
10 - 16
250 - 400
Installation
Typical Physical
Properties
The installation procedures for Bondstrand PSX pipe are identical to those for Series
2000M. For complete instructions refer to Ameron installation guide, QUICK-LOCK
ADHESIVE-BONDED BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS FOR BONDSTRAND FIBERGLASS PIPING SYSTEMS,
FP170.
Pipe Property
Thermal Conductivity
Pipe Wall
Thermal Expansion, Linear
Flow Coefficient
Density
Degree of Cure
Length
(ft)
(m)
10'
3.0
20' & 30'
6.1 & 9.1
20'
6.1
Unit
Btuin./(hr.ft.2F)
W/mK
10-6 in./in./F
10-6 mm/mm/C
Hazen-Williams
lb./in.3
g/cm3
Tg
Value
2.3
0.33
8.0
18.0
150
.069
1.93
188C
Test Method
Ameron
ASTM D696
Typical Mechanical
Properties
Pipe Property
Bi-axial
Short term hoop tensile strength
at weeping
Circumferential
Tensile strength
Tensile Modulus
Poisson's ratio *
Longitudinal
Tensile strength
Tensile Modulus
Unit
73F/21C
psi
MPa
32,000
220
ASTM D1599
psi
MPa
psi
GPa
21,900
151
3.48 x 106
24.0
0.54
19,100
131 ASTM D1599
2.59 x 106
17.8 Ameron
0.81
psi
MPa
psi
GPa
7,680
53
1.35 x 106
9.3
.39
4,870
33 ASTM D2105
0.73 x 106
5.0 ASTM D2105
.44
Poisson's ratio **
Note: Physical and Mechanical Properties shown above are for Bondstrand PSXL3. Since PSXL3 forms the
core of PSXJF pipe, these properties will apply to both systems.
* Circumferential change due to longitudinal applied stress.
** Longitudinal change due to circumferential applied stress.
66C
m
3.0
3.3
3.6
4.1
4.7
5.1
6.0
6.7
7.3
7.6
8.1
200F
ft.
8.2
9.2
10.0
11.4
13.0
14.6
16.8
18.7
20.4
21.2
22.6
93C
m.
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.5
4.0
4.2
5.1
5.7
6.2
6.5
6.9
Allowable Bending
Radius for
Bondstrand PSXL3 at
Rated Pressure
150F
ft.
9.7
10.9
11.8
13.5
15.3
17.2
19.8
22.1
24.1
25.0
26.7
66C
m
200F
ft.
93C
m.
10.7
11.7
13.0
14.9
16.7
18.9
21.2
23.5
25.5
26.3
28.0
3.3
3.8
4.0
4.5
5.1
5.7
6.5
7.2
7.8
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.9
11.0
12.6
14.2
16.0
17.9
19.9
21.6
22.3
23.7
2.8
3.0
3.4
3.8
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.6
6.8
7.2
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
112
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
150F
ft.
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Minimum
Bending Radius
ft.
m
58
83
101
148
190
278
366
460
548
590
674
17.7
25.1
30.7
45.0
57.8
84.8
111.5
140.1
167.0
179.7
205.4
8.7
5.1
4.0
2.7
2.0
1.4
1.0
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.6
119
75
59
40
31
21
16
12
10
10
9
Typical dimensions
and weights for
Bondstrand PSXL3
Jacketed pipe
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1 25
112 40
2 50
3 80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
Pipe Inside
Diameter
(in) (mm)
1.07
27
1.66
42
2.10
53
3.22
82
4.14 105
6.27 159
8.23 209
10.35 263
12.35 314
13.56 344
15.50 394
Nominal Wall
Thickness*
(in) (mm)
.143
3.6
.143
3.6
.147
3.7
.150
3.8
.197
5.0
.195
4.9
.216
5.5
.243
6.2
.287
7.3
.305
7.8
.351
8.9
Pipe O.D.
(in) (mm)
1.61
41
2.20
56
2.64
67
3.77
96
4.78 121
6.92 176
8.91 226
11.09 282
13.17 335
14.42 366
16.45 418
Shipping Weight
(approx)
(lb/ft) (kg/m)
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.4
1.7
2.5
2.6
3.8
3.6
5.3
5.7
8.4
7.8 11.6
10.3 15.3
12.9 19.1
14.4 21.4
18.1 26.9
* Structural wall thickness of pipe. Does not include nominal .125 thick jacket.
Typical dimensions
and weights for
Bondstrand PSXJF pipe
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
40
112
2
50
3
80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
Pipe Inside
Diameter
(in) (mm)
1.07
27
1.66
42
2.10
53
3.22
82
4.14 105
6.27 159
8.23 209
10.35 263
12.35 314
13.56 344
15.50 394
Nominal Wall
Thickness*
(in) (mm)
.143
3.6
.143
3.6
.147
3.7
.150
3.8
.197
5.0
.195
4.9
.216
5.5
.243
6.2
.287
7.3
.305
7.8
.351
8.9
Pipe O.D.
Shipping Weight
including jacket
(approx)
(in) (mm)
(lb/ft) (kg/m)
1.86
47
1.3
2.0
2.45
62
2.4
3.6
2.89
74
2.5
3.8
4.02 102
3.7
5.5
5.03 128
4.9
7.3
7.17 182
7.8 11.5
9.16 233
11.1 16.5
11.34 288
13.8 20.5
13.42 341
17.0 25.4
14.67 373
18.9 28.1
16.70 424
23.2 34.5
* Structural wall thickness of pipe. Does not include nominal .250 thick jacket.
Technical support
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may
cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, expressed or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein.
Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to
change.
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
1997 Ameron FP721C (4/01) supercedes FP721B (4/00) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]
Performance
Description
Pipe
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with Key-Lock male and female or Double ORing male and female mechanical joint or Taper/ Taper male and female adhesive joint.
Fittings
Standard filament-wound couplings, 45 and 90 Elbows, Tees and Reducing Tees, Concentric
Reducers, Flanges* and Nipples. Special fittings are available on request.
* Flanges are available with the following drillings : ANSI B16.5 Class 150 and 300, DIN, ISO &
JIS. Other drilling patterns are available on request.
For dimensional data and standard configurations for fittings, please refer to respective Fitting
Guides.
Optional, the system can be supplied conductive - Bondstrand 2400C or Fireproofing 2400-FP.
For Conductive ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for pipes or RTRP-11AE as applicable
Joining systems
Key-Lock integral filament-wound male and female or Double O-Ring male and female
mechanical joint assembled with locking keys. Hydrostatic seal by means of an elastomeric Oring. Taper/ Taper integral filament-wound male and female adhesive bonded joint.
Pipe sizes
Physical properties
Pipe property
Units
Value
Method
Thermal conductivity
Thermal expansivity
(lineair)
Flow coefficient
Absolute roughness
Density
Shielding capability*
Grounding resistance @1500 volts*
W(mk)
-6
10 mm/mm/C
.33
18.0
Ameron
Ameron
Hazen-Williams
10-6 m
3
g/cm
volts
6
10 ohms
150
5.3
1.8
1
100
1
1.0
:
:
:
Mechanical properties
Pipe property
Units
Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength
Hoop tensile modulus
Poissons ratio axial/ hoop
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength
Axial tensile modulus
Poissons ratio hoop/ axial
Axial bending strength
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static
Cyclic
21C
93C
Method
250
ASTM D-1599
N/mm
2
N/mm
-
220
25200
0.65
22100
0.81
ASTM D-2290
ASTM D-2290
Ameron
N/mm
N/mm2
N/mm2
80
12500
0.40
85
65
9700
0.44
-
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
ASTM D-2105
Ameron
N/mm
12500
8000
ASTM D-2925
N/mm
124
N/mm
ASTM D-2992
(Proc.B.)
ASTM D-2992
(Proc.A.)
N/mm
41.5*
* at 65C
Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
Pipe
ID
(mm)
53.2
81.8
105.2
159.0
208.8
262.9
313.7
344.4
393.7
433.8
482.1
578.6
700.0
750.0
800.0
900.0
1000.0
2412
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.7
3.2
3.9
4.5
4.8
5.5
6.0
6.6
7.7
9.1
9.7
10.3
11.5
12.8
2414
2.3
2.3
2.3
3.0
3.7
4.5
5.3
5.7
6.4
7.0
7.7
9.3
10.8
11.6
12.3
13.7
15.3
2416
2.3
2.3
2.5
3.4
4.2
5.1
6.0
6.6
7.4
8.1
8.9
10.6
12.6
13.5
14.3
16.0
17.8
2420
2.3
2.3
2.7
3.8
4.8
5.8
6.8
7.4
8.4
9.2
10.1
12.1
14.3
15.3
16.3
18.2
20.3
2425
2.3
2.7
3.3
4.6
5.8
7.2
8.4
9.2
10.5
11.5
12.7
15.1
17.9
19.1
20.4
22.8
2432
2.3
3.1
3.9
5.6
7.2
8.8
10.4
11.4
12.9
14.2
15.7
18.8
22.3
23.9
25.5
28.5
2440
2.8
3.9
4.9
7.0
9.1
11.2
13.4
14.6
15.6
18.2
20.1
2450
3.3
4.7
5.9
8.7
11.2
14.0
16.6
18.2
Total wall thickness is including 0.5 mm liner. No liner for conductive pipe
Note: Pipe series designation: First two digits indicate prodct series. Final two digits
indicate inernal pressre class (bar).
External pressure
performance
Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
(in)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
2410
26.4
7.3
3.4
1.4
1.3
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.6
0.6
2412
26.4
7.3
3.4
1.8
1.5
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.2
1.3
2414
26.4
7.3
3.4
2.6
2.5
2.4
2.4
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.2
2416
26.4
7.3
4.7
4.1
3.8
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.7
3.7
3.6
3.6
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
2420
26.4
7.3
6.2
6.1
5.9
5.6
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.4
5.5
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
2425*
26.4
13.2
12.8
11.7
11.1
11.3
10.9
11.0
11.2
11.1
11.0
10.9
10.0
9.9
10.0
10.0
9.9
* Ultimate collapse pressures for higher pressure classes exceed values shown.
Pipe weight
Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
2410
0.67
1.02
1.30
2.13
3.52
5.02
6.71
7.75
9.76
11.75
14.43
20.29
28.94
33.15
37.65
46.97
57.90
2412
0.67
1.02
1.30
2.32
3.64
5.64
7.80
9.15
12.04
14.51
17.78
24.98
35.83
40.96
46.44
58.43
72.37
2414
0.67
1.02
1.30
2.60
4.25
6.56
9.26
10.96
14.11
17.04
20.87
30.37
42.75
49.25
55.74
69.94
86.90
2416
0.67
1.02
1.42
2.97
4.86
7.48
10.55
12.78
16.41
19.83
24.26
34.77
50.11
57.58
65.09
82.03
101.51
2420
0.67
1.02
1.55
3.35
5.60
8.56
12.03
14.40
18.73
22.64
27.66
39.87
56.90
65.30
74.30
93.10
115.90
2425
0.67
1.21
1.93
4.11
6.84
10.75
15.00
18.07
23.63
28.55
35.08
50.15
61.98
71.93
82.25
93.75
2432
0.67
1.41
2.31
5.06
8.60
13.27
18.76
22.61
29.29
35.56
43.74
62.96
90.30
103.80
118.10
148.10
2440
0.84
1.81
2.95
6.42
11.02
17.11
24.49
29.31
35.74
46.11
56.63
2450
1.00
2.22
3.61
8.10
13.74
21.67
30.71
Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
2
Specific Tengential Initial Stiffness (STIS) in N/m at 21C
(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
2410
73612
20961
9997
4026
3907
3016
2589
2325
2137
2126
2139
2053
1953
1959
1963
1907
1920
2412
73612
20961
9997
5338
4369
4371
4191
3938
4142
4121
4097
3899
3754
3737
3722
3697
3767
2414
73612
20961
9997
7790
7222
7069
7188
6911
6759
6756
6691
7061
6403
6514
6449
6342
6514
2416
73612
20961
13637
12069
11085
10679
10743
11070
10731
10719
10547
10605
10303
10387
10240
10192
10328
2420
73612
20961
18050
17652
17253
16206
16025
15912
15985
15960
15629
15944
15175
15218
15256
15221
15370
2425
73612
37727
36595
33359
31856
32232
31128
31411
31919
31762
31574
31309
29963
29962
30026
29985
2432
73612
61392
64442
63038
63111
60198
60131
60634
59784
60256
59965
60516
57855
58164
58435
58265
2440
149460
133456
135877
127223
129998
125609
129402
127764
105832
126522
125215
2450
262500
244609
244419
247715
243258
244685
244312
Stiffness Factor
Pipe Stiffness
Span lengths
Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
* Note:
1)
2)
2410
108
108
108
149
327
502
730
867
1189
1583
2187
3626
6105
7531
9163
12665
17492
2412
108
108
108
198
366
730
1189
1478
2323
3092
4218
6937
11821
14472
17492
24737
34584
2414
108
108
108
290
609
1189
2055
2613
3817
5104
6937
12665
20308
25417
30536
42745
60249
2416
108
108
149
453
941
1809
3092
4218
6105
8158
11015
19148
32924
40831
48843
69208
96228
2420
108
108
198
668
1478
2767
4647
6105
9163
12238
16443
29009
48845
60252
73309
103063
144271
2425
108
198
408
1281
2767
5590
9163
12238
18585
24737
33748
57839
97911
119598
146468
206110
2432
108
327
730
2465
5590
10627
18033
24068
35435
47789
65267
113898
192554
238139
290405
407998
2440
226
730
1583
5104
11821
22767
39896
52098
63987
103058
139936
2450
408
1377
2926
10247
22767
45726
77560
2432
573.1
478.0
501.7
490.8
491.3
468.7
468.1
472.0
465.4
469.1
466.8
471.1
450.5
452.9
455.0
453.7
2440
1163.6
1039.0
1057.8
990.5
1012.1
977.9
1007.4
994.7
823.9
985.0
974.8
2450
2043.6
1904.3
1902.9
1928.5
1893.8
1904.9
1902.0
2410
573.1
163.2
77.8
31.3
30.4
23.5
20.2
18.1
16.6
16.6
16.7
16.0
15.2
15.2
15.3
14.8
14.9
2412
573.1
163.2
77.8
41.6
34.0
34.0
32.6
30.7
32.2
32.1
31.9
30.4
29.2
29.1
29.0
28.8
29.3
2414
573.1
163.2
77.8
60.6
56.2
55.0
56.0
53.8
52.6
52.6
52.1
55.0
49.9
50.7
50.2
49.4
50.7
2416
573.1
163.2
106.2
94.0
86.3
83.1
83.6
86.2
83.5
83.5
82.1
82.6
80.2
80.9
79.7
79.3
80.4
2420
573.1
163.2
140.5
137.4
134.3
126.2
124.8
123.9
124.4
124.3
121.7
124.1
118.1
118.5
118.8
118.5
119.7
2425
573.1
293.7
284.9
259.7
248.0
250.9
242.3
244.5
248.5
247.3
245.8
243.8
233.3
231.7
233.8
233.5
(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water with a specific gravity of 1000kg/m3 and
include no provision for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects.
Span recommedations are calculated for a maximum long time deflection of 13 mm to ensure good
appearance and adequate drainage.
Bending radius
Nominal
Pipe size
(mm)
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
Minimum allowable bending radius (Rb) in m at 21C and standard pressure rating
(in)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
2410
10
17
24
42
58
79
101
116
139
155
174
216
273
294
315
363
405
2412
11
18
26
46
66
85
105
119
136
151
170
212
264
285
306
348
385
2414
11
19
28
48
66
86
104
117
137
152
171
203
259
276
297
339
374
2416
12
21
30
48
67
87
106
116
135
150
169
204
253
271
291
330
366
2420
12
24
34
54
74
99
120
134
154
171
194
233
274
293
312
324
363
2425
14
26
35
57
78
100
123
136
155
173
194
236
275
296
314
352
2432
17
29
38
61
83
109
131
144
168
185
207
249
2440
17
29
38
62
82
107
127
141
180
180
202
2450
19
31
41
64
86
109
131
Note : Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured. At rated pressure, sharper bends may create excessive
stress concentrations.
Field testing
Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated presure.
Surge pressure
Conversions
1 psi
= 6895 Pa
1 bar
= 105Pa
1 Mpa
= 1 N/mm2
1 inch
1 Btu.in/(hft2F)
C
Important notice
=
=
=
=
=
=
0.07031 kg/cm2
14.5 psi
145 psi
25.4 mm
0.1442 W/(mK)
5/9 ( F-32)
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/ cm2
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel having
specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and normal operating
conditions. Variation in envioronment, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engieers verify the suitablility of this
product for your intended application. Since we have no control over the coditions of service, we
expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained or for any consequential or incidental
damages of any kind incurred.
AMERON
INT ER N ATIO N A L
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
USA
Tel: (+1) 713 690-7777
Fax: (+1) 713 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com
E-mail: marcom@ameronfdp.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (+65) 861-6118
Fax: (+65) 862-1302
http://www.ameron.com/singapore
E-mail: info@ameron.com.sg
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett,
TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells,
Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com
Description
Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.
For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.
Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.
Fitting
Pipe System
Pressure
549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50
T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50
10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar
Dimensions of the
Taper-Taper joint
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
Quantity of Adhesive
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
Taper
Angle
degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
110
110
110
110
140
140
170
200
200
Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
cm3
89
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708.0
758.0
808.0
908.0
1009.0
Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.
nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.6
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
Elbows 90
Elbows 45
Elbows 221/2
Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
110
50
1.4
200
8
76
156
80
4.6
250
10
68
148
80
6.0
300
12
77
157
80
8.9
350
14
71
151
80
12.5
400
16
85
195
110
13.6
450
18
106
216
110
19.7
500
20
116
226
110
24.0
600
24
136
246
110
45.0
700
28
157
297
140
60.0
750
30
167
307
140
70.0
800
32
177
347
170
94.0
900
36
197
397
200
137.0
1000
40
217
417
200
153.0
Tees
Lateral 45
Cross
Reducing Tees
Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
50
124
174
50
8.0
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
50
134
184
50
9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
203
50
140
190
50
9.6
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
15.6
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.2
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
228
50
17.0
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
306
80
194
244
50
23.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
306
80
204
254
50
24.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
306
80
213
293
80
26.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
344
80
216
266
50
32.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
344
80
229
279
50
32.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
344
80
239
319
80
33.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
344
80
251
331
80
34.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
352
80
254
304
50
34.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
352
80
264
344
80
35.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
352
80
277
357
80
38.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
352
80
289
369
80
39.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
405
110
274
324
50
47.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
405
110
283
363
80
51.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
405
110
293
373
80
47.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
405
110
305
385
80
53.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
405
110
315
395
80
54.0
450x450x200 18x18x10 339
449
110
316
396
80
66.0
450x450x250 18x18x12 339
449
110
329
409
80
66.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
449
110
329
409
80
71.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
449
110
330
410
80
72.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
449
110
330
440
110
75.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
480
110
355
435
80
93.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
480
110
355
435
80
96.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
480
110
356
436
80
97.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
480
110
356
466
110
107.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
480
110
365
475
110
102.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
544
110
405
485
80
112.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
544
110
406
486
80
123.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
544
110
406
516
110
126.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
544
110
428
538
110
130.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
544
110
428
540
110
137.0
inch
28x28x14
28x28x16
28x28x18
28x28x20
28x28x24
30x30x16
30x30x18
30x30x20
30x30x24
30x30x28
32x32x16
32x32x18
32x32x20
32x32x24
32x32x28
32x32x30
36x36x18
36x36x20
36x36x24
36x36x28
36x36x30
36x36x32
40x40x20
40x40x24
40x40x28
40x40x30
40x40x32
40x40x36
Laying
Length
half
run
L1
mm
497
497
497
497
497
523
523
523
523
523
559
559
559
559
559
559
624
624
624
624
624
624
691
691
691
691
691
691
Ds2
mm
80
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
140
110
110
110
110
140
140
110
110
110
140
140
170
110
110
140
140
170
200
kg
202
207
209
212
217
245
247
250
256
268
303
306
309
315
329
332
427
430
437
452
458
468
570
578
596
601
614
632
Concentric Reducers
Couplings
Nipples
Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
125
25
50
0.2
200
8
190
30
80
0.6
250
10
190
30
80
0.8
300
12
200
40
80
1.1
350
14
200
40
80
1.4
400
16
260
40
110
2.2
450
18
280
60
110
2.7
500
20
280
60
110
3.4
600
24
280
60
110
4.4
700
28
340
60
140
8.5
750
30
340
60
140
9.4
800
32
400
60
170
12.4
900
36
460
60
200
17.2
1000
40
460
60
200
21.0
Heavy-Duty Flanges
***
Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.
Stub-end Flanges
(Van Stone)
***
****
Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.
Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings
Field Testing
Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge Pressure
Conversions
1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C
Important Notice
= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
ISO 9001
Certified Firm
Description
Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.
For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.
Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.
Fitting
Pipe System
Pressure
549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50
T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50
10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar
Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000*
1000**
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
40
Taper
Angle
degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
110
110
140
170
170
200
230
260
290
200
Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708.0
758.0
808.0
908.0
1009.0
1009.0
Quantity of Adhesive
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000*
1000**
Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
40
cm3
89
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
9.0
7.0
Elbows 90
Elbows 45
Elbows 221/2
Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
110
50
1.4
200
8
76
156
80
4.5
250
10
68
148
80
6.0
300
12
77
157
80
8.9
350
14
71
151
80
12.5
400
16
85
195
110
13.6
450
18
106
216
110
19.7
500
20
116
256
140
32.0
600
24
136
306
170
73.0
700
28
157
327
170
68.0
750
30
167
367
200
89.0
800
32
177
407
230
138.0
900
36
197
457
260
195.0
1000*
40
217
507
290
224.0
1000**
40
217
417
200
165.0
* For Bondstrand 2412 only
** For Bondstrand 3412 only
Tees
Lateral 45
Cross
Reducing Tees
Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
50
124
174
50
8.0
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
50
134
184
50
9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
203
50
140
190
50
9.6
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
15.6
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.2
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
228
50
17.3
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
306
80
194
244
50
23.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
306
80
204
254
50
24.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
306
80
213
293
80
26.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
344
80
216
266
50
32.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
344
80
229
279
50
32.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
344
80
239
319
80
33.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
344
80
251
331
80
34.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
352
80
254
304
50
34.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
352
80
264
344
80
35.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
352
80
277
357
80
38.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
352
80
289
369
80
39.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
405
110
274
324
50
47.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
405
110
283
363
80
51.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
405
110
293
373
80
47.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
405
110
305
385
80
53.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
405
110
315
395
80
55.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
339
449
110
316
396
80
66.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 339
449
110
329
409
80
66.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
449
110
329
409
80
71.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
449
110
330
410
80
72.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
449
110
330
440
110
75.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
510
140
355
435
80
98.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
510
140
355
435
80
100.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
510
140
356
436
80
106.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
510
140
356
466
110
121.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
510
140
365
475
110
126.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
604
170
405
485
80
149.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
604
170
406
486
80
168.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
604
170
406
516
110
172.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
604
170
428
538
110
190.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
604
170
428
568
140
224.0
Laying
Length
half
run x run x branch
run
L1
mm
inch
mm
700x700x400 28x28x16 497
700x700x450 28x28x18 497
700x700x500 28x28x20 497
700x700x600 28x28x24 497
750x750x400 30x30x16 532
750x750x450 30x30x18 532
750x750x500 30x30x20 532
750x750x600 30x30x24 532
750x750x700 30x30x28 532
800x800x400 32x32x16 559
800x800x450 32x32x18 559
800x800x500 32x32x20 559
800x800x600 32x32x24 559
800x800x700 32x32x28 559
800x800x750 32x32x30 559
900x900x450 36x36x18 624
900x900x500 36x36x20 624
900x900x600 36x36x24 624
900x900x700 36x36x28 624
900x900x750 36x36x30 624
900x900x800 36x36x32 624
1000x1000x500 40x40x20* 691
1000x1000x600 40x40x24* 691
1000x1000x700 40x40x28* 691
1000x1000x750 40x40x30* 691
1000x1000x800 40x40x32* 691
1000x1000x900 40x40x36* 691
1000x1000x500 40x40x20** 691
1000x1000x600 40x40x24** 691
1000x1000x700 40x40x28** 691
1000x1000x750 40x40x30** 691
1000x1000x800 40x40x32** 691
1000x1000x900 40x40x36** 691
Ds2
mm
110
110
140
170
110
110
140
170
170
110
110
140
170
170
200
110
140
170
170
200
230
140
170
170
200
230
260
140
170
170
200
230
260
kg
270
273
280
292
330
334
341
355
365
406
409
505
521
444
456
572
699
705
719
625
770
956
977
826
841
1038
1068
875
896
758
773
956
987
Concentric Reducers
Couplings
Nipples
Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
125
25
50
0.2
200
8
190
30
80
0.6
250
10
190
30
80
0.8
300
12
200
40
80
1.1
350
14
200
40
80
1.4
400
16
260
40
110
2.4
450
18
280
60
110
3.0
500
20
340
60
140
4.9
600
24
400
60
170
8.3
700
28
400
60
170
11.2
750
30
460
60
200
14.6
800
32
520
60
230
18.6
900
36
580
60
260
25.0
1000*
40
640
60
290
27.0
1000**
40
460
60
200
21.0
* For Bondstrand 2412 only
** For Bondstrand 3412 only
Heavy-Duty Flanges
***
Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and therefore a torquewrench is required.
Stub-end Flanges
***
****
Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.
Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings
Field Testing
Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge Pressure
Conversions
1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C
Important Notice
= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
ISO 9001
Certified Firm
Description
Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.
For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.
Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.
Fitting
Pipe System
Pressure
549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50
T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50
10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar
Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
Quantity of Adhesive
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Taper
Angle
degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800*
900**
Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
50
80
110
140
140
170
170
140
170
230
260
230
260
Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
cm3
89
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
5.5
6.0
Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708.0
758.0
811.0
912.0
Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.
nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
6.0
7.0
6.0
8.0
Elbows 90
Elbows 45
Elbows 221/2
Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
110
50
1.4
200
8
76
156
80
5.1
250
10
68
178
110
9.7
300
12
77
217
140
15.5
350
14
71
211
140
21.0
400
16
85
255
170
24.0
450
18
106
276
170
39.0
500
20
116
256
140
32.0
600
24
136
306
170
73.0
700
28
157
387
230
123.0
750
30
167
427
260
158.0
800
32
177
407
230
138.0
900
36
197
457
260
195.0
Tees
Reducing Tees
Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
50
124
174
50
8.0
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
50
134
184
50
9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
203
50
140
190
50
9.6
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
16.0
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.7
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
228
50
13.2
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
366
110
194
244
50
29.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
336
110
204
254
50
28.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
336
110
213
293
80
34.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
404
140
216
266
50
43.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
404
140
229
279
50
42.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
404
140
239
319
80
45.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
404
140
251
361
110
51.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
412
140
254
304
50
41.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
412
140
264
344
80
54.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
412
140
277
387
110
62.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
412
140
289
429
140
66.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
465
170
274
324
50
51.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
465
170
283
363
80
56.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
465
170
293
403
110
63.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
465
170
305
445
140
67.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
465
170
315
455
140
71.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
339
509
170
316
396
80
100.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 339
509
170
329
439
110
104.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
509
170
329
469
140
107.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
509
170
330
470
140
137.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
509
170
330
500
170
143.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
510
140
355
465
110
100.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
510
140
355
495
140
102.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
510
140
356
496
140
120.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
510
140
356
526
170
127.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
510
140
365
535
170
128.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
604
170
405
545
140
160.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
604
170
406
546
140
180.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
604
170
406
576
170
181.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
604
170
428
598
170
190.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
604
170
428
568
140
224.0
inch
28x28x16
28x28x18
28x28x20
28x28x24
30x30x16
30x30x18
30x30x20
30x30x24
30x30x28
32x32x16
32x32x18
32x32x20
32x32x24
32x32x28
32x32x30
36x36x18
36x36x20
36x36x24
36x36x28
36x36x30
36x36x32
Laying
Length
half
run
L1
mm
497
497
497
497
523
523
523
523
523
559
559
559
559
559
559
624
624
624
624
624
624
Ds2
mm
170
170
140
170
170
170
140
170
230
170
170
140
170
230
260
170
140
170
230
260
230
kg
423
428
364
377
516
522
444
460
573
500
504
505
521
552
567
699
699
719
753
771
770
Concentric Reducers
Couplings
Nipples
Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
125
25
50
0.3
200
8
190
30
80
0.6
250
10
250
30
110
1.3
300
12
320
40
140
2.3
350
14
320
40
140
2.8
400
16
380
40
170
4.3
450
18
400
60
170
5.2
500
20
340
60
140
5.2
600
24
400
60
170
8.3
700
28
520
60
230
16.5
750
30
580
60
260
21.0
800
32
520
60
230
22.0
900
36
580
60
260
31.0
Heavy-Duty Flanges
***
Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.
Stub-end Flanges
***
****
Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.
Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings
Field Testing
Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge Pressure
Conversions
1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C
Important Notice
= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
ISO 9001
Certified Firm
Description
Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.
For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.
Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.
Fitting
Pipe System
Pressure
549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50
T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50
10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar
Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900*
900**
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
36
Taper
Angle
degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
50
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230
230
260
290
350
260
Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
5.5
6.0
5.5
6.0
6.0
Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
583.6
711.0
762.0
811.0
912.0
912.0
Quantity of Adhesive
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900*
900**
Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
36
cm3
89
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
10.0
8.0
Elbows 90
Elbows 45
Elbows 221/2
Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
110
50
1.4
200
8
76
156
80
5.1
250
10
68
178
110
9.7
300
12
77
217
140
15.5
350
14
71
211
140
21.0
400
16
85
255
170
24.0
450
18
106
276
170
39.0
500
20
116
316
200
56.0
600
24
136
366
230
93.0
700
28
157
387
230
123.0
750
30
167
427
260
158.0
800
32
177
467
290
198.0
900*
36
197
547
350
343.0
900**
36
197
457
260
266.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only
Tees
Reducing Tees
Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
203
50
124
174
50
8.0
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
203
50
134
184
50
9.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
203
50
140
190
50
9.6
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
16.0
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.7
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
228
50
13.2
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
336
110
194
244
50
29.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
336
110
204
254
50
28.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
336
110
213
293
80
34.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
404
140
216
266
50
43.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
404
140
229
279
50
42.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
404
140
239
319
80
45.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
404
140
251
361
110
51.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
412
140
254
304
50
41.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
412
140
264
344
80
54.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
412
140
277
387
110
62.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
412
140
289
429
140
66.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
465
170
274
324
50
51.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
465
170
283
363
80
56.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
465
170
293
403
110
63.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
465
170
305
445
140
67.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
465
170
315
455
140
710.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
339
509
170
316
396
80
100.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 339
509
170
329
439
110
104.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
509
170
329
469
140
107.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
509
170
330
470
140
137.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
509
170
330
500
170
143.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
570
200
355
465
110
180.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
570
200
355
495
140
186.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
570
200
356
496
140
188.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
570
200
356
526
170
195.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
570
200
365
535
170
200.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
664
230
405
545
140
211.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
664
230
406
546
140
281.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
664
230
406
576
170
220.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
664
230
428
598
170
239.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
664
230
428
628
200
279.0
inch
28x28x16
28x28x18
28x28x20
28x28x24
30x30x16
30x30x18
30x30x20
30x30x24
30x30x28
32x32x16
32x32x18
32x32x20
32x32x24
32x32x28
32x32x30
36x36x18
36x36x20
36x36x24
36x36x28
36x36x30
36x36x32
36x36x18
36x36x20
36x36x24
36x36x28
36x36x30
36x36x32
Laying
Length
half
run
L1
mm
497
497
497
497
523
523
523
523
523
559
559
559
559
559
559
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
624
Ds2
mm
170
170
200
230
170
170
200
230
230
170
170
200
230
230
260
170
200
230
230
260
290
170
200
230
230
260
290
kg
423
428
440
458
516
522
534
555
573
628
633
647
667
689
706
1035
1052
1082
964
986
1008
947
975
878
887
909
931
Concentric Reducers
Couplings
Nipples
Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
125
25
50
0.3
200
8
190
30
80
0.7
250
10
250
30
110
1.3
300
12
320
40
140
2.4
350
14
320
40
140
3.0
400
16
380
40
170
4.6
450
18
400
60
170
5.6
500
20
460
60
200
8.3
600
24
520
60
230
13.3
700
28
520
60
230
19.7
750
30
580
60
260
26.0
800
32
640
60
290
30.0
900*
36
760
60
350
39.0
900**
36
580
60
260
31.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only
** For Bondstrand 3416 only
Heavy-Duty Flanges
***
Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.
Stub-end Flanges
Van Stone
***
****
Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.
Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings
Field Testing
Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge Pressure
Conversions
1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C
Important Notice
= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
ISO 9001
Certified Firm
Description
Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.
For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.
Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.
Fitting
Pipe System
Pressure
549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50
T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50
10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar
Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
Quantity of Adhesive
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
Taper
Angle
degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
50
50
80
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230
290
Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
cm3
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
5.5
Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
583.6
711.0
Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Note:
Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded.
nr.
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.8
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
5.0
7.0
Elbows 90
Elbows 45
Elbows 221/2
Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
87
50
0.6
100
4
43
93
50
0.9
150
6
60
140
80
2.8
200
8
76
156
80
5.1
250
10
68
178
110
9.7
300
12
77
217
140
15.5
350
14
71
211
140
21.0
400
16
85
255
170
24.0
450
18
106
276
170
39.0
500
20
116
316
200
56.0
600
24
136
366
230
93.0
700
28
157
447
290
173.0
Tees
Reducing Tees
Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
146
50
86
136
50
2.7
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
165
50
99
149
50
3.8
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
165
50
108
158
50
4.0
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
233
80
124
174
50
10.9
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
233
80
134
184
50
12.0
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
233
80
140
190
50
12.2
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
268
80
159
209
50
16.0
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
268
80
172
222
50
16.7
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
268
80
178
258
80
17.9
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
336
110
194
244
50
29.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
336
110
204
284
80
32.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
336
110
213
293
80
34.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
404
140
216
266
50
43.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
404
140
229
309
80
44.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
404
140
239
319
80
45.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
404
140
251
361
110
51.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
272
412
140
254
334
80
42.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
272
412
140
264
344
80
54.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 272
412
140
277
387
110
62.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 272
412
140
289
429
140
66.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
465
170
274
354
80
55.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
465
170
283
363
80
56.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
465
170
293
403
110
63.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
465
170
305
445
140
67.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
465
170
315
455
140
71.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
339
509
170
316
396
80
100.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 339
509
170
329
439
110
104.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 339
509
170
329
469
140
107.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 339
509
170
330
470
140
137.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 339
509
170
330
500
170
143.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 370
570
200
355
465
110
180.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 370
570
200
355
495
140
186.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 370
570
200
356
496
140
188.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 370
570
200
356
526
170
195.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 370
570
200
365
535
170
200.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 434
664
230
405
545
140
211.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 434
664
230
406
546
140
281.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 434
664
230
406
576
170
220.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 434
664
230
428
598
170
239.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 434
664
230
428
628
200
279.0
700x700x400 28x28x16 497
787
290
483
653
170
520.0
700x700x450 28x28x18 497
787
290
483
653
170
525.0
700x700x500 28x28x20 497
787
290
491
691
200
539.0
700x700x600 28x28x24 497
787
290
491
721
230
560.0
Concentric Reducers
Couplings
Nipples
Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Lenght
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
125
25
50
0.1
100
4
125
25
50
0.1
150
6
185
25
80
0.5
200
8
190
30
80
0.7
250
10
250
30
110
1.4
300
12
320
40
140
2.5
350
14
320
40
140
3.1
400
16
380
40
170
4.8
450
18
400
60
170
5.8
500
20
460
60
200
8.7
600
24
520
60
230
13.9
700
28
640
60
290
27.0
Heavy-Duty Flanges
***
Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.
Stub-end Flanges
***
****
Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.
Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings
Field Testing
Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge Pressure
Conversions
1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C
Important Notice
= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
ISO 9001
Certified Firm
Description
Bondstrand Taper-Taper fittings & flanges are glassfiber reinforced filament-wound epoxy
pipe fittings in diameters 50 through 1000 mm (2-40 inch) designed to be used with
Bondstrand pipes. Pipe is standard with integral Taper-Taper spigot and socket ends for
adhesive bonding or with integral Key-Lock male and female ends for mechanical joining.
Fittings are filament-wound with integral taper socket ends. Pipes and fittings are
available in several pressure classes from 10 bar upwards.
For intended services and performance capabilities refer to product data sheet FP 452 and
FP 158 pertaining to Bondstrand Series 2400 and 3400 pipe data.
Dimensional data for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded fittings are contained in individual
dimensional sheets per pressure class:
FP No.
Fitting
Pipe System
Pressure
549-10
549-12
549-14
549-16
549-20
549-25
549-32
549-40
549-50
T-10
T-12
T-14
T-16
T-20
T-25
T-32
T-40
T-50
10 bar
12 bar
14 bar
16 bar
20 bar
25 bar
32 bar
40 bar
50 bar
Dimensions of the
taper-taper joint
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700*
700**
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
28
Taper
Angle
degrees
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
1.75
1.75
Insertion
Depth
Ds
mm
50
80
80
110
140
170
200
170
230
200
230
260
350
260
Spigot
Nose
Thickness
t
mm
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
7.0
7.0
Spigot
Diameter
at Nose
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
265.9
316.7
348.4
398.7
438.8
488.1
585.6
714.0
714.0
Quantity of Adhesive
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
Adhesive
Kit Size
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
28
cm3
89
89
89
89
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
Minimum number of
adhesive kits per joint
fluid
ounce
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
nr.
0.2
0.4
0.6
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
8.0
6.0
Elbows 90
Elbows 45
Elbows 221/2
Filament-wound 221/2 elbows with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
Overall
Insertion
Weight
Length
Length
Depth
L
OL
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
29
79
50
0.4
80
3
37
117
80
1.5
100
4
43
123
80
2.0
150
6
60
170
110
5.9
200
8
76
216
140
10.5
250
10
68
238
170
19.1
300
12
77
277
200
32.0
350
14
81
251
170
26.0
400
16
85
315
230
57.0
450
18
131
331
200
51.0
500
20
141
371
230
71.0
600
24
161
421
260
114.0
700*
28
157
507
350
221.0
700**
28
157
417
260
170.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only
Tees
Reducing Tees
Filament-wound reducing tees with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded socket ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying Overall Insertion Laying Overall Insertion Weight
Length Length Depth Length Length Depth
half
half
run
branch branch branch
run x run x branch
run
run
L1
OL1
Ds1
L2
OL2
Ds2
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80x80x50
3x3x2
96
176
80
86
136
50
3.0
100x100x50
4x4x2
115
195
80
99
149
50
5.4
100x100x80
4x4x3
115
195
80
108
188
80
5.5
150x150x50
6x6x2
153
263
110
124
174
50
12.2
150x150x80
6x6x3
153
263
110
134
214
80
12.6
150x150x100 6x6x4
153
263
110
140
220
80
13.7
200x200x80
8x8x3
188
328
140
159
239
80
19.3
200x200x100 8x8x4
188
328
140
172
252
80
26.0
200x200x150 8x8x6
188
328
140
178
288
110
33.0
250x250x100 10x10x4
226
396
170
194
274
80
42.0
250x250x150 10x10x6
226
396
170
204
314
110
42.0
250x250x200 10x10x8
226
396
170
213
353
140
53.0
300x300x100 12x12x4
264
464
200
216
296
80
60.0
300x300x150 12x12x6
264
464
200
229
339
110
86.0
300x300x200 12x12x8
264
464
200
239
379
140
90.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 264
464
200
251
421
170
92.0
350x350x150 14x14x6
282
452
170
254
364
110
66.0
350x350x200 14x14x8
282
452
170
264
404
80
69.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 282
452
170
277
447
170
74.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 282
452
170
289
489
200
79.0
400x400x150 16x16x6
295
525
230
274
384
110
97.0
400x400x200 16x16x8
295
525
230
283
423
140
102.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 295
525
230
293
463
170
107.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 295
525
230
305
505
200
117.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 295
525
230
325
495
170
100.0
450x450x200 18x18x8
364
564
200
316
456
140
158.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 364
564
200
329
499
170
165.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 364
564
200
329
529
200
172.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 364
564
200
340
510
170
172.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 364
564
200
330
560
230
182.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 395
625
230
355
525
170
257.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 395
625
230
355
555
200
265.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 395
625
230
366
536
170
267.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 395
625
230
356
586
230
279.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 395
625
230
390
590
200
285.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 459
719
260
405
605
200
422.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 459
719
260
416
586
170
423.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 459
719
260
406
636
230
438.0
600x600x450 24x24x18 459
719
260
453
653
200
448.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 459
719
260
453
683
230
462.0
700x700x350* 28x28x14 497
847
350
485
655
170
700.0
700x700x400* 28x28x16 497
847
350
483
713
230
720.0
700x700x450* 28x28x18 497
847
350
508
708
200
726.0
700x700x500* 28x28x20 497
847
350
516
746
230
745.0
700x700x600** 28x28x24 497
847
350
516
776
260
774.0
700x700x350** 28x28x14 497
757
260
485
655
170
631.0
700x700x400** 28x28x16 497
757
260
483
713
230
625.0
700x700x450** 28x28x18 497
757
260
508
708
200
658.0
700x700x500** 28x28x20 497
757
260
516
746
230
677.0
700x700x600** 28x28x24 497
757
260
516
776
260
706.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only
FP657-25 Fittings & Flanges for 2425/3425. Page 5 of 12.
Concentric Reducers
Couplings
Nipples
Filament-wound pipe nipples with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonded spigot ends
Nominal Pipe Size
Laying
gap
Insertion
Weight
Length
Depth
L
Ds
mm
inch
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
2
125
25
50
0.1
80
3
185
25
80
0.2
100
4
185
25
80
0.3
150
6
245
25
110
0.8
200
8
310
30
140
1.5
250
10
370
30
170
2.9
300
12
440
40
200
4.7
350
14
380
40
170
4.6
400
16
500
40
230
8.6
450
18
460
60
200
8.6
500
20
520
60
230
12.4
600
24
580
60
260
19.0
700*
28
760
60
350
35.0
700**
28
580
60
260
26.0
* For Bondstrand 2425 only
** For Bondstrand 3425 only
Heavy-Duty Flanges
***
Heavy Duty Flanges are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO (DIN).
Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used, suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a
thickness of 3 mm.
Compressed fibre gaskets, 3 mm thick, compatible with the pressure, temperature
and medium, may also be used. The mechanical properties should be in accordance
with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature. Please be
aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, therefore a torquewrench is required.
Stub-end Flanges
***
****
Stub-End Flange Rings are standard available in drillings according to ANSI and ISO
(DIN).
Stub-End Flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face.
Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or
compressed fibre gaskets.
For pressures 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g. use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure, size and number of bolts. If using flat face gaskets (maximum pressure 10
bar) refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature for hubbed flanges.
Key-lock Adapters
& Couplings
Field Testing
Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge Pressure
Conversions
1 psi
1 bar
1 MPa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
C
Important Notice
= 6895 Pa
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 105Pa
= 14.5 psi
= 1 N/mm2
= 145 psi
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/mK
= 5/9 (F-32)
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test data
reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by personnel
having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry practice and
normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that your engineers
verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we have no control
over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results obtained
or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
ISO 9001
Certified Firm
Bondstrand PSXL3
and PSXJF Fittings
for marine, offshore and onshore service
Table of contents
Quick-Lock 90 elbows...................................................02
Quick-Lock 45 elbows.....................................................02
Quick-Lock 22.5 elbows..................................................02
Quick-Lock tees................................................................03
Quick-Lock reducing tees.................................................03
Quick-Lock 45 laterals.....................................................03
Quick-Lock crosses ..........................................................04
Quick-Lock reducers ........................................................04
Quick-Lock couplings .......................................................04
Quick-Lock nipples ...........................................................05
Quick-Lock socket depths................................................05
Flanged 90 long radius elbows ........................................05
Flanged 45 elbows...........................................................06
Flanged tees......................................................................06
Flanged reducers ..............................................................06
Flanged reducing tees.......................................................07
Deluge couplings..............................................................07
Reducing saddle with fiberglass bushed outlet ................07
Reducing saddle with Quick-Lock socket outlet ..............08
Reducing saddle with flanged outlet.................................09
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Common flange dimensions .........10
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Bolt lengths ...................................10
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Bolt torques...................................10
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Nuts and washers .........................11
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Heavy duty flanges........................11
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 Blind flanges .................................11
ANSI B16.5 Class 300 Heavy duty flanges and Van Stone12
ANSI B16.5 Class 300 Bolt torques...................................12
Important notice................................................................12
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP733 (10/97)
Quick-Lock 90 elbows
Filament-wound 90 elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult QuickLock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
DS
L
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Quick-Lock 45 elbows
DS
2.56
3.19
3.00
4.50
6.00
9.00
12.00
15.00
18.00
65
81
76
114
152
229
305
381
457
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
L (in/mm)
.88
1.12
1.38
2.00
2.50
3.75
5.00
6.25
7.50
22
29
35
51
64
95
127
159
191
0.6
1.1
1.4
2.5
4.0
13.6
32.6
48.4
75.6
0.3
0.5
0.6
1.1
1.8
6.2
14.8
22.0
34.3
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
1.5
2.6
3.7
6.0
9.6
30.6
51.4
76.5
119.5
0.7
1.2
1.7
2.7
4.4
13.9
23.3
34.7
54.2
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
0.6
0.9
1.1
2.1
3.1
8.6
18.6
34.8
52.9
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.9
1.4
3.9
8.4
15.8
24.0
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
1.4
2.2
2.4
4.3
6.4
17.1
27.9
52.2
79.3
0.7
1.0
1.1
1.9
2.9
7.8
12.7
23.7
36.0
DS
L
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
Filament-wound 45 elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult QuickLock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
L (in/mm)
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
L (in/mm)
0.38
0.38
0.31
0.63
0.93
1.69
2.00
2.00
3.00
9
9
8
16
24
43
51
51
76
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
0.3
0.5
0.8
1.6
2.3
4.7
8.3
15.2
18.9
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.7
1.1
2.1
3.8
6.9
8.5
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
0.6
1.3
1.9
3.8
5.7
11.3
13.2
24.4
30.2
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.7
2.6
5.1
6.0
11.1
13.7
Quick-Lock tees
L
DS
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Quick-Lock
reducing tees
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
1.06
1.19
2.50
3.38
4.12
5.62
7.00
8.50
10.00
2x2x1
2x2x1.5
3x3x1.5
3x3x2
4x4x2
4x4x3
6x6x2
6x6x3
6x6x4
8x8x3
8x8x4
8x8x6
10x10x4
10x10x6
10x10x8
12x12x4
12x12x6
12x12x8
12x12x10
L1
DS1
L2
DS2
Quick-Lock 45 laterals
50x50x25
50x50x40
80x80x40
80x80x50
100x100x50
100x100x80
150x150x50
150x150x80
150x150x100
200x200x80
200x200x100
200x200x150
250x250x100
250x250x150
250x250x200
300x300x100
300x300x150
300x300x200
300x300x250
1.1
1.6
3.7
6.4
10.5
25.3
42.2
76.2
119.6
0.5
0.7
1.7
2.9
4.7
11.5
19.2
34.6
54.3
2.1
2.7
5.9
9.6
14.7
35.0
48.9
88.4
138.8
1.0
1.2
2.7
4.3
6.7
15.9
22.2
40.1
53.0
L2
DS
L1 (in/mm)
2.52
2.52
5.20
3.38
4.12
4.12
5.62
5.62
5.62
7.00
7.00
7.00
8.50
8.50
8.50
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
64
64
132
86
105
105
143
143
143
178
178
178
216
216
216
254
254
254
254
L2 (in/mm)
2.25
3.50
4.25
3.00
3.50
3.88
4.50
4.88
5.12
5.88
6.12
6.62
7.25
7.62
8.00
8.12
8.62
9.00
9.50
57
89
108
76
89
99
114
124
130
149
155
168
184
194
203
206
219
229
241
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
2.9
3.3
3.3
5.1
9.5
11.0
17.0
19.9
22.0
30.8
33.3
37.5
41.6
53.8
62.5
68.4
73.2
79.9
92.8
1.3
1.5
1.5
2.3
4.3
5.0
7.7
9.0
10.0
14.0
15.1
17.0
18.9
24.4
28.4
31.1
33.2
36.3
42.1
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
4.9
5.6
5.6
8.6
16.2
18.7
23.9
28.1
31.0
36.9
40.0
45.0
50.0
54.6
74.9
82.1
87.8
95.9
111.4
2.2
2.6
2.6
3.9
7.3
8.5
10.8
12.8
14.1
16.8
18.1
20.4
22.7
29.3
34.0
37.3
39.9
43.5
50.6
L2
27
30
64
86
105
143
178
216
254
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
L1
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
L (in/mm)
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
L1 (in/mm)
2.50 64
3.00 76
2.50 64
3.00 76
3.00 76
3.50 89
4.50 114
5.00 127
5.50 140
L2 (in/mm)
8.00
10.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
14.50
17.50
20.50
24.50
203
254
203
254
305
368
445
521
622
Wt.(lb/kg)
3.6 1.6
6.6 3.0
3.6 1.6
6.6 3.0
8.7 3.9
15.0 6.8
27.0 12.0
47.0 21.0
67.0 30.0
3
Quick-Lock crosses
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
DS
Quick-Lock reducers
L (in/mm)
2.50
3.38
4.12
5.62
7.00
8.50
10.00
DS2
Quick-Lock couplings
112 x1
2x1
2x112
3x112
3x2
4x2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10
40x25
50x25
50x40
80x40
80x50
100x50
100x80
150x80
150x100
200x100
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250
150
150
150
150
100
100
100
Wt.(lb/kg)
10
10
10
10
6.8
6.8
6.8
2.8
5.5
7.0
13.0
23.0
37.0
61.0
1.3
2.5
3.2
5.9
10.0
16.0
27.0
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
L (in/mm)
1.25
2.50
1.25
3.00
2.12
3.00
2.88
3.81
3.69
5.44
3.88
4.62
4.12
5.88
5.38
32
64
32
76
54
76
73
97
94
138
98
117
105
149
137
0.5
0.8
1.3
1.6
3.0
3.2
3.2
5.2
8.6
12.2
14.1
15.5
20.7
23.0
24.3
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.7
1.4
1.4
1.5
2.4
3.9
5.5
6.4
7.0
9.4
10.4
11.1
0.9
1.3
2.2
2.6
5.1
4.5
4.5
7.4
10.4
14.6
17.0
18.5
24.9
27.6
29.2
0.4
0.6
1.0
1.2
2.3
2.0
2.1
3.3
4.7
6.6
7.7
8.4
11.3
12.5
13.3
Filament-wound couplings with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult QuickLock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
Nominal Size
(in/mm)
Ds
Rating (psi/bar)
64
86
105
143
178
216
254
DS1
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
L1 (in/mm)
2.50 64
3.00 76
2.50 64
3.00 76
3.00 76
3.50 89
4.50 114
5.00 127
5.50 140
t (in/mm)
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
0.3
0.6
0.7
1.3
1.7
2.6
3.9
6.1
8.0
0.1
0.3
0.3
0.6
0.8
1.2
1.8
2.8
3.7
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
0.6
1.2
1.5
2.7
3.6
5.5
5.8
9.1
12.1
0.3
0.5
0.7
1.2
1.6
2.5
2.6
4.2
5.5
Quick-Lock nipples
Filament-wound nipples to fit Quick-Lock socket. The same nipples are used for
PSXL3 and PSXJF pipe.
Nominal Size
(in/mm)
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Quick-Lock
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
B (in/mm)
2.25
2.63
3.77
3.77
3.77
4.63
5.13
5.63
6.13
Wt.(lb/kg)
57
67
96
96
96
117
130
143
156
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.3
2.8
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.7
1.1
1.3
Socket depths, Ds, for all pipe and fittings using the Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded
joint are the same for a given diameter
Nominal Size (in/mm)
DS
Flanged 90
long radius elbows
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Ds (in/mm)
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
1.06
1.25
1.82
1.82
1.82
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
L
T*
Nominal Size
(in/mm)
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
L (in/mm)
5.00
6.00
6.94
8.44
9.94
13.75
17.25
20.75
24.25
127
152
175
214
252
349
438
527
616
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
3.2
5.0
9.1
13.1
18.8
36.1
66.8
96.4
147.9
1.4
2.3
6.0
3.6
8.5
16.4
30.3
43.7
67.1
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
4.0
6.5
11.4
16.6
24.4
53.1
85.5
124.4
191.8
1.8
2.9
5.2
7.5
11.1
24.1
38.8
56.5
87.0
Flanged 45 elbows
L
T*
Flanged tees
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
L (in/mm)
3.25
3.88
5.31
5.94
6.44
8.50
10.25
12.00
13.75
83
98
135
151
164
216
260
305
349
3.1
4.8
8.9
12.7
17.9
31.0
52.7
82.7
125.1
1.4
2.2
4.0
5.8
8.1
14.1
23.9
37.6
56.8
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
4.0
6.1
10.1
14.9
21.2
39.6
62.0
100.1
151.6
1.8
2.8
4.6
6.8
9.6
18.0
28.2
45.5
68.8
Flanged tees with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see Bondstrand
Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1. 150
flanges.
L
Nominal Size
(in/mm)
1
1.5
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Flanged reducers
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
L (in/mm)
3.50
4.00
6.44
7.31
8.06
10.38
12.25
14.25
16.25
89
102
164
186
205
264
311
362
413
5.0
7.5
15.3
22.4
32.6
59.0
93.4
148.1
228.0
2.2
3.4
6.9
10.1
14.8
26.8
42.4
67.2
103.5
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
5.9
8.6
17.4
25.5
36.9
68.7
100.1
160.3
247.2
2.7
3.9
7.9
11.6
16.7
31.2
45.5
72.8
112.2
T*
Nominal Size
(in/mm)
112 x1
2x1
2x112
3x112
3x2
4x2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10
6
40x25
50x25
50x40
80x40
80x50
100x50
100x80
150x80
150x100
200x100
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
L (in/mm)
6.50
8.88
8.00
9.75
10.00
10.88
10.75
12.50
12.38
14.62
13.88
15.12
15.12
17.38
17.38
165
225
203
248
254
276
273
317
314
371
352
384
384
441
441
3.7
5.9
7.1
8.8
12.2
14.4
15.9
21.8
27.3
36.6
42.4
50.7
61.8
76.2
84.5
1.7
2.7
3.2
4.0
5.5
6.5
7.2
9.9
12.4
16.6
19.3
23.0
28.1
34.6
38.3
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
4.1
6.4
8.0
9.9
14.3
15.7
17.2
23.9
29.0
39.0
45.3
53.8
66.0
80.8
89.3
1.9
2.9
3.6
4.5
6.5
7.1
7.8
10.8
13.2
17.7
20.5
24.4
29.9
36.7
40.5
Flanged reducing tees with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, see
Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5
C1. 150 flanges.
Nominal Size
(in/mm)
2x2x1
2x2x1.5
3x3x2
4x4x2
4x4x3
6x6x2
6x6x3
6x6x4
8x8x3
8x8x4
8x8x6
10x10x4
10x10x6
10x10x8
12x12x4
12x12x6
12x12x8
12x12x10
T*
Deluge Coupling
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
L (in/mm)
50x50x25
50x50x40
80x80x50
100x100x50
100x100x80
150x150x50
150x150x80
150x150x100
200x200x80
200x200x100
200x200x150
250x250x100
250x250x150
250x250x200
300x300x100
300x300x150
300x300x200
300x300x250
7.31
8.06
8.06
10.38
10.38
10.38
12.25
12.25
12.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
16.25
16.25
16.25
16.25
186
205
205
264
264
264
311
311
311
362
362
362
413
413
413
413
11.8
13.0
19.5
28.1
31.1
43.3
47.7
51.9
70.3
74.8
82.9
97.0
113.0
127.5
148.1
156.7
169.3
189.1
5.4
5.9
8.9
12.8
14.1
19.6
21.7
23.5
31.9
34.0
37.6
44.0
51.3
57.9
67.2
71.1
76.8
85.8
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
11.4
11.4
15.1
16.6
24.4
26.4
29.0
39.6
42.2
47.1
56.2
63.1
123.8
140.0
161.7
171.3
185.3
207.7
5.2
5.2
6.9
7.6
11.1
12.0
13.2
18.0
19.2
21.4
25.6
28.7
56.2
63.5
73.4
77.8
84.1
94.3
Nominal Size
(in/mm)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
3x112
4x112
6x112
8x112
10x112
12x112
80x40
100x40
150x40
200x40
250x40
300x40
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
B (in/mm)
8.00
9.75
10.00
10.88
10.75
12.50
12.38
(deg.)
180
180
90
90
45
45
203
248
254
276
273
317
314
7.1
8.8
12.2
14.4
15.9
21.8
27.3
3.2
4.0
5.5
6.5
7.2
9.9
12.4
PSXJF
Wt.(lb/kg)
8.0
9.9
14.3
15.7
17.2
23.9
29.0
3.6
4.5
6.5
7.1
7.8
10.8
13.2
1.3
1.8
1.0
1.3
0.8
1.5
0.6
0.8
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.7
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
DS
3x1
3x112
3x2
4x1
4x112
4x2
4x3
6x1
6x112
6x2
6x3
6x4
8x1
8x112
8x2
8x3
8x4
8x6
10x1
10x112
10x2
10x3
10x4
10x6
12x1
12x112
12x2
12x3
12x4
12x6
80x25
80x40
80x50
100x25
100x40
100x50
100x80
150x25
150x40
150x50
150x80
150x100
200x25
200x40
200x50
200x80
200x100
200x150
250x25
250x40
250x50
250x80
250x100
250x150
300x25
300x40
300x50
300x80
300x100
300x150
(deg.)
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
90
90
90
180
180
180
90
90
90
90
180
180
90
90
90
90
90
180
L (in/mm)
5.50
5.50
5.50
6.25
6.25
6.25
6.25
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
8.38
8.38
8.38
8.38
8.88
9.25
9.38
9.38
9.38
9.38
9.88
10.38
10.62
10.62
10.62
10.62
10.62
10.62
140
140
140
159
159
159
159
194
194
194
194
194
213
213
213
213
226
235
238
238
238
238
251
264
270
270
270
270
270
270
B (in/mm)
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
152
152
152
152
152
152
241
152
152
152
241
305
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.8
4.0
4.3
6.8
6.6
6.9
7.2
11.4
14.8
10.3
10.6
10.9
17.2
22.2
32.2
12.4
12.6
13.0
20.5
26.4
38.2
14.4
14.6
14.9
23.7
30.3
43.6
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.7
1.8
2.0
3.1
3.0
3.1
3.3
5.2
6.7
4.7
4.8
4.9
7.8
10.1
14.6
5.6
5.7
5.9
9.3
12.0
17.3
6.5
6.6
6.8
10.7
13.7
19.8
T*
3x1
3x112
3x2
4x1
4x112
4x2
4x3
6x1
6x112
6x2
6x3
6x4
8x1
8x112
8x2
8x3
8x4
8x6
10x1
10x112
10x2
10x3
10x4
10x6
12x1
12x112
12x2
12x3
12x4
12x6
80x25
80x40
80x50
100x25
100x40
100x50
100x80
150x25
150x40
150x50
150x80
150x100
200x25
200x40
200x50
200x80
200x100
200x150
250x25
250x40
250x50
250x80
250x100
250x150
300x25
300x40
300x50
300x80
300x100
300x150
(deg.)
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
90
90
90
180
180
180
90
90
90
90
180
180
90
90
90
90
90
180
L (in/mm)
5.25
5.25
5.25
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
7.38
7.38
7.38
7.38
7.38
8.12
8.12
8.12
8.12
8.62
9.00
9.12
9.12
9.12
9.12
9.62
10.12
10.38
10.38
10.38
10.38
10.38
11.12
133
133
133
152
152
152
152
187
187
187
187
187
206
206
206
206
219
229
232
232
232
232
244
257
264
264
264
264
264
282
Length (axial)
B (in/mm)
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
9.50
12.00
17.00
152
152
152
152
152
152
241
152
152
152
241
305
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
PSXL3
Wt.(lb/kg)
3.3
3.9
4.7
4.8
5.4
6.2
9.5
7.7
8.3
9.1
14.1
18.8
11.3
11.9
12.8
19.9
26.3
39.4
13.4
14.0
14.8
23.2
30.4
45.3
15.4
16.0
16.8
26.4
34.3
50.9
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.8
4.3
3.5
3.8
4.1
6.4
8.6
5.2
5.4
5.8
9.0
11.9
17.9
6.1
6.4
6.7
10.5
13.8
20.6
7.0
7.3
7.6
12.0
15.6
23.1
L
BC
Ds
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
1
1 2
40
2
50
3
80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
Overall
Thickness
D
(in) (mm)
1.12 28.4
1.38 35.1
.75 19.1
2.00 50.8
2.00 50.8
2.38 60.4
2.62 66.6
2.88 73.2
3.12 79.3
(in)
3.50
4.00
5.25
5.25
5.25
6.50
7.00
7.50
8.00
Heavy Duty
van Stone
(in) (mm)
4.50 114.3
4.50 114.3
4.50 114.3
5.25 133.4
6.25 158.8
6.25 158.8
6.75 171.5
HD
(mm)
88.9
101.6
133.4
133.4
133.4
165.1
177.8
190.5
203.2
Bolt Hole
Diameter
F
(in) (mm)
.62 15.8
.62 15.8
.62 15.8
.75 19.1
.75 19.1
.88 22.4
.88 22.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
Bolt
Bolt
Size Count
Steel
(in)
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.25
4.25
5.00
5.50
5.50
6.00
Heavy Duty
van Stone
(in)
(mm)
3.25
82.6
3.50
88.9
3.50
88.9
4.75 120.7
5.25 133.4
5.25 133.4
5.75 146.1
(mm)
76.2
88.9
101.6
108.0
108.0
127.0
139.7
139.7
152.4
Bolt torques for standard (hubbed) and heavy duty (hubless) flanges with ANSI
B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.
Size Range
(in)
(mm)
1-4
6 - 12
10
Bolt
Circle
BC
(in) (mm)
3.12 79.3
3.88 98.6
2.00 50.8
6.00 152.4
7.50 190.5
9.50 241.3
11.75 298.5
14.25 361.9
17.00 431.8
Recommended bolts lengths for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling.
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1 25
1
1 2 40
2 50
3 80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
Flange
OD
A
(in) (mm)
4.88 124.0
6.12 155.4
6.00 152.4
7.50 190.5
9.00 228.6
11.00 279.4
13.50 342.9
16.00 406.4
19.00 482.6
25 - 100
150 - 300
Torque Increments
(ftlb)
(Nm)
5
10
7
14
Final Torque
(ftlb)
(Nm)
20
30
28
42
L
BC
Washer
Thickness
(in)
(mm)
.12
3.0
.12
3.0
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
.16
4.1
Std Flange
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
112
40
2
50
3
40
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
Nut
Thickness
(in)
(mm)
.46
11.7
.56
14.2
.64
16.3
.75
19.1
.86
21.8
.97
24.6
1.06
26.9
1.18
30.0
1.28
32.5
1.59
40.4
Ds
Thickness
D
(in)
(mm)
1.00
25.4
1.12
28.5
1.25
31.8
1.75
44.4
2.00
50.8
2.00
50.8
2.12
53.9
HDFlange
Wt
(lb)
(kg)
1.1 1
.50
2.3 1
1.04
2.9 1
1.31
4.0 1
1.80
6.1 1
2.70
1
10.0
4.50
11.0 1
5.00
21.0 1
9.50
32.0 1
14.40
Wt
(lb)
Washer
OD
(in)
(mm)
1.06
26.9
1.31
33.3
1.47
37.3
1.75
44.5
2.00
50.8
2.25
57.2
2.50
63.5
2.75
69.8
3.00
76.2
3.50
88.9
(kg)
1.6
2.5
3.9
6.4
10.0
14.0
23.0
.72
1.13
1.78
2.88
4.50
6.30
10.40
BC
Flange
OD
A
(in) (mm)
Bolt
Circle
BC
(in) (mm)
Overall
Thickness
D
(in) (mm)
Bolt Hole
Diameter
F
(in) (mm)
Bolt
Size
(in) (mm)
Bolt
Count
qty.
1
112
25
4.25
108.0
3.13
79.4
0.98
25
0.63
15.9
0.50 12.7
40
5.00
127.0
3.87
98.4
0.98
25
0.63
15.9
0.50 12.7
4
4
50
6.00
152.4
4.75 120.7
1.18
30
0.75
19.1
0.50 12.7
40
7.50
190.5
6.00 152.4
1.18
30
0.75
19.1
0.62 15.8
100
9.00
228.6
7.50 190.5
1.38
35
0.75
19.1
0.62 15.8
150
11.00
279.4
9.50 241.3
1.58
40
0.87
22.2
0.75 19.1
200
13.50
342.9
11.75 298.5
1.77
45
0.87
22.2
0.75 19.1
10
250
16.00
406.4
14.25 362.0
1.97
50
1.00
25.4
0.88 22.6
12
12
300
19.00
482.6
17.00 431.8
2.36
60
1.00
25.4
0.88 22.6
12
11
BC
Ds
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1 25
112 40
2 50
3 80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
Flange
Bolt
Overall
Bolt Hole
Bolt
Bolt
OD
Circle
Thickness
Diameter
Size
Count
A
BC
D
F
Appropriate bolt lengths for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 flanges may be found in the ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 bolt length
table under the heavy-duty and heavy-duty van Stone entries.
D
G
L
BC
Ds
Loose ring (van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe and hubless
(heavy-duty) flanges.
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
112
40
2
50
3
80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
Thickness
E
(in) (mm)
0.75 19.05
0.88 22.35
0.88 22.35
1.00 25.40
1.12 28.45
1.31 33.27
1.50 38.10
Hubless Flange
Weight
(lb)
(kg)
1.5 0.64
2.3 1.04
3.7 1.68
5.7 2.58
8.1 3.67
14.0 6.35
20.0 9.07
28.0 12.70
41.0 18.60
Bolt torques for van Stone flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 drilling. For hubless (heavy-duty)
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 flanges, use bolt torques for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 van Stone flanges.
Size Range
(in)
(mm)
2
3-4
6
8 - 10
12
Important notice
(in) (mm)
(lb) (kg)
0.38 9.65
1.6 0.73
0.38 9.65
2.8 1.27
0.38 9.65
5.1 2.31
0.50 12.70
7.0 3.18
0.87 22.10
12.0 5.44
1.00 25.40
16.0 7.26
1.12 28.45
26.0 11.79
Torque Increments
(ftlb)
(Nm)
50
80 - 100
150
200 - 250
300
10
10
20
20
20
14
14
28
28
28
Final Torque
(ftlb)
(Nm)
30
40
60
80
100
42
56
84
112
136
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to
be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
12
Bondstrand Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy Fittings
for Quick-Lock Pipe Systems
Index
Description
Page
General
Description..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................2
Engineerting Design & Installation ..............................................................................................................................................................3
Performance .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Adhesive
Adhesive quantity to be used for Quick-Lock Joints............................................................................................................4
Couplings
Standard Quick-Lock Couplings ..............................................................................................................................................................14
Crosses
Quick-Lock Equal Crosses ..............................................................................................................................................................................14
Dimensions
Pipe Dimensions ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Spigot Diameter and Insertion Depth......................................................................................................................................................4
Elbows
Standard Quick-Lock 90 Elbows .............................................................................................................................................................5
Standard Quick-Lock 45 Elbows .............................................................................................................................................................6
Standard Quick-Lock 221/2 Elbows .......................................................................................................................................................7
Flanged 90 Short Radius ANSI Elbows ..............................................................................................................................................5
Flanged 90 Long Radius ANSI Elbows ...............................................................................................................................................5
Flanged 45 ANSI Elbows .....................................................................................................................................................................................6
Molded Quick-Lock 90 Elbows..................................................................................................................................................................6
Molded Quick-Lock 45 Elbows..................................................................................................................................................................6
Flanges and Flange Data
Standard Quick-Lock Heavy Duty / Hubbed Flanges .....................................................................................................19
Stub-End Quick-Lock Flanges ...................................................................................................................................................................20
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Blind Flanges for 10 Bar...................................................................................................21
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Blind Flanges for 16 Bar...................................................................................................21
Molded Blind Flanges ............................................................................................................................................................................................21
Quick-Lock Orifice Flanges ............................................................................................................................................................................19
Bolt Torques on Flanges......................................................................................................................................................................................20
Other Data
Conversions.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Field Testing .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Important Notice ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Surge Pressure ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Laterals
Quick-Lock 45 Laterals ....................................................................................................................................................................................14
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 1 of 24
Nipples
Standard Quick-Lock Nipples .....................................................................................................................................................................15
Plugs
Molded Quick-Lock Plugs................................................................................................................................................................................15
Molded Quick-Lock Plugs with Bushings......................................................................................................................................15
Reducers
Standard Quick-Lock Concentric Reducers ..............................................................................................................................12
Standard Quick-Lock Eccentric Reducers ..................................................................................................................................13
Flanged ANSI Concentric Reducers ....................................................................................................................................................12
Saddles
Anchoring Saddles ....................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Grounding Saddles ...................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Reducing Saddles with Quick-Lock Socket Branch.........................................................................................................16
Reducing Saddles with Flanged Branch .........................................................................................................................................17
Supporting Saddles .................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Wear Saddles ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................18
Tees
Standard Quick-Lock Equal Tees ................................................................................................................................................................7
Standard Quick-Lock and Fabricated Reducing Tees .......................................................................................................9
Flanged ANSI Equal Tees ......................................................................................................................................................................................7
Flanged ANSI Reducing Tees .......................................................................................................................................................................11
Molded Quick-Lock Equal Tees.....................................................................................................................................................................8
Fabricated Reducing Tees with Flanged Branch...................................................................................................................10
Reducung Tee Table ....................................................................................................................................................................................................8
Description
General
Bondstrand Quick-Lock Fittings for use with Bondstrand Pipe Series 2000, 2000G, 4000,
6000FM, 7000, 2000M and 7000M pipe are glassfiber reinforced epoxy pipe fittings in
diameters of 25 - 400 mm (1-16 inch), designed for civil-, general industrial-, offshoreand marine-applications.
Pressure range for standard Quick-Lock fittings is 20 bar for sizes 25-100 mm (1-4 inch)
and 16 bar for sizes 125 - 400 mm (5-16 inch).
For other fittings and ancillaries, maximum internal pressures are shown in the respective
tables.
Standard fittings are with the integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends for close
tolerance fitting. A two-component epoxy based Bondstrand adhesive is used for bonding.
For corrosion resistance, see Bondstrand Corrosion Guide (FP 132).
Bondstrand Series 2000
A pipe system with a 0.5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 121C.
Primary uses: Hot water systems, such as district heating, geothermical services, hot water
discharge, etc.
Bondstrand Series 2000G
A pipe system with a 0.5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 93C.
Primary uses: Wide application range for light weight, corrosion-resistant pipe systems.
Bondstrand Series 4000
A pipe system with a 1.3 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 121C.
Primary uses: Wide application range for light weight, highly corrosion-resistant pipe
systems.
Bondstrand Series 6000FM
A pipe system similar to Series 2000G with a 0.5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to
93C. Series 6000FM pipe and fittings are Factory Mutual approved in diameters 100 - 400
mm (4-16 inch) for a working pressure of 12 bar. Consult the Bondstrand Series 6000
Factory Mutual Pipe and Fittings guide for full details and approved fittings.
Primary uses: Firewater systems.
Bondstrand Series 7000
A pipe system similar to Series 2000G for temperatures up to 93C, but unlined and
containing integrally wound electrically conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electricity.
Primary uses: Conductive pipe systems.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 2 of 24
Engineering Design
& Installation
FP 163
FP 215
FP 219
FP 194
FP 132
FP 288
FP 468
BPS-7
FP 278
FP 679
FP 170
FP 196
FP 199
FP 696
FP 810
Please consult Ameron for the latest version of the above mentioned literature.
Performance
The filament wound standard Quick-Lock fittings with integral female sockets are designed
for standard pressure ratings as shown below.
* up to 100 mm (4) the rated maximum working pressure is 20 bar.
* up to 400 mm (16) the rated maximum working pressure is 16 bar.
* Unless specified differently in the respective tables.
Note:
* For Bondstrand 2000, consult Ameron for pressure ratings at sustained service above 93OC.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 3 of 24
Quick-Lock Dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
Adhesive
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
inch
25
1
40
11/2
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
Nominal
Insertion Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102
Spigot Diameter
Min.
Max.
Sd
Sd
mm
mm
32.6
32.9
47.5
47.8
59.2
59.6
87.6
88.0
112.5
112.9
139.5
139.9
166.2
166.6
217.1
217.5
271.3
271.7
322.2
322.6
353.8
354.2
404.1
404.5
Adhesive
kit size
cm3 fluid ounce
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
89
3
177
6
177
6
177
6
177
6
Number of joints
per adhesive kit
Q.L. Joints
5
5
4
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
3 4
/
1 2
/
Spigot Length
Min.
Max.
L
L
mm
mm
28.5
31.5
33.5
36.5
47.5
50.5
47.5
50.5
47.5
50.5
58.5
61.5
58.5
61.5
65.0
68.0
70.5
73.5
77.5
80.5
91.5
94.5
103.0
106.0
Notes:
* Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time, the
surplus must be discarded.
* Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimensions table of the respective saddles.
* For type of adhesive to be used, refer to the Bondstrand Corrosion Guide.
Pipe Dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Inside
Diameter
ID
mm
27.1
42.1
53.0
81.8
105.2
131.7
159.0
208.8
262.9
313.7
344.4*
393.7*
Notes:
* For marine pipe 2000M & 7000M the Inside Diameters are 337.6 and 385.9 respectively.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 4 of 24
Series
7000M
mm
34.1
49.1
60.2
89.0
114.4
140.9
168.2
220.2
277.1
330.5
356.0
406.7
Elbows 90
Flanged 90
short radius ANSI Elbows
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Laying
Length
L
mm
65
81
76
114
152
195
229
305
381
457
359
397
Overall
Length
OL
mm
92
113
122
160
198
252
286
369
451
533
448
499
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
0.2
0.5
0.6
1.1
1.8
2.7
3.7
9.2
15.1
22.0
31.0
43.0
Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Laying
Length
L = OL
mm
114
140
165
203
229
279
305
Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
45
52
52
55
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Weight
kg
1.9
3.0
4.5
8.2
13.0
19.0
34.0
Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature
and fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* For flanged ANSI fittings, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.
Flanged 90
long radius ANSI Elbows
Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Laying
Length
L = OL
mm
165
197
229
292
356
419
483
Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
45
52
52
55
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Weight
kg
2.1
3.5
5.4
10.0
16.0
24.0
39.0
Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and
fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* For flanged ANSI fittings, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 5 of 24
Molded 90 Elbows
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy molded fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
800
100
150
Elbows 45
inch
2
3
4
6
Overall
Length
OL
mm
97
112
140
202
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
57
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
10
Weight
kg
0.5
0.9
1.4
3.2
Laying
Length
L
mm
51
66
94
145
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Laying
Length
L
mm
22
29
35
51
64
84
95
127
159
191
121
137
Overall
Length
OL
mm
49
61
81
97
110
141
152
191
229
267
210
239
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.9
1.3
1.8
2.5
5.6
11.2
16.9
19.8
28.0
Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Laying
Length
L = OL
mm
64
76
102
127
140
165
191
Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
45
52
52
55
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Weight
kg
1.6
2.7
4.4
7.7
13.0
21.0
31.0
Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and
fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* For flanged ANSI elbows, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.
Molded 45 Elbows
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy molded fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
inch
2
3
4
6
Laying
Length
L
mm
35
41
61
84
Overall
Length
OL
mm
81
87
107
148
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 6 of 24
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
57
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
10
Weight
kg
0.5
0.9
1.4
3.6
Elbows 221/2
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Laying
Length
L
mm
9
9
13
21
29
43
43
57
67
76
83
89
Overall
Length
OL
mm
36
41
59
67
75
100
100
121
137
152
172
191
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102
Maximum Weight
Working
Pressure
bar
kg
20
0.1
20
0.2
20
0.5
20
0.7
20
1.0
16
1.4
16
1.9
16
3.9
16
5.9
16
10.4
16
12.0
16
14.0
Notes:
* Other angles can be made to order, consult Ameron.
Equal Tees
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Laying
Length
total run
L1
mm
54
60
128
172
210
254
286
356
432
508
534
584
Overall
Length
total run
OL1
mm
108
124
220
264
302
368
400
484
572
660
712
788
Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
27
30
64
86
105
127
143
178
216
254
267
292
Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
54
62
110
132
151
184
200
242
286
330
356
394
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102
Maximum Weight
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
kg
0.2
0.4
1.0
1.8
2.5
5.0
6.7
10.0
18.0
29.0
37.0
56.0
Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting ANSI
laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Laying
Length
total run
L1 = OL1
mm
228
280
330
406
458
558
610
Laying
Length
branch
L2 = OL2
mm
114
140
165
203
229
279
305
Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
45
52
52
55
Maximum Weight
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
kg
3.0
5.0
7.7
14.0
21.0
31.0
51.0
Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with full face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and
fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* For Flanged ANSI Tees, please refer to page 22, table 1 for recommended bolt torques.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 7 of 24
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy molded fittings with integral Quick-Lock adhesive bonding
socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
inch
2
3
4
6
Laying
Length
total run
L1
mm
102
136
186
266
Overall
Length
total run
OL1
mm
194
228
278
394
Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
51
68
93
133
Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
97
114
139
197
Socket
Depth
Maximum Weight
Working
Pressure
Ds
mm
46
46
46
57
bar
10
10
10
10
kg
1.4
1.4
3.2
6.2
25
1
S
C
S
S
F
C
F
F
F
F
F
F
40
1.5
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
S
S
S
F
C
F
F
F
F
F
F
S
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
S
S
S
S
S
S
F
F
S
S
C
S
C
C
C
Branch size
150 200 250
6
8
10
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
300
12
S
S
S
350 400
14
16
S
S
S = Filament Wound standard Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy fittings with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding sockets.
F = Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy fittings with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding sockets.
C = Combination of Filament Wound standard Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (reducing)tee and reducer.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 8 of 24
Reducing Tees
Filament-wound standard & fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy fittings with QuickLock adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)
Filament Wound
Fabricated Tee
mm
inch
50x50x25
2x2x1
50x50x40
2x2x11/2
80x80x25
3x3x1
80x80x40
3x3x11/2
80x80x50
3x3x2
100x100x25
4x4x1
100x100x40 4x4x11/2
100x100x50
4x4x2
100x100x80
4x4x3
125x125x50
5x5x2
125x125x80
5x5x3
125x125x100
5x5x4
150x150x25
6x6x1
150x150x40 6x6x11/2
150x150x50
6x6x2
150x150x80
6x6x3
150x150x100
6x6x4
150x150x125
6x6x5
200x200x25
8x8x1
200x200x40 8x8x11/2
200x200x50
8x8x2
200x200x80
8x8x3
200x200x100
8x8x4
200x200x150
8x8x6
250x250x25 10x10x1
250x250x40 10x10x11/2
250x250x50 10x10x2
250x250x80 10x10x3
250x250x100 10x10x4
250x250x125 10x10x5
250x250x150 10x10x6
250x250x200 10x10x8
300x300x25 12x12x1
300x300x40 12x12x11/2
300x300x50 12x12x2
300x300x80 12x12x3
300x300x100 12x12x4
300x300x150 12x12x6
300x300x200 12x12x8
300x300x250 12x12x10
350x350x25 14x14x1
350x350x40 14x14x11/2
350x350x50 14x14x2
350x350x80 14x14x3
350x350x100 14x14x4
350x350x150 14x14x6
350x350x200 14x14x8
350x350x250 14x14x10
350x350x300 14x14x12
400x400x25 16x16x1
400x400x40 16x16x11/2
400x400x50 16x16x2
400x400x80 16x16x3
400x400x100 16x16x4
400x400x150 16x16x6
400x400x200 16x16x8
400x400x250 16x16x10
400x400x300 16x16x12
400x400x350 16x16x14
Laying
Length
half run
L1
mm
64
64
86
86
86
72
89
105
105
127
127
127
83
101
143
143
143
143
84
101
116
178
178
178
83
100
115
115
216
216
216
216
84
102
117
117
254
254
254
254
81
99
114
114
114
267
267
267
267
85
103
118
118
118
292
292
292
292
292
Overall
Length
half run
OL1
mm
110
110
132
132
132
118
135
151
151
184
184
184
140
158
200
200
200
200
148
165
180
242
242
242
153
170
185
185
286
286
286
286
160
178
193
193
330
330
330
330
170
188
203
203
203
356
356
356
356
187
205
220
220
220
394
394
394
394
394
Socket
Depth
run
Ds1
mm
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
64
64
64
64
64
64
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
57
57
76
76
76
194
194
89
98
102
111
118
221
221
114
124
130
136
246
246
246
149
162
168
273
273
273
273
184
194
194
203
298
298
298
298
206
219
229
241
314
314
314
314
314
244
254
267
279
338
338
338
338
338
264
273
283
295
292
Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
84
89
103
108
122
221
226
135
144
148
157
164
248
253
160
170
176
193
273
278
292
195
208
225
300
305
319
319
230
251
251
267
325
330
344
344
252
276
293
311
341
346
360
360
360
301
318
337
355
365
370
384
384
384
321
337
353
371
381
Note: * Regular numbers are for filament wound tees; italic numbers are for fabricated tees.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 9 of 24
Fabricated Reducing
Tees with Flanged Branch
inch
2x2x1
3x3x1
3x3x11/2
3x3x2
4x4x1
4x4x11/2
4x4x2
4x4x3
6x6x1
6x6x11/2
6x6x2
6x6x3
6x6x4
8x8x1
8x8x11/2
8x8x2
8x8x3
8x8x4
8x8x6
10x10x1
10x10x11/2
10x10x2
10x10x3
10x10x4
10x10x6
10x10x8
12x12x1
12x12x11/2
12x12x2
12x12x3
12x12x4
12x12x6
12x12x8
12x12x10
14x14x1
14x14x11/2
14x14x2
14x14x3
14x14x4
14x14x6
14x14x8
14x14x10
14x14x12
16x16x1
16x16x11/2
16x16x2
16x16x3
16x16x4
16x16x6
16x16x8
16x16x10
16x16x12
Laying
half run
Length
L1
mm
72
72
89
104
72
89
104
104
83
101
116
116
116
84
101
116
116
116
144
83
100
115
115
115
143
168
84
102
117
117
117
142
169
197
81
99
114
114
114
141
166
194
221
85
103
118
118
118
145
170
198
225
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 10 of 24
Overall
half run
Length
OL1
mm
118
118
135
150
118
135
150
150
140
158
173
173
173
148
165
180
180
180
208
153
170
185
185
185
213
238
160
178
193
193
193
218
245
273
170
188
203
203
203
230
255
283
310
187
205
220
220
220
247
272
300
327
Socket
Depth
Ds1
mm
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
57
57
64
64
64
64
64
64
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
Laying
branch
Length
L2
mm
178
192
197
211
224
229
243
243
251
256
270
270
270
276
281
295
295
295
315
303
308
322
322
322
342
356
328
333
347
347
347
367
381
401
344
349
363
363
363
383
397
416
428
368
373
387
387
387
407
421
441
453
Maximum
Pressure
Working
bar
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10
Weight
with
CL.150
Flange
kg
3.2
4.1
5.0
6.6
8.0
9.7
12.0
12.8
12.2
14.5
17.3
18.0
18.7
15.5
18.2
21.4
22.1
22.8
30.9
18.6
22.0
25.6
26.3
27.0
33.2
40.0
22.3
26.1
30.2
30.9
31.6
38.1
46.1
53.8
24.3
28.4
32.7
33.4
34.2
41.6
49.5
57.8
68.5
29.1
33.8
38.5
39.2
39.9
48.2
56.8
65.8
77.3
Laying
Length
half run
L1 = OL1
mm
140
165
165
203
203
203
229
229
229
279
279
279
305
305
305
305
150
drilled
hubbed
Quick-Lock
flanges
Laying Flange
Flange Maximum
length Thickness Thickness Working
branch
Pressure
L2 = OL2
E1
E2
mm
mm
mm
bar
140
29
29
12
165
32
29
12
165
32
29
12
203
45
29
12
203
45
29
12
203
45
32
12
229
52
29
12
229
52
32
12
229
52
45
12
279
52
32
12
279
52
45
12
279
52
52
12
305
55
32
12
305
55
45
12
305
55
52
12
305
55
52
12
Weight
kg
4.5
6.8
7.3
11.0
12.0
13.0
15.0
17.0
19.0
23.0
26.0
29.0
34.0
39.0
43.0
48.0
Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature
and fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 11 of 24
Concentric Reducers
Flanged ANSI
Concentric Reducer
inch
11/2x1
2x1
2x11/2
3x11/2
3x2
4x2
4x3
5x3
5x4
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x5
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10
14x10
14x12
16x12
16x14
Laying
Length
L
mm
32
64
32
76
54
76
73
74
74
97
94
138
126
98
117
105
149
137
184
178
165
152
Overall
Length
OL
mm
91
137
110
154
146
168
165
177
177
200
197
248
247
219
244
239
289
283
343
343
343
343
Socket
Depth
Ds1
mm
32
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
57
64
64
64
70
70
76
76
89
89
102
102
Socket
Depth
Ds2
mm
27
27
32
32
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
64
64
70
70
76
76
89
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
0.2
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.1
0.9
1.4
1.5
1.8
1.8
2.9
2.8
2.7
3.7
3.6
5.0
4.6
7.2
7.3
8.9
9.0
Filament-wound fittings with Class 150 drilled hubbed Quick-Lock flanges meeting
ANSI laying length dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
80x50
100x50
100x80
150x80
150x100
200x100
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250
inch
3x2
4x2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10
Laying
Length
L = OL
mm
152
178
178
229
229
279
279
305
305
356
356
Flange
Thickness
E1
mm
29
32
32
45
45
52
52
52
52
55
55
Flange
Thickness
E2
mm
29
29
29
29
32
32
45
45
52
52
52
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Weight
kg
3.9
4.5
5.0
6.8
7.7
9.5
10.0
13.0
16.0
20.0
23.0
Notes:
* It is recommended to use the hubbed flanges only together with flat face flanges.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature
and fluid.
* A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 12 of 24
Eccentric Reducers
inch
11/2x1
2x1
2x11/2
3x1
3x11/2
3x2
4x2
4x3
5x3
5x4
6x3
6x4
10x5
8x4
8x5
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10
14x10
14x12
16x12
16x14
Laying
Length
L
mm
56
100
44
206
150
106
200
93
194
101
293
200
492
390
189
190
392
202
390
190
308
118
306
188
Overall
Length
OL
mm
119
173
122
277
228
198
291
185
297
204
396
303
619
500
411
311
519
336
532
336
467
283
484
397
Socket
Depth
Ds1
mm
32
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
57
57
57
64
64
64
70
70
76
76
89
89
102
102
Note:
(*) Shows eccentricity of the eccentric reducers.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 13 of 24
45 Laterals
inch
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Laying
Length
L1
mm
64
76
76
89
89
114
127
140
140
140
Overall
Length
OL1
mm
110
122
122
146
146
178
197
216
229
242
Laying
Length
L2
mm
203
254
305
337
368
445
521
622
622
622
Overall
Length
OL2
mm
249
300
351
394
425
509
591
698
711
724
Socket Maximum
Depth
Working
Ds
Pressure
mm
bar
46
10
46
10
46
10
57
7
57
7
64
7
70
7
76
7
89
7
102
7
Weight
kg
1.6
3
3.9
5.8
6.8
12
21
30
39
54
Note:
* Consult Ameron for higher pressures.
Equal Crosses
mm
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Laying Overal
Length Length
total run total run
L1
OL1
mm
mm
128
220
172
364
210
302
254
368
286
400
356
484
432
572
508
660
534
712
584
788
Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
64
86
105
127
143
178
216
254
267
292
Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
110
132
151
184
200
242
286
330
356
394
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Weight
kg
1.3
2.5
3.2
4.9
5.9
10
16
27
42
65
Note:
* Consult Ameron for higher pressures.
Couplings
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Laying
Length
Overall
Length
Socket
Depth
L
mm
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
19
19
OL
mm
64
74
102
102
102
124
124
138
150
162
197
223
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 14 of 24
Nominal
Outside
Diameter
OD
mm
47
61
73
102
131
158
185
237
291
342
375
432
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.7
2.3
2.8
4.6
7.2
Nipples
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Laying
Length
L
mm
57
67
95
95
95
117
117
131
143
155
184
210
mm
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.3
3.1
4.4
Molded Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Quick-Lock plugs for adhesive bonding in QuickLock sockets
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
Thickness
of plug
A
mm
49
49
49
60
67
73
79
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
3,5
3,5
3,5
3,5
Weight
kg
0.3
0.6
0.9
2.4
4.6
7.9
12.1
Molded Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Quick-Lock plugs with bushings for adhesive
bonding in Quick-Lock sockets.
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
80x50
100x50
100x80
150x80
150x100
200x100
200x150
250x150
250x200
300x200
300x250
inch
3x2
4x2
4x3
6x3
6x4
8x4
8x6
10x6
10x8
12x8
12x10
Laying
Length
L
mm
3
3
3
14
14
21
10
16
10
16
10
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
46
46
46
57
57
64
64
70
Weight
kg
0.3
0.7
0.4
1.9
1.4
3.4
2.3
5.4
2.9
6.8
3.6
Note:
(*) Shows eccentricity of the eccentric reducing bushings.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 15 of 24
Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe saddles with reducing branch.
Nominal
Pipe Size
a
mm
inch degr.
50 x 25
2 x 1 180
80 x 25
3x 1 180
80 x 40
3 x 11/2 180
80 x 50
3 x 2 180
100 x 25
4 x 1 180
100 x 40 4 x 11/2 180
100 x 50
4 x 2 180
100 x 80
4 x 3 180
125 x 25
5 x 1 180
125 x 40 5 x 11/2 180
125 x 50
5 x 2 180
125 x 80
5 x 3 180
150 x 25
6 x 1 180
150 x 40 6 x 11/2 180
150 x 50
6 x 2 180
150 x 80
6 x 3 180
150 x 100
6 x 4 180
200 x 25
8 x 1 180
200 x 40 8 x 11/2 180
200 x 50
8 x 2 180
200 x 80
8 x 3 180
200 x 100
8 x 4 180
200 x 150
8 x 6 180
250 x 25
10 x 1 180
250 x 40 10 x 11/2 180
250 x 50
10 x 2 180
250 x 80
10 x 3 180
250 x 100 10 x 4 180
250 x 150 10 x 6 180
300 x 25
12 x 1 180
300 x 40 12 x 11/2 180
300 x 50
12 x 2 180
300 x 80
12 x 3 180
300 x 100 12 x 4 180
300 x 150 12 x 6 180
350 x 25
14 x 1 180
350 x 40 14 x 11/2 180
350 x 50
14 x 2 180
350 x 80
14 x 3 180
350 x 100 14 x 4 180
350 x 150 14 x 6 180
400 x 25
16 x 1 180
400 x 40 16 x 11/2 180
400 x 50
16 x 2 180
400 x 80
16 x 3 180
400 x 100 16 x 4 180
400 x 150 16 x 6 180
ts
mm
14
14
14
14
21
21
21
21
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
L
mm
126
140
140
140
159
159
159
159
167
167
172
172
194
194
194
194
194
213
213
213
213
225
235
238
238
238
238
251
264
270
270
270
270
270
270
286
286
286
286
286
305
311
311
311
311
311
330
Ds
mm
27
27
32
46
27
32
46
46
27
32
46
46
27
32
46
46
46
27
32
46
46
46
57
27
32
46
46
46
57
27
32
46
46
46
57
27
32
46
46
46
57
27
32
46
46
46
57
Saddle Maximum
Length Working
Pressure
B
(*)
mm
bar
152
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12
152
12
152
12
152
12
241
12
305
12
432
12
Note:
(*) If reinforced as per Ameron instructions pressure rating can be increased to 16 bar.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 16 of 24
Weight
Required
Adhesive
kits
kg
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.7
1.2
1.1
1.2
1.6
1.9
1.8
1.8
2.5
2.3
2.1
2.1
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.3
3.3
4.8
5.7
6.4
4.3
4.1
4.1
6.0
7.2
8.6
5.0
4.8
4.8
7.1
8.6
10.6
5.5
5.2
5.2
7.8
9.5
11.9
6.2
6.0
6.0
9.0
11.0
13.9
3 Oz 6 Oz
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe saddles with reducing branch.
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
80 x 25
80 x 40
80 x 50
100 x 25
100 x 40
100 x 50
100 x 80
125 x 50
125 x 80
150 x 25
150 x 40
150 x 50
150 x 80
150 x 100
200 x 25
200 x 40
200 x 50
200 x 80
200 x 100
200 x 150
250 x 25
250 x 40
250 x 50
250 x 80
250 x 100
250 x 150
300 x 25
300 x 40
300 x 50
300 x 80
300 x 100
300 x 150
350 x 25
350 x 40
350 x 50
350 x 80
350 x 100
350 x 150
400 x 25
400 x 40
400 x 50
400 x 80
400 x 100
400 x 150
Saddle Saddle
Angle Thickn.
a
inch degrees
3x1
180
180
3 x 11/2
3x2
180
4x1
180
180
4 x 11/2
4x2
180
4x3
180
5x2
180
5x3
180
6x1
180
180
6 x 11/2
6x2
180
6x3
180
6x4
180
8x1
180
8 x 11/2
180
8x2
180
8x3
180
8x4
180
8x6
180
10 x 1
180
180
10 x 11/2
10 x 2
180
10 x 3
180
10 x 4
180
10 x 6
180
12 x 1
180
180
12 x 11/2
12 x 2
180
12 x 3
180
12 x 4
180
12 x 6
180
14 x 1
180
180
14 x 11/2
14 x 2
180
14 x 3
180
14 x 4
180
14 x 6
180
16 x 1
180
180
16 x 11/2
16 x 2
180
16 x 3
180
16 x 4
180
16 x 6
180
ts
mm
14
14
14
21
21
21
21
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
Laying
Length
L
mm
133
133
171
152
152
190
190
208
208
187
187
225
225
225
206
206
244
244
257
267
232
232
270
270
282
295
264
264
302
302
302
302
279
279
317
317
317
336
305
305
343
343
343
342
Saddle
Length
B
mm
152
152
152
152
152
152
241
152
241
152
152
152
241
305
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
152
152
152
241
305
432
Maximum
Working
Pressure
(*)
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Weight Required
with
Adhesive
CL.150
kits
flange
kg
3 Oz 6 Oz
0.9
1
1.2
1
1.9
1
1.6
1
1.7
1
2.4
1
3.4
1
3.0
1
4.3
1
2.7
1
1
2.7
1
1
3.3
1
1
4.8
1
1
5.8
1
1
3.9
1
1
3.9
1
1
4.5
1
1
6.6
1
1
8.0
1
1
10.0
1
1
4.7
2
4.7
2
5.3
2
7.8
2
9.5
2
12.2
2
5.4
2
5.4
2
6.0
2
8.9
2
10.9
2
14.2
2
5.9
3
5.8
3
6.4
3
9.6
3
11.8
3
15.5
3
6.6
3
6.6
3
7.2
3
10.8
3
13.3
3
17.5
3
Notes:
(*) If reinforced as per Ameron instructions pressure rating can be increased to 16 bar.
* Flange drilling class has to be specified when ordering (see flange section).
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 17 of 24
Saddles
Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe saddles for wear, supporting and anchoring
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Saddle
Angle
angle
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
Saddle
Thickn.
ts
mm
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
Weight at
B=
100mm
kg
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
Required
Adhesive
Kits
3 Oz 6 Oz
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
Weight at Required
B=
Adhesive
150mm
Kits
kg
3 Oz 6 Oz
0.3
1
0.4
1
0.4
1
0.6
1
0.8
1
1.1
1
1
1.4
1
1
1.7
2
2.0
2
2.2
1
2
2.5
1
2
Notes:
* Filament-Wound 180 blank saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps, as well as
for anchoring puddles. Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm and are identical
for all pipe series.
* For other saddle-lenghts, saddle-thickness and / or angles contact Ameron.
Grounding Saddle
Filament wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy saddles for grounding of series 7000 & 7000M pipe
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Saddle
Angle
deg
90
90
90
90
90
90
45
45
45
45
45
Saddle
Length
B
mm
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
Saddle
Thickness
ts
mm
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
Weight
kg
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
Required
Adhesive
Kits
3 Oz 6 Oz
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note:
* Grounding saddles are intended for use in systems employing Series 7000 and 7000M conductive pipe.
Bondstrand antistatic adhesive should be used for mounting. Saddles come with cable having a length of
600 mm.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 18 of 24
Flanges
HD FLANGE
HUB FLANGE
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
inch
25
1
40
11/2
50
2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
Laying
Length
L
mm
3
3
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
5
8
8
Flange
Thickness
E
mm
29
29
32
47
45
52
52
55
71
84
ANSI B16.5
CL.150
kg
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.2
2.9
4.1
4.6
7.3
10.0
15.4
22.8
31.1
Overall
Length
D
mm
30
35
51
51
51
62
63
70
76
81
97
110
ANSI B 16.5
CL.300
kg
0.6
1.1
1.7
2.6
3.8
5.4
6.7
9.9
13.2
19.2
29.8
40.0
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
ISO 7005.2
PN10
kg
0.5
1.0
1.8
2.4
2.7
4.0
4.9
7.1
9.1
11.2
18.6
25.0
Socket
Depth
Ds
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102
ISO 7005.2
PN16
kg
0.5
1.0
1.8
2.4
2.7
4.0
4.9
6.9
9.8
12.7
20.5
27.4
Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.
Quick-Lock Orifice
Flanges
Filament-wound Quick-Lock orifice flanges with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Flange
Overall
Thickness Length
E
D
mm
mm
60
86
64
86
67
86
75
95
97
102
83
108
89 / 116
116
128
128
141
141
Laying
Length
L
mm
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Weight of Weight
flange hubless
with hub flange
kg
kg
1.5
2.4
3.1
5.0
7.7
10.9
16.3
22.1
30.0
39.8
Notes:
* Flanges with 1/2 inch NPT female thread type 316 stainless steel nipple and coupling.
* Other metals on request.
* Also available with 2 outlets spaced at 180 on special order.
* Flange drilling to ANSI B16.5 Class 150.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 19 of 24
Filament-wound standard flanges with Quick-Lock adhesive bonding socket ends and
steel backing rings
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Laying
Length
Overall
Length
Socket
Depth
L
mm
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
OL
mm
37
42
56
56
56
67
67
74
80
86
99
112
Ds
mm
27
32
46
46
46
57
57
64
70
76
89
102
Face
Diameter
Stub-end
RF
mm
51
73
92
127
157
186
216
270
324
378
413
470
Ring to
Face
Maximum
Working
Pressure
H
mm
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
16
23
23
27
27
bar
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
GRE
Stubend
kg
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.6
1.0
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.3
3.8
5.7
Note:
* Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with elastomeric gaskets.
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
ANSI B16.5
Class 150
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
D
mm
14.3
17.5
19.0
23.8
23.8
25.5
25.5
28.8
35.6
40.0
41.6
47.9
weight
kg
0.8
1.2
1.8
3.2
4.2
4.4
5.2
8.5
13.5
23.0
32.0
42.0
ANSI B16.5
Class 300
D
mm
17.5
20.6
22.2
28.6
28.6
36.5
36.5
41.3
47.6
50.8
54.0
58.2
weight
kg
1.3
2.3
2.5
4.8
7.0
9.5
12.2
18.3
26.0
38.7
56.3
70.1
Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.
* Stub-end-flanges are available with and without O-ring groove on the face. Specify on order.
* Up to 10 bar stub-ends without grooves can be used with elastomeric or compressed
fibre gaskets.
* For pressures of 12 bar and above, suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on
request.
* Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange,
e.g.use a stub-end without groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
* Maximum bolt-torque for use with O-rings seals may be calculated based on
pressure,pipe size and number of bolts. If using gaskets (maximum pressure 10 bar)
refer to the bolt-torques shown at the hubbed flanges.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 20 of 24
Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy Blind Flanges
for 10 bar
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Flange
Thickn.
D
mm
25
25
30
30
35
35
40
40
45
45
50
55
ANSI
ANSI
B16.5
B16.5
CL.150 CL.300
kg
kg
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.7
0.8
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.9
1.9
2.6
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.7
5.9
7.8
10.5
13.1
14.1
18.5
19.8
25.5
ISO
7005.2
PN10
kg
0.4
0.7
0.9
1.2
1.3
1.9
2.3
4.1
5.4
7.6
11.5
15.9
ISO
7005.2
PN16
kg
0.4
0.7
0.9
1.2
1.3
1.9
2.3
3.9
5.8
8.6
12.7
17.4
JIS
2211
5 kg
kg
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.9
1.0
1.5
1.9
3.2
4.8
6.4
9.2
13.0
JIS
2212
10 kg
kg
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.8
2.2
3.5
5.6
7.3
9.9
15.2
JIS
2213
16 kg
kg
0.5
0.6
0.7
1.1
1.3
2.3
2.7
4.3
7.2
9.9
14.0
20.4
JIS
2211
5 kg
kg
0.3
0.6
0.5
0.9
1.2
2.1
2.5
4.0
5.9
7.0
10.7
14.8
JIS
2212
10 kg
kg
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.9
1.3
2.4
2.9
4.3
6.8
7.9
11.5
17.4
JIS
2213
16 kg
kg
0.5
Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.
Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy Blind Flanges
for 16 bar
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Flange
Thickn.
D
mm
25
25
30
30
35
35
40
45
50
60
65
70
ANSI
ANSI
ISO
B16.5 B 16.5 7005.2
CL.150 CL.300 PN10
kg
kg
kg
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.2
1.7
2.3
1.6
2.6
3.4
2.5
2.9
4.2
3.1
5.2
7.1
5.1
7.2
9.6
6.6
11.4
14.2
8.3
16.4
21.5
13.4
22.6
29.1
18.2
ISO
7005.2
PN16
kg
0.4
0.4
0.9
1.2
1.6
2.5
3.1
4.9
7.1
9.4
14.8
19.9
0.7
1.1
1.6
3.0
3.6
5.3
8.9
10.8
16.4
23.3
Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.
Molded Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy blind flanges with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
inch
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
Minimum Flange
Thickness
E
mm
20
27
27
30
45
51
57
Maximum
Flange Thickness
D
mm
54
54
54
64
70
77
83
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Weight
kg
1.2
2.0
2.5
6.4
10.5
15.9
25.0
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 21 of 24
Recommended
Maximum Bolt Torque
(not to be used for molded
flanges and hubbed flanges as
used on ANSI fittings)
Table 1
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
inch
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Torque
Increments
N.m
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
30
30
30
50
Final
Torque
N.m
56
56
56
56
56
82
82
82
150
150
150
250
Notes:
* For pressures up to 16 bar full face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure,
service temperature and fluid. A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended with a thickness of
3 mm.
* For pressures higher than 16 bar 3 mm thick compressed fibre gaskets, compatible with the pressure,
temperature and chemical, may be used, of which the mechanical properties should be in accordance with
DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
* Please be aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, that therefore a torque-wrench
is required.
* Bolt tightening sequense to be diametrically opposite.
Recommended Maximum
Bolt Torque for Hubbed
Flanges and Molded
Flanges
Table 2
Recommended bolt torque on molded flanges used on ANSI fittings
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
Torque Increments
inch
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
N.m
7
7
7
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
Final Torque
N.m
28
28
28
42
42
42
42
42
70
70
Notes:
* It is recommended to use hubbed flanges and molded flanges only together with flat face flanges,.
* Full-face elastomeric gaskets should be used suitable for the service pressure, service temperature and
fluid. A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended with a thickness of 3 mm.
* Please be aware that excessive torque may result in flange failure and, that therefore a torque-wrench
is required.
* Bolt tightening sequense to be diametrically opposite.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 22 of 24
Field Testing
Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge Pressure
Conversions
1 psi
1 bar
1 Mpa
1 Gpa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/hF/F
1 ft
C
Important Notice
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
6895 Pa
105 Pa
106 Pa
109 Pa
25.4 mm
0.1442 W/mK
0.3048 m
5/ (F - 32)
9
=
=
=
=
0.07031 kg/cm2
14.5 psi
145 psi
145000 psi
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 10.2 kg/cm2
= 10200 kg/cm2
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test
data reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by
personnel having specialised training in according with currently accepted industry
practice and normal operating conditions. Variation in environment, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. We recommend that your
engineers verify the suitability of this product for your intended application. Since we do not
have control over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsability for the
results obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
Ameron 2000 - FP 832 A (05/00). Supersedes FP 282 (11/93). Printed in The Netherlands - Page 23 of 24
Bondstrand Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Fittings
for Bondstrand 2000M and 7000M pipe
systems (18-36 inch/450-900 mm)
Index
Description
Page
Adhesive
Quantity to be used for Taper-Taper Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Couplings
Taper-Taper Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Taper-Taper 90 Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Taper-Taper 45 Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engineering Design & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Field Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Flanges and Flange Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Quick-Lock Heavy Duty Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Stub-End Taper-Taper Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Steel Rings for Stub-End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Blind Flanges for 10 Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Blind Flanges for 16 Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Bolt Torques on Stub-End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Bolt Torques on H.D. Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Weight of H.D. Flanges with Quick-Lock socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Joint Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Spigot Diameter and Insertion Depth of Taper-Taper joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Spigot Diameter and Insertion Depth of large Quick-Lock Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Taper-Taper Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Taper-Taper to Quick-Lock transition nipples (for H.D. Quick-Lock Flanges) . . . . . . . . . . 10
Pipe Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Standard Concentric Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Reducing Saddles with Quick-Lock Socket Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Reducing Saddles with H.D Flanged Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Wear Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Supporting Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Anchoring Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Grounding Saddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Surge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Equal Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Reducing Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fabricated Reducing Tees with H.D. Flanged Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Reducing Tee Table & Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Description
General
Bondstrand Fittings for Bondstrand Pipe Series 2000M and 7000M pipe are Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe fittings in diameters of 25 through 400 mm (1 through 16
inch) with Quick-Lock bonding joints and 450 through 900 mm (18 through 36 inch) with
Taper-Taper bonding joints, designed for offshore- and marine-applications.
Pressure range for standard fittings is 20 bar for sizes 25 - 100 mm (1 - 4 inch) and 16
bar for sizes 125 - 900 mm (5 - 36 inch).
For Fittings and Ancillaries, the maximum internal pressures are shown in the respective
tables. Standard Fittings are employed with integral-wound Socket Ends. A two-component Bondstrand epoxy based adhesive is used for bonding.
For corrosion resistance, please refer to Bondstrand Corrosion Guide, FP 132.
For smaller diameters 1 - 16 inch ( 25 - 400 mm) please refer to FP 832: Bondstrand
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) Fittings for Bondstrand 2000M and 7000M pipe systems (1 - 16 inch / 24 - 400 mm).
Bondstrand Series 2000M
A pipe system with a 0,5 mm resin-rich liner for temperatures up to 93C. Designed for
marine and offshore applications with a heavy wall to safely withstand an external
pressure for in-tank operation according to IMO A.753. Listed and approved by major
Classification Societies.
Bondstrand Series 7000M
A pipe system similar to Series 2000M for temperatures up to 93C but unlined and containing integral-wound electrically conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of
potentially dangerous levels of static electricity. Bondstrand 7000M, like 2000M, is
designed for marine and offshore applications with a heavy wall to safely withstand an
external pressure for in-tank operation according to IMO A.753. Listed and approved by
major Classification Societies.
Engineering Design
& Installation
Joint Dimensions
Nominal Pipe
Size
Taper Socket
Taper Spigot
Straight Spigot
for Quick-Lock
Flanges only
Adhesive
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Taper
Angle
Insertion
Depth
degrees
2.5
2.5
3.5
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
Ds
mm
114
127
178
178
178
178
203
Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
inch
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
Nominal
Diameter of
Spigot
Spigot at
Nose Thickness
Nose
nose
Sd
mm
mm
4.6
443.0
5.0
492.2
3.8
586.3
6.4
712.9
4.2
758.4
8.9
817.8
5.6
911.3
Adhesive
kit size
cm3
fluid
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
Dimensions for
Quick-Lock Spigots
for bonding H.D.
Flanges
Insertion
Diameter
Depth
of straight
Spigot
Ds
Sd
mm
mm
105
455.8
111
506.6
127
608.2
152
736.4
165
788.4
178
840.5
163
943.4
Number of joints
Required adhesive kits
per adhesive kit
per joint
ounce
Joints
Adhesive kits
1
6
/2
2
1
6
/3
3
1
6
/4
4
1
6
/4
4
1
/4
5
6
1
6
/5
5
1
6
/6
6
Notes:
* Adhesive kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time,
the surplus must to be discarded.
* Required adhesive quantity for saddles is shown in the dimensions table of the respective saddles.
* For type of adhesive to be used, refer to the Bondstrand Corrosion Resistance Guide.
Pipe Dimensions
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
Inside
Diameter
ID
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
mm
433.8
482.1
578.6
700.0
750.0
800.0
900.0
mm
457.2
508.1
610.2
737.2
790.2
843.4
945.5
Note:
* For more specific pipe data refer to Bondstrand Product Data sheet for Pipes.
Elbows 90
Elbows 45
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Laying
Length
L
mm
458
508
584
711
762
813
915
Overall
Length
OL
mm
572
635
762
889
940
991
1118
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
114
127
178
178
178
178
203
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
53.0
65.0
122.0
205.0
243.0
330.0
417.0
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Laying
Length
L
mm
191
210
252
295
322
337
400
Overall
Length
OL
mm
305
337
430
473
500
515
603
Socket
Depth
Ds
mm
114
127
178
178
178
178
203
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
33.0
40.0
82.0
140.0
164.0
224.0
283.0
Note:
* Other angles can be made to order, consult Ameron.
Equal Tees
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Laying
Length
total run
L1
mm
648
712
838
964
1016
1090
1220
Overall
Length
total run
OL1
mm
876
966
1194
1320
1372
1446
1626
Laying
Length
branch
L2
mm
324
356
419
482
508
545
610
Overall
Length
branch
OL2
mm
438
483
597
660
686
723
813
Reducing Tees
Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard (S) and fabricated (F) Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)
mm
Fabricated Type F
F 450x450x25
F 450x450x40
F 450x450x50
F 450x450x80
F 450x450x100
F 450x450x150
S 450x450x200
S 450x450x250
S 450x450x300
S 450x450x350
S 450x450x400
F 500x500x25
F 500x500x40
F 500x500x50
F 500x500x80
F 500x500x100
F 500x500x150
F 500x500x200
S 500x500x250
S 500x500x300
S 500x500x350
S 500x500x400
S 500x500x450
F 600x600x25
F 600x600x40
F 600x600x50
F 600x600x80
F 600x600x100
F 600x600x150
S 600x600x200
S 600x600x250
S 600x600x300
S 600x600x350
S 600x600x400
S 600x600x450
S 600x600x500
F 700x700x25
F 700x700x40
F 700x700x50
F 700x700x80
F 700x700x100
F 700x700x150
F 700x700x200
F 700x700x250
F 700x700x300
S 700x700x350
S 700x700x400
S 700x700x450
S 700x700x500
S 700x700x600
inch
18x18x1
88
18x18x11/2 88
18x18x2
88
18x18x3 100
18x18x4 113
18x18x6 138
18x18x8 324
18x18x10 324
18x18x12 324
18x18x14 324
18x18x16 324
20x20x1
88
20x20x11/2 88
20x20x2
88
20x20x3 100
20x20x4 113
20x20x6 138
20x20x8 163
20x20x10 356
20x20x12 356
20x20x14 356
20x20x16 356
20x20x18 356
24x24x1
88
24x24x11/2 88
24x24x2
88
24x24x3 100
24x24x4 113
24x24x6 138
24x24x8 419
24x24x10 419
24x24x12 419
24x24x14 419
24x24x16 419
24x24x18 419
24x24x20 419
28x28x1
88
28x28x11/2 88
28x28x2
88
28x28x3 100
28x28x4 113
28x28x6 138
28x28x8 163
28x28x10 188
28x28x12 213
28x28x14 482
28x28x16 482
28x28x18 482
28x28x20 482
28x28x24 482
202
202
202
214
227
252
438
438
438
438
438
215
215
215
227
240
265
290
483
483
483
483
483
266
266
266
278
291
316
597
597
597
597
597
597
597
266
266
266
278
291
316
335
360
385
660
660
660
660
660
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
358
358
358
358
358
367
306
319
319
318
319
382
382
382
382
382
391
399
344
345
343
345
350
430
430
430
430
430
439
412
386
408
394
395
413
406
491
491
491
491
491
500
508
521
527
490
500
500
506
506
385
390
404
404
404
424
370
389
395
406
421
409
414
428
428
428
448
463
414
421
432
447
464
457
462
476
476
476
496
476
456
484
483
497
527
533
518
523
537
537
537
557
572
591
603
579
602
614
633
684
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102
114
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
79
89
102
114
127
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102
114
127
178
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10
16
16
16
16
16
31.2
31.3
31.5
34.9
38.3
44.8
53.0
60.0
67.0
66.0
69.0
35.3
35.3
35.5
39.2
43.0
50.2
57.6
77.0
82.0
85.0
85.0
89.0
51.3
51.3
51.5
56.0
60.5
69.1
77.9
85.0
85.0
101.0
99.0
137.0
156.0
58.8
58.8
59.0
64.3
69.7
79.9
90.4
100.5
111.0
147.0
166.1
189.0
210.0
252.0
Note:
* Branch sizes 25 through 400 mm (1" - 16") are with Quick-Lock sockets.
Reducing Tees
(Continuation)
Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard (S) and fabricated (F) Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy (GRE) fittings with integral Taper-Taper adhesive bonding socket ends
Nominal
Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)
mm
Fabricated Type F
F 750x750x25
F 750x750x40
F 750x750x50
F 750x750x80
F 750x750x100
F 750x750x150
F 750x750x200
F 750x750x250
S 750x750x300
S 750x750x350
S 750x750x400
S 750x750x450
S 750x750x500
S 750x750x600
F 800x800x25
F 800x800x40
F 800x800x50
F 800x800x80
F 800x800x100
F 800x800x150
F 800x800x200
F 800x800x250
F 800x800x300
S 800x800x500
S 800x800x600
S 800x800x700
S 800x800x750
F 900x900x25
F 900x900x40
F 900x900x50
F 900x900x80
F 900x900x100
F 900x900x150
F 900x900x200
F 900x900x250
F 900x900x300
S 900x900x450
S 900x900x500
S 900x900x600
S 900x900x750
inch
30x30x1
88
30x30x11/2 88
30x30x2
88
30x30x3 100
30x30x4 113
30x30x6 138
30x30x8 163
30x30x10 188
30x30x12 508
30x30x14 508
30x30x16 508
30x30x18 508
30x30x20 508
30x30x24 508
32x32x1
88
32x32x11/2 88
32x32x2
88
32x32x3 100
32x32x4 113
32x32x6 138
32x32x8 163
32x32x10 188
32x32x12 213
32x32x20 545
32x32x24 545
32x32x28 545
32x32x30 545
36x36x1
88
36x36x11/2 88
36x36x2
88
36x36x3 100
36x36x4 113
36x36x6 138
36x36x8 163
36x36x10 188
36x36x12 213
36x36x18 610
36x36x20 610
36x36x24 610
36x36x30 610
266
266
266
278
291
316
335
360
686
686
686
686
686
686
266
266
266
278
291
316
335
360
385
723
723
723
723
291
291
291
303
316
341
366
391
416
813
813
813
813
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
203
516
516
516
516
516
525
533
546
756
722
698
488
495
481
541
541
541
541
541
550
557
571
577
523
523
532
534
591
591
591
591
591
600
608
621
627
563
563
541
584
543
548
562
562
562
582
597
616
832
811
800
602
622
659
568
573
587
587
587
607
621
641
653
650
701
710
712
618
623
637
637
637
657
672
691
703
677
690
719
762
Note:
* Branch sizes 25 through 400 mm (1" - 16") are with Quick-Lock sockets.
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
89
102
114
127
178
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
127
178
178
178
27
32
46
46
46
57
64
70
76
114
127
178
178
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
12
10
16
16
16
16
62.7
62.7
62.9
68.6
74.2
85.2
96.4
107.2
118.4
157.0
178.0
202.0
225.0
270.0
66.4
66.5
66.6
72.7
78.7
90.3
101.3
112.0
122.9
257.7
309.6
348.4
387.2
77.8
77.9
78.1
84.8
91.5
104.6
117.9
130.9
144.1
290.0
323.0
387.0
484.0
Run Size
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1
11/2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
S
C
S
S
F
C
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
S
S
S
F
C
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
S
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
S
S
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
S
S
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
S
S
S
S
S
S
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
S
S
S
S
S
S
C
S
C
C
C
C
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
C
C
C
C
S
S
S
S
S
S
C
S
C
C
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
C
C
S
S
S
S
S
S
C
C
S
S
S
S
S
C
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
C
S
C
S
S
S
S S
S S
Notes:
S = Filament wound standard Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings.
F = Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings.
C = Combination filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) (reducing)
Tee and reducer.
Fabricated Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) reducing fittings with flanged branch
Nominal Pipe Size
(run x run x branch)
mm
450x450x25
450x450x40
450x450x50
450x450x80
450x450x100
450x450x150
450x450x200
450x450x250
450x450x300
500x500x25
500x500x40
500x500x50
500x500x80
500x500x100
500x500x150
500x500x200
500x500x250
500x500x300
600x600x25
600x600x40
600x600x50
600x600x80
600x600x100
600x600x150
600x600x200
600x600x250
600x600x300
700x700x25
700x700x40
700x700x50
700x700x80
700x700x100
700x700x150
700x700x200
700x700x250
700x700x300
750x750x25
750x750x40
750x750x50
750x750x80
750x750x100
750x750x150
750x750x200
750x750x250
750x750x300
800x800x25
800x800x40
800x800x50
800x800x80
800x800x100
800x800x150
800x800x200
800x800x250
800x800x300
inch
18x18x1
18x18x11/2
18x18x2
18x18x3
18x18x4
18x18x6
18x18x8
18x18x10
18x18x10
20x20x1
20x20x11/2
20x20x2
20x20x3
20x20x4
20x20x6
20x20x8
20x20x10
20x20x12
24x24x1
24x24x11/2
24x24x2
24x24x3
24x24x4
24x24x6
24x24x8
24x24x10
24x24x12
28x28x1
28x28x11/2
28x28x2
28x28x3
28x28x4
28x28x6
28x28x8
28x28x10
28x28x12
30x30x1
30x30x11/2
30x30x2
30x30x3
30x30x4
30x30x6
30x30x8
30x30x10
30x30x12
32x32x1
32x32x11/2
32x32x2
32x32x3
32x32x4
32x32x6
32x32x8
32x32x10
32x32x12
Laying
Length
half run
L1
mm
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
(continued)
mm
900x900x25
900x900x40
900x900x50
900x900x80
900x900x100
900x900x150
900x900x200
900x900x250
900x900x300
Concentric Reducers
inch
36x36x1
36x36x11/2
36x36x2
36x36x3
36x36x4
36x36x6
36x36x8
36x36x10
36x36x12
Laying
Length
half run
L1
mm
88
88
88
100
113
138
163
188
213
mm
450x400
500x400
500x450
600x400
600x450
600x500
700x400
700x450
700x500
700x600
750x400
750x450
750x500
750x600
750x700
800x400
800x450
800x500
800x600
800x700
800x750
900x500
900x600
900x700
900x750
900x800
inch
18x16
20x16
20x18
24x16
24x18
24x20
28x16
28x18
28x20
28x24
30x16
30x18
30x20
30x24
30x28
32x16
32x18
32x20
32x24
32x28
32x30
36x20
36x24
36x28
36x30
36x32
Laying
Length
L
mm
103
225
123
453
353
230
765
661
542
311
876
775
653
422
111
1023
920
798
570
259
148
1029
799
487
375
227
Note:
Sizes 450 mm (18") and up have taper sockets,
Sizes 400 mm (16") and down have Quick-Lock sockets.
Couplings
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
Nipples
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Laying
Length
Overall
Length
Socket
Depth
L
mm
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
OL
mm
298
324
426
426
426
426
476
Ds
mm
114
127
178
178
178
178
203
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Laying
Length
L
mm
278
304
406
406
406
406
456
Gap*
mm
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
5.9
7.8
11.7
21.1
21.9
29.0
35.9
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings with Taper-Taper to QuickLock adhesive bonding spigot ends
Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Laying
Length
L
mm
238
263
338
374
387
400
410
Gap
mm
19
25
33
44
44
44
44
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
5.0
6.7
11.7
19.5
20.9
28.7
30.0
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe saddles with reduced branch.
Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
450x25
450x40
450x50
450x80
450x100
450x150
500x25
500x40
500x50
500x80
500x100
500x150
600x25
600x40
600x50
600x80
600x100
600x150
700x25
700x40
700x50
700x80
700x100
700x150
750x25
750x40
750x50
750x80
750x100
750x150
800x25
800x40
800x50
800x80
800x100
900x25
900x40
900x50
900x80
900x100
900x150
inch
18x1
18x11/2
18x2
18x3
18x4
18x6
20x1
20x11/2
20x2
20x3
20x4
20x6
24x1
24x11/2
24x2
24x3
24x4
24x6
28x1
28x11/2
28x2
28x3
28x4
28x6
30x1
30x11/2
30x2
30x3
30x4
30x6
32x1
32x11/2
32x2
32x3
32x4
36x1
36x11/2
36x2
36x3
36x4
36x6
ts
L
Ds
B
(*)
(**)
degrees mm
mm
mm
mm
bar
kg 3 Oz 6 Oz
90
33
337
27
152
12
3.4
1
90
33
337
32
152
12
3.2
1
1
90
33
337
46
152
12
3.2
1
90
33
337
46
241
10
4.6
1
1
90
33
337
46
305
10
5.5
2
90
33
356
57
432
10
6.2
3
90
33
362
27
152
12
3.8
1
90
33
362
32
152
12
3.6
1
1
90
33
362
46
152
12
3.6
1
90
33
362
46
241
10
5.2
1
1
90
33
362
46
305
10
6.2
2
90
33
381
57
432
10
7.2
3
90
33
413
27
152
12
4.5
1
90
33
413
32
152
12
4.3
1
1
90
33
413
46
152
12
4.3
1
90
33
413
46
241
10
6.3
1
1
90
33
413
46
305
10
7.6
2
90
33
432
57
432
10
9.2
3
90
33
477
27
152
12
5.4
1
1
90
33
477
32
152
12
5.2
1
2
90
33
477
46
152
12
5.2
1
1
90
33
477
46
241
10
7.8
1
2
90
33
477
46
305
10
9.4
1
3
90
33
496
57
432
10
11.8
1
4
90
33
502
27
152
12
5.8
1
1
90
33
502
32
152
12
5.6
1
2
90
33
502
46
152
12
5.6
1
1
90
33
502
46
241
10
8.4
1
2
90
33
502
46
305
10
10.2
1
3
90
33
512
57
432
10
12.9
1
4
90
33
528
27
152
12
6.2
1
1
90
33
528
32
152
12
6.0
1
2
90
33
528
46
152
12
6.0
1
1
90
33
528
46
241
10
9.0
1
2
90
33
528
46
305
10
10.9
1
3
90
33
581
27
152
12
6.9
2
90
33
581
32
152
12
6.7
3
90
33
581
46
152
12
6.7
2
90
33
581
46
241
10
10.1
3
90
33
581
46
305
10
12.4
4
90
33
614
57
432
10
16.0
5
Note:
* All branches have Quick-Lock socket
** Required for saddle to pipe bonding
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe saddles with reduced branch.
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
450x450x25
450x450x40
450x450x50
450x450x80
450x450x100
450x450x150
500x500x25
500x500x40
500x500x50
500x500x80
500x500x100
500x500x150
600x600x25
600x600x40
600x600x50
600x600x80
600x600x100
600x600x150
700x700x25
700x700x40
700x700x50
700x700x80
700x700x100
700x700x150
750x750x25
750x750x40
750x750x50
750x750x80
750x750x100
750x750x150
800x800x25
800x800x40
800x800x50
800x800x80
800x800x100
900x900x25
900x900x40
900x900x50
900x900x80
900x900x100
900x900x150
inch
18x18x1
18x18x11/2
18x18x2
18x18x3
18x18x4
18x18x6
20x20x1
20x20x11/2
20x20x2
20x20x3
20x20x4
20x20x6
24x24x1
24x24x11/2
24x24x2
24x24x3
24x24x4
24x24x6
28x28x1
28x28x11/2
28x28x2
28x28x3
28x28x4
28x28x6
30x30x1
30x30x11/2
30x30x2
30x30x3
30x30x4
30x30x6
32x32x1
32x32x11/2
32x32x2
32x32x3
32x32x4
36x36x1
36x36x11/2
36x36x2
36x36x3
36x36x4
36x36x6
ts
L
B
(*)
flange
degrees mm
mm
mm
bar
kg 3Oz 6Oz
90
33
330
152
12
3.8 1
90
33
330
152
12
3.8 1
1
90
33
368
152
12
4.4 1
90
33
368
241
10
6.4 1
1
90
33
368
305
10
7.8 2
90
33
384
432
10
9.8 3
90
33
356
152
12
4.2 1
90
33
356
152
12
4.2 1
1
90
33
394
152
12
4.8 1
90
33
394
241
10
7.0 1
1
90
33
394
305
10
8.5 2
90
33
413
432
10
10.8 3
90
33
406
152
12
4.9 1
90
33
406
152
12
4.9 1
1
90
33
444
152
12
5.5 1
90
33
444
241
10
8.1 1
1
90
33
444
305
10
9.9 2
90
33
463
432
10
12.8 3
90
33
470
152
12
5.8 1
1
90
33
470
152
12
5.8 1
2
90
33
499
152
12
6.4 1
1
90
33
499
241
10
9.6 1
2
90
33
499
305
10
11.7 1
3
90
33
526
432
10
15.4 1
4
90
33
495
152
12
6.2 1
1
90
33
495
152
12
6.2 1
2
90
33
533
152
12
6.8 1
1
90
33
533
241
10
10.2 1
2
90
33
533
305
10
12.5 1
3
90
33
552
432
10
16.5 1
4
90
33
521
152
12
6.6 1
1
90
33
521
152
12
6.6 1
2
90
33
559
152
12
7.2 1
1
90
33
559
241
10
10.8 1
2
90
33
559
305
10
13.2 1
3
90
33
572
152
12
7.3 2
90
33
572
152
12
7.3 3
90
33
610
152
12
7.9 2
90
33
610
241
10
11.9 3
90
33
610
305
10
14.7 4
90
33
631
432
10
19.6 5
Note:
* Flanges on branches are of the H.D. Quick-Lock type
Saddles
(Wear, supporting, anchor)
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) saddles for wear, supporting and
anchoring.
Nominal
Pipe Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Saddle Saddle
Angle Thickn.
ts
angle
mm
180
16
180
16
180
16
180
16
180
16
180
16
180
16
Weight at
Required
Weight at
Required
B=100mm Adhesive kits B=150mm Adhesive kits
kg
2.1
2.4
2.8
3.4
3.7
3.9
4.4
3 Oz
1
1
1
1
6 Oz
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
kg
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.1
5.5
5.8
6.5
3 Oz
-
6 Oz
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
Notes:
* Filament-wound 180 blank saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps, as well as for
anchoring purposes.
* Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm and are identical for all pipe series.
* For other saddle-lenghts and/or angles, contact Ameron.
Grounding Saddles
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Saddle
Angle
deg
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
221/2
Saddle
Length
B
mm
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
Saddle
Thickness
ts
mm
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Weight
kg
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
Required
Adhesive kits
3 Oz
1
1
1
1
1
6 Oz
1
1
1
1
Note:
* Grounding saddles are intended for use in systems employing 7000M antistatic pipe. Bondstrand antistatic
adhesive should be used for mounting. Saddles come with cable having a length of 600 mm.
Stub-end Flanges
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Laying
Length
Overall
Length
L
mm
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
OL
mm
134
147
198
198
198
198
223
Socket
Face
Ring to
Depth Diameter Face
Stub-end
Ds
RF
H
mm
mm
mm
114
532
35
127
580
39
178
674
47
178
800
51
178
850
46
178
900
48
203
1000
53
Maximum Weight
Working
GRE
Pressure stub-end
only
bar
kg
16
11.1
16
13.2
16
17.2
16
21.0
16
24.4
16
21.8
16
30.8
Notes:
* Stub-end-flanges are available with and without O-ring groove in the face. Specify on order.
* Up to 10 bar stub-ends without O-ring grooves can be used with flat elastomeric or compressed fibre gaskets.
* For pressures of 12 bar and above suitable O-ring seals should be used, available on request.
* Make sure that the O-ring grooved stub-end is compatible with its counter flange, e.g. use a stub-end without
groove or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Ameron 2000 - FP 866 10/00. Printed in the Netherlands - Page 13 of 16
Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
ANSI B16.5
Class 150
D
weight
mm
kg
50.2
39.7
52.0
50.6
63.7
86.1
69.0
100.5
71.6
117.0
76.9
153.5
85.4
197.2
ANSI B16.5
ISO 7005.2 &
Class 300 DIN 2632 PN10
D
weight
D
weight
mm
kg
mm
kg
63.6
85.5
42
27.2
66.5
104.1
45
34.7
78.4
182.9
52
55.3
95.6
213.4
57
78.8
99.9
229.3
106.2
289.0
62
95.3
117.7
424.1
66
111.8
Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.
Recommended Maximum
Bolt Torque
H.D. Flanges
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Laying
Length
L
mm
9
10
11
13
13
13
13
Overall
Length
D
mm
114
121
138
165
178
191
176
Socket Depth
Ds
mm
105
111
127
152
165
178
163
Spigot
Diameter
Sd (*)
mm
455.6
506.4
608.0
736.1
788.2
840.3
943.2
Maximum
Working
Pressure
bar
14
14
14
14
14
14
12
Notes:
* These flanges can be adhesive bonded to fittings by using a Quick-Lock to Taper-Taper flange (transition)
nipple.
* For bonding to pipe a straight spigot has to be shaved on the pipe.
Nominal Pipe
Size
mm
inch
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
28
750
30
800
32
900
36
ANSI B16.5
CL.150
kg
32.1
40.1
57.7
73.3
87.5
112.4
116.3
Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.
ANSI B 16.5
CL.300
kg
48.1
59.7
92.2
122.8
142.0
163.6
174.1
ISO 7005.2
PN10
kg
28.1
34.0
47.8
61.5
75.6
89.8
89.2
ISO 7005.2
PN16
kg
32.9
44.2
67.1
66.0
79.0
92.8
92.1
Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy Blind Flanges for
10 bar
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Flange
Thickness
D
mm
60
60
65
70
75
80
85
ANSI B16.5
CL.150
ANSI B 16.5
CL.300
ISO 7005.2
PN10
ISO 7005.2
PN16
kg
36.5
44.1
65.0
90.7
110.1
125.3
175.0
kg
44.9
53.8
81.2
111.7
133.1
154.5
202.9
kg
34.4
41.0
60.3
85.7
96.0
106.3
161.9
kg
36.9
46.1
69.4
8.6
96.4
106.8
163.3
ANSI B16.5
CL.150
ANSI B 16.5
CL.300
ISO 7005.2
PN10
ISO 7005.2
PN16
kg
42.6
51.4
85.0
110.2
132.1
147.5
205.9
kg
52.4
62.8
106.2
135.7
159.7
183.7
238.7
kg
40.1
47.9
78.8
104.1
129.4
154.7
190.5
kg
43.1
53.8
90.7
106.4
115.6
124.8
192.1
Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.
Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy Blind Flanges for
16 bar
Note:
* Other drillings may be possible, consult Ameron.
Recommended Maximum
Bolt Torque
inch
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
Torque Increments
N.m
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
Final Torque
N.m
400
400
500
500
500
500
500
Notes:
* For pressures up to 16 bar full face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. A Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5 is recommended and a thickness of 3 mm.
* Also 3 mm thick compressed fibre gaskets, compatible with the pressure, temperature and chemical, may be
used, of which the mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
* Please be aware that overtorquing may result in flange failure.
* Bolt tightening sequense to be diametrically opposite.
Field Testing
Pipe system is designed for field testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge Pressure
Conversions
1 psi
1 bar
1 Mpa
1 Gpa
1 inch
1 Btu.in/ft2hF
1 ft
C
Important Notice
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
6895 Pa
105 Pa
106 Pa
109 Pa
25.4 mm
0.1442 W/mK
0.3048 m
5
/9 (F - 32)
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 14.5 psi
= 145000 psi
= 1.02 kg/cm2
10.2 kg/cm2
= 10200 kg/cm2
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein.
Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Bondstrand Installation
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP
Quick-Lock
Adhesive-bonded
Bell and Spigot Joints
for Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems
Introduction
Follow these instructions to make the Quick-Lock bell and spigot joint for Bondstrand
pipe and fittings using Ameron epoxy or vinylester adhesives. The instructions show
you how to cut the pipe, prepare the pipe ends, mix and apply the adhesive, make the
joint and cure the adhesive.
To determine the appropriate Bondstrand adhesive for your installation, consult
Bondstrand Chemical Resistance Guide, FP132. FP132 is available from Ameron or
your Bondstrand supplier.
Complete usage instructions for the adhesives are contained in each adhesive kit. Store
adhesives at temperatures below 100F (38C). Use adhesives before the date
stamped on the adhesive kit package.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP170E (8/00)
Cutting pipe
Measure the desired length and scribe the pipe using a pipefitters wraparound or
heating blanket. When holding the pipe in a vise, use a 14-inch (6 mm) thick rubber pad
(or equal) to protect the pipe from damage. Use a hacksaw or power saw with abrasive
wheel to cut the pipe. Check the squareness of cut. Pipe up to 4 inches (100 mm)
should be square to within 116 inch (1.5 mm); larger pipe to within 18 inch (3 mm). Use a
disc grinder or file to correct squareness.
Danger! Do not inhale dust produced by cutting and grinding. Provide adequate
ventilation or wear OSHA-approved dust mask.
End preparation
Use the Bondstrand B-1 end preparation tool for 2 through 8-inch sizes. For 10-inch
pipe and larger, several shavers are available from Ameron and are referenced in the
equipment list at the end of these instructions. Instructions for adjusting and operating
the end preparation tools are provided with the tools. The instructions may also be
obtained from your local Bondstrand representative.
End preparation
(continued)
End preparation tools can be used manually, but a portable power drive is advisable if
preparing a number of joints. Check the OD of the prepared end with a Pi Tape to ensure
the following dimensions are obtained:
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
All bonding surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded within two hours of
assembly. Sand the bonding surfaces with a 14-inch drill motor and flapper sander.
See the equipment list at the end of these instructions for drill motor and flapper
sander specifications. Sanded surfaces should show a dull, fresh finish, not a
polished look. Dont forget to sand the end of the spigot.
End preparation
(continued)
Wipe the sanded surfaces thoroughly with a clean, dry cloth, or use a duster brush to
remove dust particles. If surfaces become wet, warm with Bondstrand heating blanket
or hot air gun until dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during
bad weather by tenting over the working area. Do not touch the prepared surfaces with
bare hands or soiled gloves that would leave an oily film.
Caution: Clean and dry sanded surfaces are required for proper bonding.
Measure back from the end of the spigot the distance shown in the following table and
scribe a line using a white grease pencil or soapstone. When the spigot is bottomed to
the pipe stop in the bell, the scribed line will be 1 inch (25 mm) from the end of the bell.
Nominal
Pipe Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
Mark in from
spigot end
(in)
(mm)
52
2 116
2.14
57
2.1316
71
2.1316
71
2.1316
71
3.14
82
3.14
82
89
3.1 2
3.34
95
4.
101
114
4.1 2
5.
127
Alignment of fittings
To ensure proper alignment of fittings, matchmark the mating pieces before applying
adhesive. Taking care to avoid contaminating the bonding surfaces, dry fit the pieces,
then mark each piece for subsequent realignment.
(fl oz)
1/25
1.5/40
2/50
3/80
4/100
5/125
3
5
8
10
6
10
4
7
10
3
5
8
2
3
6
1
2
5
1
1
3
2
1
2
2
1
2
12/300 14/350
2
1
1
16/400
1
2
1
2
1
Important: Be aware of the working time available after the adhesive has been mixed.
It may not be possible to achieve the listed number of bonds in the smaller
sizes because of the available working time (pot life) of the adhesive. See
the adhesive kit package for the approximate working times.
When the joint is ready to be bonded, add the curing agent to the resin. Stir thoroughly
for at least one minute or until no streaks are visible. Apply the mixed adhesive to the
bonding surfaces immediately.
If the mix has started to gel in the container, discard and start a new kit.
Appearance of gelled or lumpy material indicates that the mix has started to cure.
Use the disposable spatula supplied in the kit to apply a thin layer (132 inch or 1 mm) of
adhesive to the surface of the bell including the pipe stop. Excess adhesive in the bell
will restrict flow inside the joint. Apply adhesive liberally to the entire spigot surface and
a thin layer to the cut end of the pipe. Excess adhesive on the spigot surface will be
forced out when the bell and the spigot are joined.
In a properly made joint, the adhesive applied to the bell is pushed to the inside of the
joint where it forms a bead that protects the cut edge of the pipe. Excess adhesive
applied to the pipe spigot is pushed to the outside of the joint and can be easily
removed.
Too much adhesive in the bell may restrict flow through the pipe.
Correct
Incorrect
Joint assembly
Without rotating the spigot, insert it into the bell until it rests firmly against the pipe stop.
For 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and larger, use a comealong to seat the joint and hold it in
place. Support the bands on wooden blocks on each side of the joint so the comealong
can remain snug while the heating blanket is wrapped around the joint and the joint is
cured. Joints 6 inches or less in size may be made by tapping on a wooden block
placed over pipe end to seat the spigot in bell.
Joint assembly
(continued)
Join fittings to pipe using one of the two methods described above. It may be
necessary to back up an elbow, tee, lateral, etc., with a sandbag or similar shock
absorber while tapping pipe spigots into fittings.
Caution: Never use a metal hammer directly on Bondstrand pipe or fittings.
Align flanges, tees and other fittings to the matchmarks as you make the joint to avoid
rotating the part while assembling. Check rotational alignment of flange bolt holes and
squareness of flange faces. Flanges with bolt holes more than 116 inch (1.5 mm) out of
rotational alignment, or faces more than 116 inch out of square across the flange face, or
any angular errors of more than 1 2 in the axial or rotational alignment of bell and spigot
are likely to cause subsequent assembly problems. If the joint is misaligned, pull it
apart, remove adhesive from the pipe stop area, reapply adhesive and rejoin before
adhesive starts to set up.
When force curing the adhesive, place the thermostat end of the Bondstrand heating
blanket against the assembled joint with the thermostat side facing out. Wrap the
remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap covers the thermostat. Tie
the blanket in place with any nonconducting tie.
In general, Ameron recommends the use of insulation around the heating blanket. This
is essential when the air temperature is below 40F (4C). Fiberglass insulation backed
with aluminum foil generally works well. Insulation should overlap the blanket sides
about 4 inches (100 mm) each way and be tied down near the edges to trap the heat.
Turn on the heating blanket and mark the starting time on the pipe. Check the blanket
after a short period to assure it is heating.
A 30-minute cure is recommended for joining pipe and mounting flanges and a
45-minute cure for joining fittings.
Flange mounting requires a special blanket wrap. Lay the blanket flat with the
thermostat down and, starting at the thermostat end, roll it up. Insert the rolled blanket
into the pipe end to the depth of the fresh joint, leaving the cord and part of the blanket
exposed as shown. Fill the space inside the rolled blanket with fiberglass insulation to
ensure that the blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface.
Equipment list
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
10
B-1 end preparation tool (1 to 8 inch) (FP376 B-1 TOOL INSTALLATION GUIDE)
M80 pipe shaver and arbors (10 to 16 inch) (FP515 M80 PIPE SHAVER INSTRUCTIONS)
Note: M74 pipe shaver can be used for (2 to 12 inch)
Hacksaw or power saw with abrasive wheel
Half-inch heavy-duty drill operating at 450 to 600 rpm; preferably with pistol grip,
spade grip and side handles (Black and Decker Model 1321)
Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and 14-inch (6 mm) thick elastomeric pads
Flapper wheel sander (available from Ameron) with electric or air drill motor with
14-inch (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 rpm (faster drills will produce a polished surface)
Rubber mallet, 2 lb (1 kg), Shore Durometer A 70-80, 212 to 3 inch diameter
Comealong for 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and larger, Dayton No. 2Z614
Heating blankets (four sizes available from Ameron)
Pipefitters wraparound, level and white grease pencil or soapstone
Duster brush and clean rags
Dust mask, eye protection and gloves
Folding rule, 10 ft (3 m)
Tape , 50 ft (15 m)
Portable power drive, Ridgid No. 700 or Amaz-O-Thred 181D for M74 and M80
pipe shavers
Pi Tape measuring tape
Disc grinder or file (optional)
Equipment list
(continued)
11
Conversions
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to change.
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com
1982 Ameron FP170E (8/00) supersedes FP170D (9/96) Printed in U.S.A. 7.5M [124]
Bondstrand Installation
Assembly Instructions
for Bondstrand Taper / Taper
adhesive-bonded joints
Introduction
These instructions describe the assembly of the Bondstrand Taper / Taper adhesivebonded joint and show how to cut the pipe, prepare the pipe ends, mix and apply the
adhesive, make the joint and cure the adhesive.
They form complete assembly instructions together with the appropriate
Bondstrand Adhesive Product Data sheet
Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Instruction sheet
Bondstrand Heating Blanket Data sheet
adhesive kit
pipe shaver
heating blanket
Cutting of pipe
determining length
A
(mm)
25 - 100
150 - 400
400 - 1000
1-4
6 - 16
16 - 40
1.5
3.0
5.0
d Various types of shavers are available for shaving the pipe ends, subject to the pipe size
(table B).
squareness tolerance
Type
(mm)
(inch)
50 - 150
150 - 400
400 - 600
600 -1000
2-6
6 -16
16 - 24
24 - 40
M86
M87
M87XL
M95
Shaving
3. Support and fix the pipe firmly.
a
supporting of pipe
Fix the arbor to the inside of the pipe by turning the central tensioning bolt clockwise.
taper joint
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
13/4
13/4
13/4
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
13/4
13/4
13/4
13/4
13/4
16 bar
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
5.5
6
5.5
260/350 6
230/320 8
50
50
50
50
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230
230
260
290
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
583.6
711
762
811
912
1016
insert.
depth
mm
nose
thick.
mm
12 bar
spigot
diam
mm
insert.
depth
mm
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
4
4
4
4
200/290 4.5
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708
758
808
908
1009
50
50
50
50
80
110
140
140
170
170
140
170
230
260
230
260
290
20 bar
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
5.5
230/320 6
320
6.5
260/350 7.5
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
583.6
711
762
813
915
50
80
80
110
140
170
200
170
230
200
230
260
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
110
110
140
170
170
200
230
260
50
50
50
80
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230
290
nose
thick.
mm
14 bar
spigot
diam
mm
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
4
4
5.5
6
6.5
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
264.9
315.7
347.4
396.7
436.8
486.1
582.6
708
758
811
912
1013
25 bar
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
2.5
3
3.5
260/350 7
290/380 8
290/410 8.5
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
265.9
316.7
348.4
398.7
438.8
488.1
585.6
714
766
817
Pipe Size
taper joint
mm
inch
taper
angle
degr.
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
13/4
13/4
13/4
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
13/4
13/4
13/4
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
2.5
13/4
13/4
13/4
13/4
13/4
insert.
depth
mm
50
80
80
110
140
170
200
230
230
260
290
350
nose
thick.
mm
32 bar
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
2.5
3
3.5
spigot
diam.
mm
insert.
depth
mm
55.2
83.8
107.2
161.0
210.8
265.9
316.7
348.4
398.7
438.8
488.1
585.6
40 bar
80
1
80
1
110
1.5
140
1.5
170
1.5
200
2.5
260
2.5
260
3
290
3.5
320
4
290/380 4
380/470 4
(140)
(170)
(200)
(170)
(230)
200
230
260
260
260
260
260
(1)
(1.5)
(1.5)
(5.4)
(6.4)
2.5
3
3.5
11.5
13
14
16.5
(210.8)
(265.9)
(316.7)
(348.4)
(398.7)
438.8
488.1
585.6
723.0
776.0
828.0
933.0
(50)
(50)
(50)
80
80
110
140
140
170
170
200
230
nose
thick.
mm
spigot
diam
mm
55.2
83.8
108.2
162.0
211.8
267.9
318.7
350.4
400.7
441.8
490.1
586.6
insert.
depth
mm
nose
thick.
mm
50 bar
80
1
110
1.5
140
2
170
2
200
2.5
260
3
290
3.5
320
4
290/380 4
350/440 4
380/500 4
spigot
diam
mm
55.2
84.8
109.2
163.0
213.8
268.9
320.7
352.4
401.7
441.8
490.1
Series 2020
(1)
(55.2)
(1)
(83.8)
(1)
(107.2)
1
161.0
1
210.8
1
264.9
1
315.7
1.5
347.4
1.5
396.7
1.5
436.8
2
486.1
2.5
583.6
Series 2000M / 7000M sizes up to 400 mm (16) and series 2020 sizes up to 100 mm (4) are with Quick-Lock joints.
Refer to Quick-Lock assembly guide.
Taper data for Quick-Lock sizes shown within (brackets) are only shown for Taper-Bonding reducing fittings, i.e. the
minor outlet of a reducer size 500 x 400 has a taper socket. In the minor outlet of those fittings a Taper to Quick-Lock
transition-adapter has to be bonded. This makes the minor outlet Quick-Lock (male).
In cases where 2 insertion depths are shown, such as 200/290, the first figure shows the insertion depth for pipe
series 3400 and the second for pipe series 2400.
d Shaving the diameter of a taper spigot 1 mm smaller, with a taper angle of 2.5 will result
in 23 mm additional insertion in the socket. For a taper angle of 1.75 this is 33 mm.
sanding of spigot
sanding of socket
Check the assembly length and mark pipe and fitting for alignment of elbows, flanges,
etc.
alignment mark
b Measure back from the edge of the spigot the required insertion depth plus 50 mm and
scribe a line. After assembly by pulling the joint together the scribe on the pipe should be
50 mm from the end of the bell.
insertion mark
During final assembly the spigot may slip approximately 5 mm further into the bell,
therefor the dry fitted assembly should be approximately 5 mm longer per joint.
Install the band clamps on both components keeping sufficient space for the winches
when pulling the joint together.
Normally 2 winches will suffice. If needed more winches can be used.
If the relative humidity is higher than 75% or if the bonding surfaces are wet they should
be dried.
b A hot air blower or Ameron heating blanket can be used.
use of winches
12. Re-sand.
a
If the sanded surfaces have been contaminated, or if initial sanding took place more
than 2 hours before assembling, the surfaces should be re-sanded.
cleaning of socket
Table D: Adhesive kits per joint. (for 3 Oz kits multiply by 2; for 9 Oz kits multiply by 2/3)
SIZE
inch
mm
10
bar
12
bar
14
bar
16
bar
20
bar
25
bar
32
bar
40
bar
50
bar
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
32
36
40
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
4
5
6
7
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
8
7/9
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
6
7
6
8
10
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
6
7
8
8/10
8/10
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.4
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
5
7
6/8
8
8/10
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
5
6/8
7/9
8/11
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
7
0.1
0.2
0.4
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
0.1
0.3
0.5
1
2
3
3
4
5/6
In cases where 7/9 or 5/6 etc are shown the first figure is valid for Series 3400 and the
second for Series 2400.
5 - 35C
20 -35C
15C
40C
80C
Make sure that before mixing the adhesive, all preparations have been done and all
parts to be bonded are ready for assembly, because mixed adhesive has a limited potlife
subject to the ambient temperature (table F).
d Apply the adhesive immediately after mixing.
Table F: Potlife of mixed adhesive in minutes
Temperature in C
20
25
30
Kit size
3 Oz/ 137 grams 45
40
35
30
6 Oz / 272 grams 40
35
30
25
e
removing excessive adhesive
35
40
25
20
Never use adhesive that has started to cure. This is the case when the mixture gets
clotted and toughens.
applying adhesive
d Make sure that also sufficient adhesive is applied on the cylindrical end of the spigot that
will be covered by the bell.
adhesive surfaces
When inserting the spigot pay attention to the marks and position and keep the joint
together. Letting the spigot slip back or turning the spigot after complete insertion may
result in a bad joint.
b Hook the 2 winches in the band clamps and start pulling the joint further together in a
smooth movement until the joint is firmly fixed together and there is 50 mm between the
bell end and the mark. See step 8.
c It may be necessary to set a bridge (pieces of wood between winch cables and pipe
outside) to simplify placing of the heating blanket.
d Do not remove the winches until the adhesive has fully cured.
use of winches
For removing excessive adhesive, also from the inside if possible (flanges), a spatula
may be used.
Wrap the required size Ameron heating blanket around the joint keeping the power
supply cable free from the blanket.
b Make sure the voltage is correct.
c The blanket should be applied as indicated in the appropriate Bondstrand Heating
Blanket Data sheet.
d The blanket should be tied down using heat resistant wire.
e Good blanket to pipe surface contact is essential for proper curing of the adhesive.
write starting time
When the temperature is below 10C or the wind has a cooling effect, insulation material
should cover the heating blanket. Insulation material should overlap the sides of the
blanket with at least 100 mm and should match to the pipe. It should not cover the
thermostat.
Open pipe ends should be closed during curing preventing cooling down by draught.
Curing time is mainly subject to the distance (= wallthickness) between blanket and
adhesive.
3425
3432
3440
3450
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
2
3
4
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
1
1
1
1.5
2
3
3
4
4
4
1
1
1
1.5
2
3
4
10
For health and safety data refer to appropriate Bondstrand Adhesive Product Data
sheet.
Wear at all time suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye protection. Dust masks
should be used during machining and sanding.
Use gloves when working with adhesive, the wet adhesive may cause irritation by skin
contact.
personal protection
11
Conversions
1 psi
= 6895 Pa
1 bar
= 105 Pa
1 MPa
= 1 N/mm2
1 inch
1 Btu.in/(hft2F)
C
= 0.07031 kg/cm2
= 14.5 psi
= 1.02 kg/cm2
= 145 psi
= 10.2 kg/cm2
= 25.4 mm
= 0.1442 W/(mK).
= 5/9 (F - 32)
Important notice
This product literature and the recommendations for usage it contains are based on test
data reasonably believed to be reliable. It is intended that this literature be used by
personnel having specialised training in accordance with currently accepted industry
practice and normal operating conditions. Variation in enviroment, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. We recommend that
your engineers verify the suitable of this product for your intended application. Since we
have no control over the conditions of service, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the
results obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.
ISO 9001
Certified Firm
BONDSTRAND
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY
DOUBLE O-RING EXPANSION JOINT
FOR MARINE PIPE SYSTEMS
COST SAVINGS
The installed cost of Bondstrand piping
systems with Double O-Ring Expansion
Joints are competitive to conventional
OUTSTANDING BENEFITS
FAST AND EASY INSTALLATION
MINIMAL MAINTENANCE
Maintenance
and repair
0.8
0.6
Prefabrication
and installation
0.4
Materials
0.2
Steel
GRE
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Ameron provides a high
level of customer support
through a network of sales
offices, supply houses,
stocking distributors and
sales representatives in
some 50 countries. This
support is backed by central
research and development
facilities, to meet customer
requirements.
Double
O-Ring
adaptor to
Quick-Lock
or Taper
Elastomeric O-rings
Nylon locking key
Key-Lock
adaptor to
Quick-Lock
or Taper
connection
Maximum
operating
temperature
Maximum
operating
pressure
Taper/Taper
Bondstrand
(C)
(F)
(Bar)
(PSI)
(mm)
(inch)
(mm)
2000 M
93
200
16
230
50-400
2-16
450-600 18-24
7000 M*
93
200
16
230
50-400
2-16
450-600 18-24
2000
93
200
16
230
50-400
2-16
450-600 18-24
3400
93
200
10/25
230
7000*
93
200
16
230
50-400
2-16
50-1000
(inch)
2-40
400-600 16-24
* Conductive system
WORLDWIDE APPROVALS
Ameron is committed to Total Quality
Management and conforms to the
international ISO 9001 standard. We
hold approvals from major certifying
bodies, such as Lloyds, DNV, Bureau
Vritas, American Bureau of Shipping
and many others.
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Group
Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
USA
Phone (+1) 713 690 7777
Fax (+1) 713 690 2842
www.ameron-intl.com
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Division
The Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76364
USA
Phone (+1) 940 569 1471
Fax (+1) 940 569 2764
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone (+31) 345 587 587
Fax (+31) 345 587 561
Ameron
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone (+65) 861 6118
Fax (+65) 862 1302/861-7834
Bondstrand Installation
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Maintenance Coupling
Assembly instructions for
butt-end joints and repair
Instructions
1. Cutting the pipe Before cutting the replacement length of pipe, allow the
temperature of the existing system to stabilize to avoid length changes through
expansion or contraction. Measure the replacement piece carefully so that the space
between its ends and the ends of the pipe in the existing system will be no more
than 1 8 inch.
2. Positioning the coupling Center the maintenance coupling over the joint and
mark the lap length on the pipe ends. Sand the pipe ends with a belt sander using
belts with a 40-grit abrasive. Sand inaccessible areas with a flapper sander or by
hand using a shoeshine method. Sand until all gloss is removed from surfaces to
be bonded. Sand the cut ends of the pipe as well.
3. Checking for snugness of fit Fit the parts together dry before final sanding.
The 180 inner sections placed around the pipe ends should, when held in contact
on one side, show from 0 to 18 inch separation on the opposite side. If, with zero
separation, the inner sections are not snug against the pipe surfaces, file back an
edge as required to get a snug fit. If the sections, when fitted snugly, show a
separation of more than 18 inch, correct any misalignment of pipe ends and sand to
fit. The outer sections of the coupling should show 18 inch or more of separation.
Hose Clamp
4. Final sanding All mating surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded
within two hours of assembly. Sand using a 14-inch drill motor at 1700-2000 rpm and
a flapper type sander with a 40- 50 grit aluminum oxide abrasive, available from
Ameron. After sanding, bonding surfaces should show a dull fresh finish, not a
polished look.
Use special care in handling parts to avoid contamination. Handle the parts with new
gloves which are used only for this purpose or with clean, dry cotton cloths.
If the bonding surfaces are wet, warm them with a Bondstrand heating blanket until
dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during wet weather
with tenting over the work area.
5. Selecting the adhesive Unless the project specifications or the Bondstrand
Corrosion Guide (FP132) recommends a special adhesive for your particular service,
use Bondstrand PSX34 epoxy adhesive. Instructions for mixing and using the
adhesive are in the adhesive kit.
Larger couplings are more difficult to handle and assemble; once the adhesive has
been mixed, the time available for assembly is limited by the adhesive pot life. A
crew of two or three is suggested when assembling 8- through 16-inch couplings.
FP199D (7/99)
Instructions (cont.)
6. Applying the adhesive With the spatula supplied in the adhesive kit, apply
adhesive to completely cover the cut pipe edges, the prepared pipe ends and the
inner surfaces of the two inner sections of the coupling. Use enough adhesive so
that any excess will be forced to flow to the edges of the sections when assembled
around the pipe ends. Assemble these two inner half sections by centering them
around the butted ends of the pipe. If the potlife of the adhesive is now more than
half expired, it may be necessary to defer further assembly and cure the inner
sections. If so, clamp the sections and cure according to the instructions provided in
the adhesive kit. After curing, let the parts cool completely, remove the clamps,
resand the remaining mating surfaces, mix a new batch of adhesive and proceed as
follows.
Apply adhesive to cover completely the outer surfaces of the inner sections.
Assemble the two outer sections with the split line about 90 away from the split line
in the inner sections. Place the hose clamps around the assembly and draw them
tight. Remove excess adhesive for a workmanlike appearance.
7. Curing the adhesive Heat-cure the adhesive using Ameron heating blankets.
Cure time is 1 hour and 15 minutes for all diameters. Apply the heating blankets in
accordance with the instructions provided with the blanket, making certain that any
overlap of the blanket covers the thermostat. It is always a good idea to insulate
around the heating blanket and to close the ends of the piping system to prevent
movement of cold air inside the pipe while the adhesive is curing.
Kit includes inner and outer sections, hose clamps and assembly instructions.
Adhesive must be ordered separately.
Pipe
Coupling
Adhesive Pipe
Coupling
Adhesive
Size
Code
Length Usage1,2 Size
Code
Length Usage1,2
(in)
(in)
(kits)
(in)
(in)
(kits)
2
3
4
6
20400801
30400801
40400801
60400801
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.88
1
1
2
2
8
10
12
14
16
80400801
A0400801
B0400801
C0400801
D0400801
5.38
5.88
6.38
7.38
8.38
3
4
4
6
8
1) Approximate number of 5-ounce adhesive kits required per maintenance coupling. Maintenance
coupling kits do not include adhesive.
2) Rated hydrostatic pressure for maintenance coupling is 150 psi at 70F. Pressure rating is reduced by
50% if RP105B adhesive is substituted for PSX34.
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause
different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including
warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it
contains. Product specifications are subject to change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
1976 Ameron FP199D (7/99) supersedes FP199C (11/96) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[124]
Shaver Type
B-1
B-1 F
M74
M86
M87
M87 XL
Bonding system
Size
Quick-Lock
1- 4
Quick-Lock (for PSX Jet Fire only)
1-4
Quick-Lock (for PSX only)
1-8
Quick-Lock
2-12
Taper-/Taper
2-6
Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock
6-16
Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock
16-24
1
Ameron 1995 FP 599 B 05/99 supersedes FP 599 A. Printed in the Netherlands.
ISO 9001
Certified Firm
Advantages
The B-1 pipe tool is used to prepare the straight spigot end on Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe employing the Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint. The tool is
available for all Bondstrand pipe sizes from 1 through 4 inches in diameter and
has been designed so that all critical dimensions such as spigot length and
spigot outside diameter are preset and require no adjustment by the operator.
The B-1 tool offers the following advantages over previously used end
preparation tools from Ameron and end preparation methods offered by
competitive manufacturers:
* No adjustments required: spigot length and diameter preset to Ameron
tolerances
* No special tools required: uses ordinary power drills with 1/2-inch (13 mm)
chuck
* Compact: can be used on installed buried pipe with minimal excavation
* Reduced field labor time
* Minimal set-up required
* Light weight for ease of use.
Operating instructions
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Important notice
Clean the inside of the pipe to remove all dint, sand or foreign objects. Clean tool
of any large particles or shavings from previous use.
Inspect the cutter wheels on tool. If worn, loosen and rotate for new cutting edge.
If loose, tighten with Allen wrench.
Mount tool in chuck of 1/2-inch (13 mm) drill motor and tighten chuck securely.
Except when working on installed pipe, the pipe must be held securely, preferably
in a pipe vise. Use a -inch (6 mm) thick rubber pad between the clamps and the
pipe to protect the pipe. Warning: Avoid inhaling dust produced by cutting. Wear
an approved dust mask.
Insert the spindle of the tool into the pipe so that the cuffing wheels remain away
from the end of the pipe. Grip the drill motor firmly and switch to 'on'. Slowly feed
the tool into the pipe until the tool bottoms. Remove tool from pipe.
Inspect the cut surface to insure that all 'glazed' or resin-covered areas have
been removed. If such areas remain, sand by hand until the entire surface is
without a resin gloss.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on
data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in
environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or
extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no
representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of
merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron
assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.
Bondstrand
M74 Pipe Shaver
Operating Instructions
The Bondstrand pipe shaver is
designed to prepare a spigot on the cut
end of a Bondstrand pipe as described
in the Bondstrand Assembly
Instructions found in your Bondstrand
Adhesive Kit. Pipe is shipped from the
factory with spigots, but when pipe is
cut to length on the job site, a spigot
must be shaved for assembly to the
bell end of another section of
Bondstrand Quick-Lock pipe, or to a
Bondstrand Quick-Lock fitting or
coupling. Bondstrand Quick-Lock
flanges are provided with sockets for
mounting to pipe spigots in the same
way. Spigots can be prepared on 2inch through 12-inch pipe of any
Bondstrand series with this tool.
The pipe shaver is centered and held at
the cut end of a pipe by an expanding
arbor. There are seven sizes of arbors,
one for each size of Bondstrand pipe.
The arbor slips into the pipe and the 0rings expand to grip the inside pipe
surface when the tie bar is tightened.
As the frame is rotated around the feed
tube, the cutting tools advance and
shave a cylindrical surface (spigot) on
the pipe. When adjusted and used as
described in these instructions, the
shaver prepares an excellent bonding
surface with a controlled tolerance on
diameter.
This unit can be rotated by hand or
with a portable power drive as used for
threading 1/2-to 2-inch steel pipe. A
key in the portable power drive
engages a keyway in the power drive
seat to rotate the unit.
Operating Instructions
1. Check Your Shaver
If this is your first use of the pipe
shaver, check to see that all parts are
included or available. The following
pans are included with M74 pipe
shaver and case (Ameron Commodity
Code 3366100).
a.Shaving tool complete with two
cutting tool assemblies.
Porta.Thread
Greenlee Tool Co.
Rockford, Illinois
Amaz.0.Thred
Collins Machinery Corp.
Monterey Park, California
Ridgid
Ridge Tool Co.
Elyria, Ohio
PortA.Rony No. 68A
with adaptor RN10696
Curtis Tools
St. Louis, Missouri
These tools fit a power drive seat 3.62
inches (91.9 millimeters) in diameter.
Now you are ready to remove the shaver
from the case.
Remember the shaver is a precision tool
and must be handled with care.
Caution: Before handling the shaver.
engage knurled slide sleeve (G) by
sliding it fully forward under the
power drive seat. Handling of shaver
with slide sleeve disengaged may cause
injury.
2. Locate Cutting Tool Assemblies
Locate the cutting tool assemblies in the
Model 440
120 volts AC
RN 13800
RN 14300
120 volts AC
Compressed Air
Model 700
120 volts AC
RN 24446
RN 24445
PN 20690
Item
Description
Item
Description
Frame
Feed Tube
Tie Bar
Half Nut
Slide Sleeve
AA
Nut
AB
AC
AE
Indicator
AF
AS
AJ
AK
Thread (2)
BB
Cap Screw
mm
50
80
100
150
200
250
300
Shaved Diameter
Inches
Mm.
Max.
2.330
2.346
3.450
3.466
4.430
4.446
6.544
6.560
8.544
8.560
10.680
10.696
12.684
12.700
Important notice
This literature and the information
and recommendations it contains
are based on data reasonably
believed to be reliable. However,
such factors as variations in
environment, application or
installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of
Millimeters
Mm.
Max.
59.18
59.59
87.63
88.04
112.52
112.93
166.22
166.62
217.02
217.42
271.27
271.68
322.17
322.58
Group Headquarters
5300, Hollister Road, Suite 111
Houston, Texas 77040
U.S.A.
Phone: 1-713-690-7777
Fax: 1-713-690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division
The Americas
P0. Box 878
Burkburnett
Texas 76384
U.S.A.
Phone; 1-817-569-1471
Fax:
1-817-569-4012
Manufacturing plants: Burkburnett, Texas; Spartanburg, South Carolina; Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
and Singapore. Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.
Bondstrand Electric
Heating Blankets
Heat source for forced curing
adhesive- bonded joints in Bondstrand
Glassfiber Reinforced Piping systems
Description
Ameron supplies heating blankets for pipe sizes varying from 1" to 40" (25 -1000mm)
controlled by either one or two thermostats.
The full range of blankets is divided in 4 types, being:
Type A : Inner joint heating blankets for pipe sizes 1-3" (25-75 mm).
This type blanket is specially designed for curing bonded flange joints by inserting the
pre-formed shape in to the pipe.
Type B : Single-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 1-12" (25-300 mm).
This type blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint (with exception of
1"through 3" flange joints). Type B blankets are divided in the following diameter
ranges:
O 1-2" (25-50 mm)
O 3-4" (75-100 mm)
O 6-8" (150-200 mm)
O10-12" (250-300 mm).
Type C : Two-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 14-24" (350-600 mm).
This type blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint. Type C blankets are
devided in the following diameter ranges:
O 14-16" (350-400 mm)
O 18-20" (450-500 mm)
O 24" (600 mm).
Type D : Two-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 28-40" (700-1000 mm).
This type blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint and operated by a
separate control unit. Type D blankets are devided in the following diameter ranges:
O 28-30" (700-750mm)
O 32" (800 mm)
O 36" (900 mm)
O 40" (1000 mm).
1
Ameron 1997 FP 730 A 04/00 supersedes FP 730 03/97. Printed in Holland. Page 1 of 2.
Instructions
TYPE A :
Insert the blanket flush with the end of pipe after removal of excess adhesive from the
joint and leave the power cord exposed from the joint. Ensure that the pre-formed
blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface by locking beginning and end
with each other. At removal after the recommended curing time beware not to pull the
blanket by power cord when fixed by excess adhesive. Release first before removal in
order to avoid damage to the thermostat.
TYPE B and C:
Place the thermostat end against the assembled joint with the thermostat facing out from
the joint. Wrap the remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap will
cover the thermostat.
Flange mounting requires a special wrap. Lay the blanket with the thermostat down and,
starting with the thermostat end, roll up the blanket. Insert the rolled blanket in to the
pipe end for the depth of the joint be cured, leaving the power cord and part of the
blanket exposed as shown. Keep the blanket snugly against the inside joint surface by a
flexible non metallic rod.
TYPE D:
Wrap both sides of the blanket around the pipe, the power cable is the middle of the 2
heating zones. Reverse the heating zone provided with a spacer (4) over the cold end
(5) of the other heating zone using a 2" diameter GRE spacer pipe (6) in between the
reversed end (supplied with the blanket). Keep clearance (7) in between the reversal
radius and the GRE pipe in order to release excess heat. Check if the reversal side is
not in contact with the other heating zone. Overlap causes damage. Check whether
the blanket fits snugly against the pipe surface especially the thermo couple locations.
Handling precautions
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Installation Guide
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Shipping, Handling,
Storage and Inspection
of Bondstrand Fiberglass Pipe
Introduction
Bondstrand pipe is manufactured from fiberglass reinforced epoxy or vinyl ester resins.
When properly handled and installed, fiberglass pipe and fittings result in a
maintenance-free, high-performance piping system. Fiberglass reinforced pipe and
fittings are impact sensitive and must be handled with a reasonable amount of care.
Handling
Transportation
a. Let the factory arrangement of the pipe be your guide for correct supporting
and spacing when rearranging for transport. Do not let pipe or fittings rest on
the bed of the truck where nails, studs and other objects might damage them.
Whenever pipe or fittings come in contact with wood or metal, padding such
as excelsior, carpet or foam should be used.
b. The pipe should be securely fastened directly over the dunnage with tiedowns
consisting of nylon straps or manila rope. Avoid overtightening which may
cause excessive localized deformation in the pipe. Straps and ropes should
be retightened every 50 miles while in transit. Rope ties should be used
between standards to prevent the load from spreading.
c. Do not allow the pipe to extend more than 3 feet beyond the truck or trailer
bed as permanent damage can result from excessive flexing. Pronto-Lock
pipe should always be loaded with the female ends even. Spacers used
during transportation should be padded.
d. Bondstrand pipe is a light load, particularly with larger diameter pipe.
Therefore, reduce speed on rough roads to minimize bouncing.
ISO-9001
FP167D (12/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Handling
(cont.)
Pipe weight
Tabulated values are in U.S. Customary units (lb/ft of pipe) and include couplings.
Nominal Pipe Size (in)
Storage
3000A/3200A
0.5
2000/4000/7000
2000M
0.8
0.9
5000/5100
1.0
10
12
14
16
0.7
1.0
1.9
3.2
4.6
6.2
7.5
9.4
1.2
1.3
2.0
2.1
3.0
3.1
4.3
5.2
5.4
8.1
6.4
11.0
7.4
15.0
9.5
19.0
1.5
2.5
3.5
5.0
6.7
7.4
8.7
11.2
Bondstrand pipe may be safely stored outside for extended periods provided the
following procedures are observed:
a. Supports should be spaced in maximum 10-ft intervals and approximately 6 feet
from each end. The supports should have a minimum 4-in wide bearing surface.
Storage (contd)
b. A pipe stack should not exceed 10 feet in height and should have side supports
or blocks to prevent rolling or slipping in the stack.
c. Spacers should be utilized every 3 feet if the pipe will be reloaded by forklift.
d. Tie downs should consist of nylon straps or manila rope. Avoid overtightening
which may cause excessive localized deformation in the pipe.
e. If it is necessary to stack pipe directly on the ground, make sure that the ground
surface is level, soft and free of rocks or sharp objects.
f. Protective end coverings should be left in place until time of installation to
protect the pipe ends and to prevent dirt or other materials from entering the
pipe.
g. Fittings, adhesives and tools should be stored in their shipping boxes under
cover and protected from water, mud and extreme heat or cold.
Inspection
Since pipe and fittings may be subjected to rough treatment during transportation,
storage and handling, it is imperative that they be fully inspected for possible impact
damage, cracking or manufacturing defects. If the outside surface of the pipe has been
gouged or exhibits a depression, it is likely that the impact has also caused damage to
the liner. Impact damage on translucent pipe can usually be detected by a localized color
difference in the pipe.
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
1987 Ameron FP167D (12/98) supersedes FP 167C (12/94) Printed in U.S.A 5M [472]
Bondstrand RP34C
Adhesive Kit
epoxy adhesive for bonding
fiberglass pipe and fittings
Description
The RP34C epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula
and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is an off-white paste with sand filler.
The adhesive hardener is a black paste. The mixed adhesive color is black. RP34C is
a two-part amine cured epoxy resin system formulated for permanently bonding
Quick-Lock joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced epoxy pipe and fittings.
Instructions
Before mixing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared
and are clean and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula, scrape all of hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with
the spatula for at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin container occasionally to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a
kit. The resin and the hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum
adhesive performance.
Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the
parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170.
For installations with service temperatures below 210F (99C) and pressures below
150 psi, RP34C bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature cures as indicated in the table. (See page 2 of this section.) However, it is highly recommended that
an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) prior to mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heating blanket. The
table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at various temperatures.
The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hardener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable.
For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 210F (99C) or operating
pressures over 150 psi, or when installing any system at ambient temperatures below
60F (16C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat source. A heat
cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recommended. The heat
cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before the line is tested
or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after making the bond while
the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid.
ISO-9001
Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 2 through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for
8 through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at
ambient temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the
adhesive, increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of
the adhesive.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP420F (1/97)
Ambient
Temperature1
Adhesive
Pot Life
Minimum Joint
Cure Time2
Minimum Time
to Move 2
(F)
(C)
(minutes)
(hours)
(hours)
60
70
80
100
16
21
27
38
45
30
25
12
12
5
4
3
8
4
3
2
1)At temperature below 60F (16C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 60F before mixing and applying the adhesive.
Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive at
ambient temperatures above 100F (38C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life.
2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time
must elapse prior to hydrotesting.
RP34C adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid ounce and 6 fluid ounce sizes. The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced
crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C).
Bonds per Kit
Kit
Total
Size Pkg Wt
(fl oz)
(lb)
3
6
4
8
10
2/50 3/80
4
8
4/100
3
6
2
4
5/125 6/150
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
Storage
Do not store kits in areas above 100F (38C) or below 32F (0C), or in the direct sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to least 60F (16C) but not
above 100F to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhesive past
expiration date.
Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid
breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling.
Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye
protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.
First aid
In case of contact
1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside
the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to
be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
1990 Ameron FP420F (1/97) supersedes FP420E (11/95) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]
The PSX34 epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula,
brush and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is a dark red paste with sand.
The adhesive hardener is a white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX34 is a
two-part epoxy siloxane adhesive formulated for permanently bonding Quick-Lock
or taper-taper joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced pipe and fittings. PSX34 can be
used to connect most epoxy, vinyl ester and phenolic piping systems.
UL
Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.
U LC
Instructions
Prior to handling, read all Toxicity, Precaution and First Aid information below. Before mixing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared and are clean
and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula, scrape all of
the hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with the spatula for
at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin container occasionally to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a kit. The resin and the
hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum adhesive performance.
Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the
parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170 and BELL X SPIGOT JOINTS, FP807.
For installations with service temperatures below 180F (82C) and pressures below
150 psi (1.03 MPa), PSX34 bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature
cures as indicated in the table (See page 2 of this section.). However, it is highly recommended that an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) prior to mixing and
applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heating blanket. The table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at various temperatures. The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hardener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable.
For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 180F (82C) or operating
pressures over 150 psi (1.03 MPa), or when installing any system at ambient temperatures below 40F (5C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat
source. A heat cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recommended. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before
the line is tested or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after making the bond while the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid.
ISO-9001
Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 1- through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for
8- through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at ambient temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the adhesive,
increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of the adhesive.
When used in fire protection service all joints must be force-cured with an external
heat source regardless of ambient temperature.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP735C (4/00)
Ambient
Temperature1
Adhesive
Pot Life
Minimum Joint
Cure Time2
Minimum Time
to Move 2
(F)
(C)
(minutes)
(hours)
(hours)
40
60
70
80
100
5
16
21
27
38
70
40
30
20
8
12
7
5
4
3
11
6
4
3
2
1) At temperatures below 40F (5C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) before mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive
at ambient temperatures above 100F (38C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life.
2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time must
elapse prior to hydrotesting.
Taper-Taper Joints
PSX34 adhesive kits are available in 3 oz., 5 oz. and 8 oz. sizes. The values in this
table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C). All sizes available in 6-packs.
Kit
Size
(fl oz)
1/25
1.5/40
2/50
3/80
4/100
5/125
3
5
8
3
5
8
10
6
10
4
7
10
7
12
3
5
8
5
8
14
2
3
6
4
6
9
1
2
5
1
1
3
2
3
4
2
1
2
1
2
3
2
1
2
1
2
3
12/300
14/350
2
1
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
2
16/400
2
1
1
2
Storage
Do not store kits in areas above 100F (38C) or below 32F (0C), or in the direct sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60F (16C) but not
above 100F (38C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhesive past its expiration date.
Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid
breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling.
Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye
protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.
First aid
In case of contact
1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside
the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever
in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
1997 Ameron FP735C (4/00) supercedes FP735B (8/99) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]
Bondstrand RP105B
Adhesive Kit
vinyl ester adhesive for bonding
fiberglass pipe and fittings
Description
The RP105B vinyl ester adhesive kit contains a paste resin, liquid catalyst, mixing spatula
and assembly instructions. The resin contains aluminum oxide grit and is off-white in
color with black specks. The catalyst is a white liquid. The mixed adhesive is light gray.
RP105B is formulated for bonding permanent Quick-Lock joints on Ameron fiberglassreinforced vinyl ester pipe and fittings.
Instructions
After insuring that the bonding surfaces are dry and clean, completely mix all of the
catalyst with the resin. Never split a kit. Apply adhesive to both bonding surfaces and
draw both parts firmly together. Required cure times must be observed. Detailed joint
assembly instructions may be found in Quick-Lock Installation Instructions, FP170.
Pot life
RP105B will cure within 3 hours at ambient temperatures above 60F. Below 60F, or
to accelerate cure, an external heat source must be used. If ambient temperature
is below 60F, or a more rapid cure is required below 80F, use an Ameron approved
electric heat blanket to supply external heat following the procedure in Steps A and B.
Joint surfaces should be warmed to 70F prior to application of adhesive when
ambient temperature is below 60F.
A) Turn the heat blanket on for 15 minutes, then turn it off.
B) Allow the bond to set an additional 15-20 minutes before moving.
60/16
70/21
80/27
90/32
25
3
15
2
10
1
8
1
The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced
crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C).
ISO-9001
Kit
Total
Size Pkg Wt
(fl oz)
(lb) 1/25
3
6
CERTIFICATED FIRM
1)
14
12
10
2/50
3/75
4/100
6/150
3
6
2
4
1
2
12
12
14
14
12
12
12
RP105B adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid ounce (90 ml) and 6 fluid ounce (180 ml) sizes.
FP421E (11/96)
Resin: The resin contains styrene and should be used only in good ventilation. In the
absence of good ventilation, a NIOSH-approved organic vapor respirator should be
used. The resin may be irritating to the skin and eyes and may cause sensitization.
Avoid breathing vapors. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wash thoroughly
after handling.
Catalyst: The catalyst is a liquid dispersion containing benzoyl peroxide in dibutylphthalate. Do not heat above 110F before using. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or
clothing. Wash thoroughly after handling.
First aid
In case of contact
Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with lots of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician.
Skin: Wash skin with soap and water.
Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary.
Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person is conscious, give plenty of water or milk
to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams
(about 1/4 lb) activated charcoal slurry in water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a
physician.
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained
herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the
information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to
change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
1990 Ameron FP421E (11/96 ) supersedes FP421D (5/95) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[186]
The PSX60 epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula
and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is a red paste with sand filler. The adhesive hardener is a white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX60 is a two-part
epoxy siloxane adhesive formulated for permanently bonding Quick-Lock or tapertaper joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced pipe and fittings. PSX60 can be used to
connect most epoxy, vinyl ester and phenolic piping systems.
Instructions
Prior to handling, read all Toxicity, Precaution and First Aid information below. Before
mixing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared and are
clean and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula,
scrape all of the hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with
the spatula for at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin container occasionally to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a
kit. The resin and the hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum
adhesive performance.
Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the
parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170 and BELL X SPIGOT JOINTS, FP807.
For installations with service temperatures below 180F (82C) and pressures below
150 psi (1.03 MPa), PSX60 bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature
cures as indicated in the table (See page 2 of this section.). However, it is highly recommended that an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) prior to mixing and
applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heating blanket. The table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at various temperatures. The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hardener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable.
For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 180F (82C) or operating
pressures over 150 psi (1.03 MPa), or when installing any system at ambient temperatures below 40F (5C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat
source. A heat cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recommended. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before
the line is tested or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after making the bond while the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid.
ISO-9001
Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 1- through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for
8- through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at
ambient temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the
adhesive, increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of
the adhesive.
When used in fire protection service all joints must be force-cured with an external
heat source regardless of ambient temperature.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP827 (6/99)
Ambient
Temperature1
Adhesive
Pot Life
Minimum Joint
Cure Time2
Minimum Time
to Move 2
(F)
(C)
(minutes)
(hours)
(hours)
40
60
70
80
100
5
16
21
27
38
70
40
30
20
8
12
7
5
4
3
11
6
4
3
2
1) At temperatures below 40F (5C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The
adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) before mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive
at ambient temperatures above 100F (38C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life.
2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time must
elapse prior to hydrotesting.
PSX60 adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid oz., 5 fluid oz. and 8 fluid oz. sizes. The
values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C).
Bonds per Kit
Kit
Size
Quick-Lock Joints
(fl oz)
1/25
1.5/40
2/50
3/80
4/100
5/125
3
5
8
10
6
10
4
7
10
3
5
8
2
3
6
1
2
5
1
1
3
2
1
2
2
1
2
12/300
14/350
2
1
1
1
2
1
16/400
2
1
Storage
Do not store kits in areas above 100F (38C) or below 32F (0C), or in the direct sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60F (16C) but not
above 100F (38C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhesive past its expiration date.
Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid
breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling.
Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye
protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.
First aid
In case of contact
1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside
the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
Marketing Bulletin
The information in this bulletin may be helpful in estimating construction costs where
Bondstrand products will be used. The tables estimate man-hours for making various
Bondstrand joints. The estimates are based on timed tests under ideal conditions: an
experienced person with all necessary materials at hand. Times do not include jigging,
measuring, planning, and other activities normally associated with piping joint fabrication.
Actual times may vary due to environmental conditions, skill and experience of the fabricator, and the equipment available. These times are based on the assumption that the
crew received limited training from an Ameron Certified Technician and they are familiar
with basic installation procedures as recommended in standard Ameron literature. Once
the crew gains familiarity with the procedure, total time may be reduced as much as
50%. The estimates are given using tools that are new or in perfect operating condition.
The cutting blades are sharp and suitable for cutting glass fibers and resin materials.
Taper/taper and
Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II
Quick-Lock
Table 3 estimates man-hours required for field fabrication of piping using both Quick-Lock
and Key-Lock joints. Key-Lock joint assembly times are based on a single key joining of a
male end of a pipe to a coupling already mounted on a pipe end fitting. For comparison,
man-hours for fabricating welded joints in selected types of metallic piping are included.
Assemblers will be experienced after a few hours of training. This gives the contractor the
option to use less skilled (and less expensive) labor than certified welders. The assembly
of Bondstrand piping generally does not require heavy lifting equipment, reducing the setup and assembly time and eliminating the need for skilled equipment operators.
375
4100
6150
8200
0.03
0.01
0.05
0.01
0.07
0.02
0.07
0.02
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.04
0.05
Surface preparation
0.08
0.05
0.05
0.03
0.12
0.08
0.08
0.03
0.14
0.09
0.10
0.03
0.20
0.12
0.14
0.04
0.17
0.15
0.05
0.20
0.18
0.05
0.25
0.22
0.06
0.27
0.26
0.07
0.35
0.30
0.08
Joint make-up:
5.1 Adhesive T/T bell x spigot3
5.2 Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.02
0.04
0.03
0.05
0.04
0.06
0.05
0.06
0.06
0.07
0.06
0.08
0.07
0.09
0.08
0.14
0.10
0.02
0.19
0.14
0.02
0.23
0.17
0.03
0.30
0.23
0.04
0.39
0.26
0.05
0.43
0.29
0.06
0.52
0.35
0.06
0.59
0.41
0.07
0.72
0.47
0.08
ISO-9001
Operation
saw1
1 Using a pipe cutting hacksaw blade with 26 or more teeth for 2" through 6"; pipe cutting circular saw has abrasive wheel for 8" through
16" Tripod pipe vise or strap-down fixture is used to hold pipe in place.
2 For 2"-6", using Ameron Unique tool set; for 8"-16", using Taper Tool II set
3 For 6" diameters and above, a comealong is used to pull the joint together during joint make up.
4 Field installation of Pronto-Lock or Pronto-Lock II male assemblies requires approximately 75% of the times shown in Step 6.1.
Note: Recommended minimum number of crew for 2"-4", 6"-12" and 14"-16" is two, three and four respectively.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP674B (11/99)
Table 2
Step #
Operation
250
375
4100
6150
8200
Sand
socket1
0.03
0.05
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.17
Sand spigot1
0.03
0.06
0.05
0.06
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.07
0.10
0.11
0.12
0.15
0.13
0.19
0.15
0.23
0.17
0.2
0.04
0.05
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.03
0.05
0.07
0.04
0.05
0.08
0.05
0.05
0.09
0.05
0.06
0.10
0.06
0.16
0.16
0.07
0.18
0.20
0.08
length2
Shave Spigot3
0.13
0.19
0.21
0.27
0.33
0.38
0.42
0.53
0.62
0.20
0.24
0.26
0.31
0.39
0.46
0.54
0.77
0.89
1 Using a flapper type sanding wheel. Time may be less, depending on length of time pipe has been weathered.
2 Hand hacksaw cutting. Time required may be reduced if an abrasive wheel or sabre saw is used.
3 For sizes 2" through 12" based on using a standard pipe threading drive motor at 20 rpm with an M74 pipe shaver. Shaving can be done
by hand at about the same speed but worker will tire. For 14" and 16" sizes, based on use of large diameter shaver (M80) at 12 rpm.
Time can be reduced on 1" through 8" sizes by using a B1 shaver and 12" electric drill.
Table 3
250
375
4100
6150
8200
10250 12300
14350 16400
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.2
1.6
1.9
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.0
1.3
1.5
2.0
2.6
3.1
4.1
5.0
6.6
1.0
1.4
1.4
1.9
1.8
2.4
2.5
3.3
3.3
4.5
5.1
5.6
6.6
6.7
9.6
8.3
12.4
10.0
Schedule 40 copper-nickel
1.5
2.1
2.4
3.3
4.5
5.7
8.0
10.0
14.2
Quick-Lock:1
Assembly of bell & spigot joint with
field shaving of spigot
Key-Lock:
Welded Joints:
1 Joining includes operations described in Table 2 plus time for various routine aligning and measuring
operations discussed in text.
2 Joining includes cleaning, lubricating, and placing O-ring and single locking key.
3 Values are from: Page, John,S., and james G. Nation, Estimator's Piping Man Hour Manual, 3rd edition,
Gulf Publishing Co., Houston, 1979. Estimated man-hours do not include cutting and beveling, preheating,
stress relieving, coating, or wrapping the joint.
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever
in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Telex: 40257 bonds nl
Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
1996 Ameron FP674B (11/99) supercedes FP674A (11/97) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [3005]
Bondstrand Installation
Assembly Instructions
for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges
Scope
2000
4000
2000M
5000
2000MP
7000
2000MFP
7000M
The mounting of flanges on pipe and fittings is addressed by the assembly instructions
for the particular Bondstrand adhesive used.
Gaskets
Use full-face gaskets of an elastomer suitable for the service pressure and temperature
and fluids in the system. Gaskets should be 18 inch thick (3 mm) thick with a Shore
durometer hardness between 55 and 65. Refer to ASTM D1330 Specification for Sheet
Rubber Gaskets, Grade I or II, to establish minimum physical property requirements for
use with water, except specify a Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5. For dimensions
other than thickness, refer to Table 5 of ANSI B16.21-1978 for Class 150 full-face
gaskets.
Assembly
First, finger tighten all nuts. Bolt threads must be clean and lubricated to attain proper
torque. Use lubricated washers under both nuts and bolt heads to protect flange backfacing.
Tighten all nuts following the sequences shown under TIGHTENING SEQUENCE. Do not
exceed the torque increments given in RECOMMENDED BOLT TORQUES. After all bolts have
been tightened to the recommended torque, recheck the torque on each bolt in the
same sequence, since previously tightened bolts may have relaxed.
Caution: Excess torque can prevent sealing and can damage flanges.
Always follow these instructions carefully when joining Bondstrand flanges to raisedface steel flanges, flanges on lined pipe and fittings, and wafer valves of all types.
Molded flanges should not be connected to wafer valves or raised-face steel flanges.
Valves are frequently supplied with sealing details built into the flange facing. Unless
these details are known to seal against Bondstrand flanges, use the usual full-face,
1
8 inch thick elastomeric gasket.
Safety factors
Standard black or solid gray molded flanges in 4 through 12-inch sizes have a safety
factor to failure torque of 1.5 or greater when joined to another Bondstrand flange or any
flat-face flange in accordance with these instructions. All other Bondstrand flanges
have a safety factor to failure of 1.5 or greater when joined to a raised-face steel flange
or a valve in accordance with these instructions.
FP196A (2/95)
Plain Washer
OD
Thickness
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
1.06 30
.12
3
1.31 33
.12
3
1.47 37
.16
4
1.75 44
.16
4
2.00 51
.16
4
2.25 57
.16
4
2.50 64
.16
4
3.00 76
.16
4
Nut
Thickness
(in) (mm
.44
11
.55
14
.64
15
.75
19
1.00
25
1.00
25
1.06
27
1.28
33
Torque
Increments
(ftlb) (Nm)
5
7
10
14
10
14
20
27
25
34
Flange Size
(in)
(mm)
1-4
25-100
6-12 150-300
14-16 350-400
18-20 450-500
24-36 600-900
1) All flanges for the Bondstrand pipe series listed above in Scope mate with other
Bondstrand flanges or with flat-face steel flanges using these bolt torques.
2) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28,
34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.
Tightening sequence
12
20
13
10
18
13
14
10
7
2
16
11
24
12
9
17
4
22
14
19
7
23
15
7
5
13
24
25
16 28
17
9
29
8
5
32
17
9
16
12
21
20
13
21
21
25
22
26
11
6
12
28
13
12
10
8
5
18
24
20
20
15
8
2
10
19
11
12
15
14
11
8
17
16
16
5
15
10
18
28
6
7
19
26
14
23
11
14
19
22
11
6
31
30
7
10
18
27 15
23
Bolt lengths
Recommended hex head bolt lengths for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling are
tabulated below. Stud bolt lengths may be determined by adding the thickness of a nut
plus three threads to the tabulated lengths. For orifice flange assemblies, add an
additional 112 inches (40 mm). ALWAYS use washers under both nuts and bolts to
protect the back-facing of fiberglass flanges.
Filament-wound flanges
Flange
Size
(in) (mm)
1
25
112 40
2
50
3
80 2
4 100 2
6 150 2
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
18 450
20 500
24 600
30 750
32 800
36 900
.
.
.
Bolt
Bolt
Diameter Count FW x FW
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
0.500 13
4
0.500 13
4
0.625 16
4
3.25 83
0.625 16
4
3.50 89
0.625 16
8
3.75 95
0.750 19
8
5.00 127
0.750 19
8
5.50 140
0.875 22
12
5.50 140
0.875 22
12
5.75 146
1.000 25
12
7.25 184
1.000 25
16
8.00 203
1.125 29
16
9.00 229
1.125 29
20
9.50 242
1.250 32
20 11.00 279
1.250 32
28 11.50 292
1.500 38
28 13.00 330
1.500 38
32 14.00 356
Flange Combination1
FW x S HDFW x HDFW HDFW x S
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
3.50 89
3.00 76
4.00 102
3.50 89
3.00 76 5.25 133
4.00 102
3.25 83 5.25 133
4.25 108
3.50 89 5.25 133
4.25 108
4.25 108 6.50 165
5.00 127
4.50 114 7.00 178
5.50 140
4.75 121 7.50 191
5.50 140
5.00 127 8.00 203
6.00 152
5.75 146 9.50 241
7.00 178
6.25 159 10.00 254
7.50 191
7.00 178 11.00 279
8.00 203
7.50 191 11.50 292
8.50 216
8.50 216 13.00 330
9.50 242
9.50 242 16.00 406 12.00 305
10.50 267 18.00 457 13.00 330
11.50 292 20.00 508 15.00 381
1) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28, 34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.
Molded flanges
Flange
Size
(in) (mm)
112 40 4
2
50
3
80
4 100
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
.
Bolt
Bolt
Diameter Count
(in) (mm)
0.500 13
4
0.625 16
4
0.625 16
4
0.625 16
8
0.750 19
8
0.750 19
8
0.875 22
12
0.875 22
12
Flange Combination1
MxM
M x S3
(in) (mm)
(in) (mm)
4.50 114
3.25 83
3.75 95
4.25 108
5.00 127
4.25 108
5.50 140
4.50 114
5.50 140
4.75 121
5.75 146
5.00 127
.
1)
FW
= Filament-wound
S
= Steel
M
= Molded
HDFW
= Heavy-duty filament-wound
Bolt lengths are determined using ASTM Standard Practice F704 and Annex F of ANSI Standard
B16.5-1981 and include provision for washer under bolt heads and nuts abutting filament-wound or
molded flanges. Bolts should conform to requirements of ANSI B18.2.1-1972 Regular Hex Head Bolts.
2 Maintain bolt end point clearance on inside radius of 2 through 4-inch flanged ANSI 45 Bondstrand elbows
by using additional washers or shims under bolt heads as required.
3) Flat-face steel flanges.
4) Available only in 2 x 112-inch reducing configuration. Connect only to 112-inch steel flanges.
Trouble shooting
If assembled joint leaks, loosen and remove all bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets.
Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment as required.
Check the gasket for damage. If damaged, discard and replace with new, undamaged
gasket.
Check flanges for seal ring damage. In particular, check the condition of the inner seal
rings. Flanges with damaged inner seal rings must be removed and new, undamaged
flanges installed.
If leaks occur as a result of deficiencies in non-fiberglass components of the piping
system, consult the manufacturer of the defective components for recommended
corrective procedures.
Clean and lubricate old threads and washers before rejoining. Repeat the joining
procedure outlined above.
After corrective action has been taken, retest the joint to see if a seal has been made.
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this
literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering
Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.
Fiberglass Pipe Group P.O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 2263
Tel: 862-1301
Telex: 38960 AMERON RS
Fax: 862-1302
Manufacturing plants: Burkburnett, Texas; Spartanburg, South Carolina; Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
and Singapore. Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.
1987 Ameron FP196A (2/95) supersedes FP196 (2/87) Printed in U.S.A. [174]
Bondstrand Installation
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Installation of Suspended
Bondstrand Pipe
Table of Contents
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Designing the Bondstrand system . . . .
Selecting Bondstrand pipe, fittings and adhesives
Filament-wound versus molded products . .
Energy savings . . . . . . . . .
Insulated systems
. . . . . . . .
Other application information
. . . . .
Connections to equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Equipment vibration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Connections to tanks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
. . . . . . . . 2
. . . . . . . 2
. . . . . . . . 2
. . . . . . . . 3
. . . . . . . . 3
. . . . . . . . 3
Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A: Calculating length change
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
B: Calculating thrust
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
C: Calculating support spacings for uniformly distributed loads
. . . . 20
10
FP288A (1/97)
General
While Bondstrand performs in many applications just like metallic systems, the
designer must recognize some important differences:
The longitudinal modulus of Bondstrand is much less than that of carbon steel
pipe a characteristic that limits spans where deflection is important but also
reduces thrust due to temperature change.
Thermal expansion is 60% greater than for carbon steel. However, by taking
advantage of the Bondstrands flexibility, you can provide for this expansion
economically, often without using expansion joints.
Bondstrand fiberglass pipe requires protection against potential external abrasion or crushing at points where steel supports are located. Such protection is
easy and economical.
Recognition of these and other differences dealt with in this guide is the key to
successful installations. While this information is likely to prove most helpful to
those designing Bondstrand systems for the first time, experienced Bondstrand
customers will also find new and useful information.
Be aware that the reinforced thermosetting resin piping products offered by other
manufacturers may differ significantly from Bondstrand. Resin systems, manufacturing processes and joining systems are important variables affecting the
mechanical and physical properties of these products. The recommendations
and suggestions given are based on Amerons test and field experience and
should be applied only to Bondstrand products.
Selecting Bondstrand pipe, fittings and adhesives
A choice of either epoxy or vinyl ester Bondstrand products is available for different
chemical and thermal environments. For information to guide your selection, refer to
the Bondstrand Corrosion Guide, FP132. This publication provides recommendations for different chemicals and other fluid materials, including food products, as
well as guidance for selecting the appropriate Bondstrand adhesive.
Filament-wound versus molded products
In smaller pipe sizes, you have a choice between molded and filament-wound
fittings. In general, filament-wound fittings should be used in applications where
fittings in loops, turns or branches are intended to flex, where temperature changes
exceed 100F in restrained or blocked systems, or where the system is exposed to
mechanical vibration or hydraulic surge. Filament wound fittings would be used,
also, in systems where a liner is required. Some sizes and types of fittings are not
available in both molded and filament-wound styles, so check the Bondstrand
Fittings Dimensions, FP282, for availability when making your choice.
General (cont)
Energy savings
Remember when selecting pipe diameter that Bondstrand's low frictional values
(Hazen-Williams C = 150) will reduce your pumping energy requirements compared
to those for carbon steel pipe. In most systems these low frictional values will be
maintained for the life of the system.
Note also that the slightly larger inside diameter of Bondstrand pipe compared to
Schedule 40 or 80 carbon steel pipe, will further reduce your pumping costs. Handy
charts in the Bondstrand engineering guides show the head loss expected for both
pipe and fittings.
Insulated systems
Bondstrand may be insulated in the field. Bondstrand pipe is also available from
many pipe insulators with efficient built-in insulation. If you use insulated
Bondstrand, be sure to check your support spacings for the operating temperature
to accommodate the added weight of the insulation and jacket.
Series 2000M-FP is manufactured with a factory applied, reinforced coating which
provides impact resistance and thermal insulation in addition to its fire protection
properties. Unless indicated otherwise, values presented in the tables for Series
2000 can be used for Series 2000M-FP.
Other application information
Where containment is required for your piping system, Ameron can supply
Bondstrand II pipe with a variety of joining and performance options.
Ameron has prepared a number of publications with valuable information pertaining
to specific types of service, including marine applications, fire protection systems
and steam condensate returns. Just call your local Bondstrand distributor or your
nearest Ameron sales office, and let us know your application. Give us the temperature, pressure, liquid or gas to be carried, and other pertinent conditions.
In addition, Ameron has computer programs for deflection and stress analysis of
Bondstrand systems. For a nominal fee, Ameron Engineering Department will be
pleased to utilize one of these programs to analyze your specific systems.
Experience shows, however, that such analysis is required only for the more
demanding or complicated conditions and that the generalized procedures presented
herein will usually suffice.
Designing for
expansion and
contraction
General principles
Suspended pipe generally performs best where it is permitted to move freely. In
these systems, anchors serve only to keep the pipe properly positioned between
loops and turns. Center the anchor in the run between loops if possible. An anchor
should be placed between loops and between loops and turns. Except for the one
anchor per run, supports should carry the pipe and maintain the intended drainage
slope but should not restrain the pipe against axial movement. At turns, the
supports should also permit lateral movement. Supports should not fall directly on
fittings.
If the piping system cannot be designed to move freely, see next section on
DESIGNING FOR RESTRAINED SYSTEMS.
Pipe changes length in a free system as a result of changes in temperature and
pressure. Since both can increase or decrease concurrently, the resulting changes
in length must be combined for loop design. Length-change formulas and examples
appear in Appendix A, but the following paragraphs will provide all you need for
most pipeline designs.
Designing for
expansion and
contraction (contd)
Figure 1
Tests show that the amount of linear expansion varies directly with temperature.
Figure 1 shows the length change for Series 2000, 3000A, 3200A, 4000, 5000, 5100 and
7000 Bondstrand pipe.
Table 1
Inches per 100 feet of pipe (mm per 100 m of pipe) from 100 psi (1 MPa) internal pressure
Nominal
Diameter
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
Series 2000
Series 3000A
Series 3200A
Series 4000
Series 7000
Series 2000M-FP
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.8
11
18
23
36
35
44
54
63
80
96
100
100
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.4
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
27
39
49
53
158
165
168
176
182
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
27
39
49
53
66
69
70
74
76
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
0.9
0.9
0.9
14
23
29
46
42
53
64
74
94
112
107
107
0.3
0.5
0.6
1.0
0.9
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0
2.4
2.3
2.3
37
60
77
122
110
140
170
195
247
295
282
281
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
10
16
20
32
32
40
49
48
49
49
50
50
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
11
18
23
36
35
44
54
52
52
52
52
52
Designing for
expansion and
contraction
(contd)
For upward loops, air relief valves aid air removal and improve flow. In pressure systems, air removal for both pressure testing and normal operation is
required for safety as well.
For downward loops, air pressure equalizing lines may be necessary to permit
drainage.
Loops using 90 elbows absorb length change better than those using 45 elbows.
Unlike a 90 turn, a 45 turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can
add axial stress to the usual bending stress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and
deflection are also directly affected by the angular displacement at 45 turns and
demand special attention for support design and location.
A 45 elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will
be displaced 86% more than a 90 elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of
a loop is also more of a problem. Figure 2 illustrates the geometry involved. Design
information is not provided because it is beyond the scope of this manual and loops
with 45 elbos are generally not recommended. Consult Ameron if a situation
requires the use of 45 elbows.
Figure 2 Comparison of displacement in
90 vs. 45 elbows caused by
a unit length change
a
90 elbow
2.6a
1.4a
a
a
a
45 elbow
Table 2
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
1.0/25
ft
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
7
7
8
8
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.0/50
ft.
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
11
3.0/75
4.0/100
5.0/125
ft.
ft.
ft.
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.4
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
12
12
13
14
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.7
3.7
4.0
4.3
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
12
13
14
15
16
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.1
3.7
4.0
4.3
4.6
4.9
6
7
7
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.5
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
1.0/25
ft
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
m
0.7
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.0/50
ft.
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
3.0/75
4.0/100
5.0/125
ft.
ft.
ft.
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5
2.8
2.8
3.1
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
11
12
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.4
3.7
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.3
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
14
15
1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
4.0
4.3
4.3
4.6
Designing for
and
2 expansion
contraction
(contd)
Table 2
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
1.0/25
2.0/50
3.0/75
4.0/100
5.0/125
ft
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
7
8
8
8
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.1
3.4
3.7
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
12
13
13
14
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.7
4.0
4.0
4.3
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
12
13
15
15
16
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.1
3.7
4.0
4.6
4.6
4.9
6
7
7
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.5
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
1.0/25
2.0/50
3.0/75
4.0/100
5.0/125
ft
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.9
3
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5
4
5
5
6
7
8
8
9
9
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
5
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
2.8
3.1
3.4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.1
3.4
3.7
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
1.0/25
2.0/50
3.0/75
4.0/100
5.0/125
ft
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
1.9
3
4
5
5
6
7
7
8
8
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.5
2.5
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
2.8
3.1
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
1.6
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
3.1
3.4
3.7
4.0
Expansion joints
Instead of a loop, an expansion joint may be used to relieve longitudinal stress. The
type selected must be fairly flexible, such as a Teflon bellows which is activated by the
thrust of low modulus materials (see Note , Table 3).
Supports for expansion joints must be carefully designed and placed to maintain
controlled deflection. Besides adding weight, most of these joints act as partial structural hinges which afford only limited transfer of moment and shear. Where the
expansion joint relies on elastomers or thermoplastics for strength, the structural
discontinuity or hinging effect at the joint increases with increases in temperature.
When using an expansion joint in a pipeline carrying solids, consider the possibility that
it may stiffen or fail to function due to sedimentation in the expansion joint. Failure of
the expansion joint may cause excessive pipe deflection.
Designing for
systems
3 restrained
General principles
The layout of a system occasionally makes it impossible to allow the pipe to move
freely. Sometimes it may be necessary to block certain runs of an otherwise free
system. In a fully restrained pipe (blocked against movement at both ends), the
designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperature and
pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and
ends. Knowing the magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfactory anchors . Remember that axial thrust on anchors is independent of anchor
spacing. Formulas and examples are found in Appendix B.
In practice, the largest compressive thrust is normally developed on the first positive
temperature cycle. Subsequently, the pipe develops both compressive and tensile
loads as it is subjected to temperature and pressure cycles. Neither compressive
nor tensile loads, however, are expected to exceed the thrust on the first cycle
unless the ranges of the temperature and pressure change.
Thrust due to temperature
Table 3
Initial temperature-induced
thrusts (pounds-force) in fully
restrained Bondstrand pipe at
various operating temperatures
Initial Temperature Induced Thrusts (pounds-force) in a Fully Restrained Bondstrand Pipe at Various Operating Temperatures
Nominal
Diameter
in. mm
150F
200F
250F
150F
200F
250F
200F
200F
150F
200F
250F
140F
170F
200F
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
880
1300
1610
2390
3980
4940
5920
8600
10760
12780
14770
19090
1070
1560
1940
2890
4800
5950
7130
10370
12970
15410
17810
23020
1210
1780
2200
3290
5470
6780
8120
11800
14760
17540
20270
26200
880
1300
1610
2390
3980
4940
5920
10430
16250
22850
26450
34590
1070
1560
1940
2890
4800
5950
7130
12570
19590
27540
31880
41700
1210
1780
2200
3290
5470
6780
8120
14310
22300
31350
36290
47470
1850
2890
3800
7420
8160
12030
16350
20060
25140
1850
2890
3800
7420
10000
14750
20040
24600
30820
730
1060
1310
1950
3410
4220
5060
7480
9340
11100
13880
18000
880
1280
1580
2350
4110
5090
6100
9010
11260
13380
16730
21700
1000
1460
1800
2670
4680
5800
6940
10260
12820
15230
19040
24700
490
710
870
1300
2270
2820
3370
4980
6230
7400
9250
12000
560
810
1000
1490
2610
3230
3860
5710
7140
8480
10600
13750
370
540
660
980
1730
2140
2560
3780
4720
5610
7020
9100
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
Series 2000
Series 4000
Initial Temperature Induced Thrusts (Newtons) in a Fully Restrained Bondstrand Pipe at Various Operating Temperatures
Nominal
Diameter
in. mm
65C
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
3890
4720
5390
5710
6930
7910
7070
8580
9800
10540 12800 14610
17540 21290
24300
21740 26390 30130
26050 31610 36090
37880 45970
52480
47360 57480 65610
56280 68310 77980
65040 78940
90110
84070 102030 116470
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
Series 2000
93C
65C
93C
121C
3890
4720
5390
5710
6930
7910
7070
8580
9800
10540 12800 14610
17540 21290 24300
21740 26390 30130
26050 31610 36090
45900 55710 63600
71570 86860 99150
100590 122080 139370
116440 141320 161330
152320 184850 211030
Series 4000
93C
93C
65C
93C
121C
8200
12790
16860
32910
36170
53360
72510
89000
111520
8200
12790
16860
32910
44330
65390
88870
109080
136670
3210
4680
5780
8580
15020
18600
22260
32920
41130
48860
61110
79250
3900
4450
5680
6490
7010
8000
10410 11880
18230 20820
22570
25770
27020 30840
39950 45610
49920
56990
59300 67690
74160 84660
96180 109800
60C
77C
93C
2170
3160
3900
5790
10140
12550
15020
22220
27760
32970
41240
53480
2500
3640
4490
6670
11680
14460
17300
25590
31970
37980
47490
61590
1640
2390
2940
4370
7660
9480
11340
16780
20960
24900
31140
40380
Note: in tables above, thrusts are calculated assuming a fully relaxed initial length at 60F (16C) and short term modulus of elasticity values as follows.
For 2 - 6 inch Series 3000A, use modulus of elasticity values from Series 3200A.
Coefficient of thermal expansion is 10 x 10 -6 in./in./F (18 x 10 -6 mm/mm/C) for all but Series 3000A and 3200A which are 8.5 x 10 -6 in./in./F
(15.3 x 10-6 mm/mm/C) for 2 - 6 inch Series 3000A and all Series 3200A sizes, and 12 x 10-6 in./in./F (21.6 x 10-6 mm/mm/C) for 8 - 16 inch Series
3000A.
Modulus of Elasticity
Series 2000
10 6 psi
GPa
1.6
1.2
1.0
11.03
8.55
7.17
8.55
7.17
8.97
15.52
Series 4000
1.6
1.2
1.0
1.2
1.0
0.5
11.03
8.55
7.17
8.28
6.90
3.59
Designing for
3 (cont'd.)
restrained systems
Table 4
Thrust at Anchors Due to 100 psi (690 kPa) Internal Pressure in Restrained Bondstrand Systems
Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
25
1.5
40
2
50
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
Series 2000/4000/7000
lb-force
50
115
180
420
695
1080
1565
2680
4220
5990
7215
9425
N
225
515
810
1865
3085
4805
6955
11925
18780
26645
32100
41935
Notes:
1. Pipe anchors (A) such as shown in
figure 8, Section 8 are used in restrained
systems at each end of a run and just
before a change in direction, and must
resist the tabulated thrusts.
2. Pipe anchors (B) such as shown in
figure 7, Section 8 are light-duty in-line
anchors usually located between two pipe
anchors (A) or midway between loops or
turns in systems not restrained.
3. Pipe anchors (A and B) at elbows and
branches should be located a distance of
five to ten times the pipe diameter from
the bend. Other anchor locations may
require a flexibility analysis.
4. No appreciable thrust on anchors is
developed due to internal pressure in the
pipe at in-line reducers.
Series 5000/5100
lb-force
Series 3000A/3200A
45
115
190
460
755
1200
1765
3035
4830
6890
8305
10855
170
440
725
1755
2900
4605
6760
11710
18645
26640
32105
41965
lb-force
240
540
915
2000
4045
6365
8890
11535
15070
1060
2400
4070
8895
11995
28320
39545
51320
67035
Tee
45 Elbow
A
A
A
45 Lateral
B
90 Elbow
Designing for
3 restrained
systems
(cont'd.)
Table 5
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
11
16
19
29
38
47
56
74
92
110
120
138
7
11
14
21
27
33
40
52
65
78
85
98
6
9
11
17
22
27
32
43
53
63
70
80
5
8
10
15
19
23
28
37
46
55
60
69
5
7
9
13
17
21
25
33
41
49
54
62
4
6
8
12
15
19
23
30
38
45
49
56
4
6
7
11
14
18
21
28
35
41
46
52
4
6
7
10
13
17
20
26
33
39
43
49
4
5
6
10
13
16
19
25
31
37
40
46
Table 6
Table 7
Table 8
Table 9
3
5
6
9
12
15
18
23
29
35
38
44
3
5
6
9
11
14
17
22
28
33
36
42
3
5
6
8
11
14
16
21
27
32
35
40
3
4
5
8
10
13
16
20
26
30
33
38
3
4
5
8
10
13
15
20
25
29
32
37
3
4
5
8
10
12
15
19
24
28
31
36
3
4
5
7
9
12
14
18
23
27
30
35
3
4
5
7
9
11
14
18
22
27
29
33
2
4
5
7
9
11
13
17
22
26
28
33
2
4
4
7
9
11
13
17
21
25
28
32
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
10
15
19
28
36
45
54
71
89
106
116
133
7
11
13
20
26
32
38
50
63
75
82
94
6
9
11
16
21
26
31
41
51
61
67
77
5
8
9
14
18
23
27
36
44
53
58
66
5
7
8
13
16
20
24
32
40
47
52
59
4
6
8
12
15
18
22
29
36
43
47
54
4
6
7
11
14
17
21
27
34
40
44
50
4
5
7
10
13
16
19
25
31
37
41
47
3
5
6
9
12
15
18
24
30
35
39
44
3
5
6
9
12
14
17
22
28
33
37
42
3
5
6
9
11
14
16
21
27
32
35
40
3
4
5
8
11
13
16
21
26
31
34
38
3
4
5
8
10
13
15
20
25
29
32
37
3
4
5
8
10
12
15
19
24
28
31
36
3
4
5
7
9
12
14
18
23
27
30
34
3
4
5
7
9
11
14
18
22
26
29
33
2
4
5
7
9
11
13
17
22
26
28
32
2
4
4
7
9
11
13
17
21
25
27
31
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
16
20
24
27
31
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
21
31
40
59
64
81
96
109
125
15
22
28
42
45
57
68
77
88
12
18
23
34
37
47
55
63
72
10
15
20
30
32
40
48
55
62
9
14
18
26
29
36
43
49
56
8
12
16
24
26
33
39
45
51
8
12
15
22
24
30
36
41
47
7
11
14
21
23
28
34
39
44
7
10
13
20
21
27
32
36
42
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
11
8
16 12
20 14
31 22
40 28
47 33
59 42
79 56
99 70
119 84
128 91
146 104
6
9
12
18
23
27
34
45
57
69
74
85
6
8
10
15
20
23
30
39
50
59
64
73
5
7
9
14
18
21
27
35
44
53
57
65
5
7
8
13
16
19
24
32
41
49
52
60
4
6
8
12
15
18
22
30
38
45
48
55
4
6
7
11
14
17
21
28
35
42
45
52
4
5
7
10
13
16
20
26
33
40
43
49
3
5
6
10
13
15
19
25
31
38
40
46
3
5
6
9
12
14
18
24
30
36
39
44
3
5
6
9
11
14
17
23
29
34
37
42
3
5
6
8
11
13
16
22
28
33
36
41
3
4
5
8
11
13
16
21
27
32
34
39
3
4
5
8
10
12
15
20
26
31
33
38
3
4
5
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
32
37
3
4
5
7
10
11
14
19
24
29
31
36
3
4
5
7
9
11
14
19
23
28
30
35
3
4
5
7
9
11
14
18
23
27
29
34
6
10
13
19
20
25
30
34
39
6
9
12
18
19
24
29
33
38
6
9
11
17
18
23
28
31
36
6
8
11
16
18
22
27
30
35
5
8
11
16
17
22
26
29
33
5
8
10
15
16
21
25
28
32
5
8
10
15
16
20
24
27
31
5
7
10
14
15
20
23
26
30
5
7
9
14
15
19
23
26
29
5
7
9
14
15
18
22
25
29
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190
21 15
31 22
40 28
59 42
76 54
96 68
114 80
130 92
148 105
12
18
23
34
44
55
66
75
86
10
15
20
30
38
48
57
65
74
9
14
18
26
34
43
51
58
66
8
12
16
24
31
39
46
53
61
8
12
15
22
29
36
43
49
56
7
11
14
21
27
34
40
46
52
7
10
13
20
25
32
38
43
49
6
10
13
19
24
30
36
41
47
6
9
12
18
23
29
34
39
45
6
9
11
17
22
28
33
37
43
6
8
11
16
21
27
32
36
41
5
8
11
16
20
26
30
35
40
5
8
10
15
20
25
29
33
38
5
8
10
15
19
24
28
32
37
5
7
10
14
18
23
28
31
36
5
7
9
14
18
23
27
31
35
5
7
9
14
17
22
26
30
34
Designing for
3 (cont'd.)
restrained systems
Table 10 Maximum guide spacing (m)
required for temperature change
(C)
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
15
3.2 2.2
5.0 3.5
6.2 4.2
9.2 6.5
12.0 8.5
15.0 10.5
18.0 12.8
23.5 16.5
29.5 20.8
35.2 24.8
38.5 27.2
44.2 31.2
1.8
2.8
3.5
5.2
7.0
8.5
10.2
13.5
17.0
20.2
22.2
25.5
25
30
1.5 1.5
2.5 2.0
3.0 2.8
4.5 4.0
6.0 5.2
7.5 6.5
9.0 8.0
11.8 10.5
14.8 13.2
17.5 15.8
19.2 17.2
22.0 19.8
20
1.2
2.0
2.5
3.8
4.8
6.0
7.2
9.5
12.0
14.2
15.8
18.0
35
40
45
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
1.0 1.0
1.5 1.5
1.8 1.8
2.8 2.8
3.8 3.5
4.8 4.5
5.5 5.2
7.2 7.0
9.2 8.8
11.0 10.5
12.0 11.5
14.0 13.2
50
0.8
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.5
4.2
5.0
6.8
8.5
10.0
11.0
12.8
0.8
1.2
1.5
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.5
8.0
9.8
10.5
12.2
0.8
1.2
1.5
2.5
3.0
4.0
4.8
6.2
7.8
9.2
10.2
11.8
0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
9.8
11.2
0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.5
5.8
7.2
8.8
9.5
11.0
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.2
2.8
3.5
4.2
5.5
7.0
8.5
9.2
10.8
90
95
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
10
Nominal
Pipe Size
in. mm
1
25
1.5 40
2
50
3
80
4 100
5 125
6 150
8 200
10 250
12 300
14 350
16 400
0.8 0.8
1.0 1.0
1.2 1.2
2.0 2.0
2.8 2.8
3.5 3.2
4.2 4.0
5.5 5.2
6.8 6.8
8.2 8.0
9.0 8.8
10.2 10.0
10
3.2
4.8
6.0
9.0
11.5
14.5
17.2
22.8
28.5
33.8
37.2
42.5
2.2
3.2
4.2
6.2
8.2
10.2
12.2
16.0
20.0
24.0
26.2
30.0
15
20
25
30
35
1.8 1.5
2.8 2.2
3.5 3.0
5.0 4.5
6.8 5.8
8.2 7.2
10.0 8.5
13.0 11.2
16.2 14.2
19.5 16.8
21.5 18.5
24.5 21.2
1.2
2.0
2.5
4.0
5.0
6.5
7.8
10.0
12.8
15.0
16.5
19.0
1.2
1.8
2.2
3.5
4.8
5.8
7.0
9.2
11.5
13.8
15.2
17.2
1.2
1.8
2.2
3.2
4.2
5.5
6.5
8.5
10.8
12.8
14.0
16.0
45
50
55
1.0 1.0
1.5 1.5
2.0 2.0
3.0 3.0
4.0 3.8
5.0 4.8
6.0 5.8
8.0 7.5
10.0 9.5
12.0 11.2
13.0 12.2
15.0 14.0
40
1.0
1.5
1.8
2.8
3.5
4.5
5.5
7.0
9.0
10.5
11.8
13.5
0.8
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.5
4.2
5.2
6.8
8.5
10.0
11.2
12.8
60
65
70
75
80
85 90
95
0.8 0.8
1.2 1.2
1.8 1.5
2.5 2.5
3.2 3.2
4.0 4.0
5.0 4.8
6.5 6.2
8.0 7.8
9.8 9.2
10.8 10.2
12.2 11.8
0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
9.8
11.2
0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.5
5.8
7.2
8.8
9.5
11.0
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.2
2.8
3.5
4.2
5.5
7.0
8.2
9.2
10.5
0.8 0.8
1.0 1.0
1.2 1.2
2.0 2.0
2.8 2.8
3.5 3.2
4.0 4.0
5.5 5.2
6.8 6.5
8.0 8.0
9.0 8.8
10.2 10.0
0.8
1.0
1.2
2.0
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.5
7.8
8.5
9.8
10
15
20
3.5
5.2
6.5
9.8
12.8
15.0
19.0
25.2
31.8
38.0
41.0
47.0
2.5
3.5
4.5
6.8
9.0
10.5
13.2
17.8
22.5
27.0
29.0
33.2
2.0
3.0
3.8
5.5
7.2
8.5
11.0
14.5
18.2
22.0
23.8
27.0
1.8
2.5
3.2
4.8
6.2
7.5
9.5
12.5
15.8
19.0
20.5
23.5
30
35
40
1.5 1.2
2.2 2.0
2.8 2.5
4.2 4.0
5.5 5.0
6.5 6.0
8.5 7.8
11.2 10.2
14.2 13.0
17.0 15.5
18.2 16.8
21.0 19.0
25
1.2
1.8
2.2
3.5
4.8
5.5
7.0
9.5
12.0
14.2
15.5
17.8
1.2
1.8
2.2
3.2
4.5
5.2
6.5
8.8
11.2
13.5
14.5
16.5
45
60
65
70
75
80
50
55
0.8
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.5
4.0
5.2
7.0
8.8
10.5
11.2
13.0
0.8
1.2
1.8
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.5
8.5
10.0
11.0
12.5
0.8
1.2
1.5
2.5
3.2
3.8
4.8
6.5
8.0
9.8
10.5
12.0
0.8
1.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
3.8
4.8
6.2
7.8
9.5
10.2
11.8
85
90
95
6.5
9.8
12.5
19.0
20.5
25.8
30.5
35.0
40.0
10
15
20
25
30
35
4.5 3.8
6.8 5.5
9.0 7.2
13.2 10.8
14.5 11.8
18.2 14.8
21.5 17.5
24.8 20.0
28.2 23.0
3.2
4.8
6.2
9.5
10.2
12.8
15.2
17.5
20.0
2.8
4.2
5.5
8.5
9.0
11.5
13.5
15.5
17.8
2.5
4.0
5.0
7.8
8.2
10.5
12.5
14.2
16.2
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
2.0
3.0
4.0
6.0
6.2
8.0
9.5
11.0
12.5
1.8
2.8
3.8
5.5
6.0
7.8
9.2
10.5
12.0
1.8
2.8
3.5
5.2
5.8
7.2
8.8
10.0
11.5
1.8
2.5
3.5
5.2
5.5
7.0
8.5
9.5
11.0
1.8
2.5
3.2
5.0
5.2
6.8
8.0
9.2
10.5
1.5
2.5
3.2
4.8
5.2
6.5
7.8
9.0
10.2
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.8
5.0
6.2
7.5
8.8
10.0
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.5
4.8
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.5
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.2
4.8
6.0
7.0
8.2
9.2
1.5
2.2
2.8
4.2
4.5
5.8
7.0
8.0
9.0
80
85
90
95
6.5
9.8
12.5
19.0
24.2
30.8
36.5
41.5
47.5
10
15
20
4.5
6.8
9.0
13.2
17.2
21.8
25.8
29.2
33.5
3.8
5.5
7.2
10.8
14.0
17.8
21.0
24.0
27.5
3.2
4.8
6.2
9.5
12.0
15.2
18.2
20.8
23.8
25
30
2.8 2.5
4.2 4.0
5.5 5.0
8.5 7.8
10.8 9.8
13.8 12.5
16.2 14.8
18.5 16.8
21.2 19.2
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
2.2
3.5
4.8
7.0
9.0
11.5
13.8
15.5
18.0
2.2
3.2
4.5
6.5
8.5
10.8
12.8
14.5
16.8
2.0
3.2
4.0
6.2
8.0
10.2
12.0
13.8
15.8
2.0
3.0
4.0
6.0
7.5
9.5
11.5
13.0
15.0
1.8
2.8
3.8
5.5
7.2
9.2
11.0
12.5
14.2
1.8
2.8
3.5
5.2
7.0
8.8
10.5
12.0
13.8
1.8
2.5
3.5
5.2
6.8
8.5
10.0
11.5
13.0
1.8
2.5
3.2
5.0
6.5
8.0
9.8
11.0
12.5
1.5
2.5
3.2
4.8
6.2
7.8
9.2
10.8
12.2
Span recommendations
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures are given in Table 15. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping
arrangements, i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which
may include flanges and non-uniform support spacings. The tabular values represent a compromise between continuous and simple spans. When installed at the
support spacings indicated in Table 15, the weight of the pipe full of water will
produce a long-time deflection of about 12 inch, which is usually acceptable for
appearance and adequate drainage.
Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings up to 20 percent greater
than those shown in Table 15; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20
percent less than those shown in Table 15.
For this purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans),
which are uniform in length and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple
spans are supported only at the ends and are hinged or free to rotate at the
supports. Special conditions described below are not covered.
The pipe is assumed to be free to move axially. Suspended piping, which is
restrained or anchored against longitudinal movement, represents a special case
and guides may be required as discussed under the previous section, Use of Guides
for Alignment .
Series 2000
Nominal
Pipe Size
up to
150F
up to
66C
Series 2000M-FP
151F to 67C to
250F
121C
in.
mm
ft.
ft.
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
10.2
11.4
12.2
13.9
15.8
16.8
17.7
19.6
20.8
21.8
22.7
24.2
3.1
3.5
3.7
4.2
4.8
5.1
5.4
6.0
6.4
6.7
6.9
7.4
8.9
10.0
10.7
12.2
13.8
14.7
15.5
17.2
18.2
19.1
19.9
21.2
2.7
3.0
3.2
3.7
4.2
4.5
4.7
5.2
5.6
5.8
6.1
6.5
up to
150F
up to
150F
up to
66C
Series 4000
151F to 67C to up to
250F
121C 150F
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
2.7
3.2
3.4
3.9
4.5
4.9
5.2
6.0
6.8
7.5
7.8
8.3
7.6
9.1
9.7
11.3
13.0
14.0
14.8
17.3
19.5
21.5
22.3
23.8
2.3
2.8
3.0
3.4
4.0
4.3
4.5
5.3
6.0
6.5
6.8
7.3
9.7
10.8
11.5
13.1
15.2
16.1
17.0
18.9
20.1
21.0
22.3
23.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
4.0
4.6
4.9
5.2
5.8
6.1
6.4
6.8
7.3
8.7
9.7
10.3
11.7
13.6
14.4
15.2
16.9
17.9
18.8
19.9
21.3
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.6
4.1
4.4
4.6
5.1
5.5
5.7
6.1
6.5
Series 7000
151F to 67C to
250F 121C
in.
mm
ft.
ft.
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
8.1
9.0
9.5
10.8
12.4
13.4
14.0
15.6
16.6
17.4
18.4
19.6
2.5
2.7
2.9
3.3
3.8
4.1
4.3
4.7
5.1
5.3
5.6
6.0
5.6
6.2
6.6
7.5
8.6
9.3
9.7
10.8
11.5
12.0
12.8
13.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
3.7
3.9
4.2
Series 5000
up to 151F to 67C to
66C 250F
121C
8.7
10.4
11.1
12.9
14.9
15.9
16.9
19.8
22.3
24.5
25.5
27.2
Series 5100
Nominal
Pipe Size
up to
66C
up to
150F
up to
66C
up to
150F
ft.
up to
150F
151F to 67C to
200F
93C
ft.
9.4
10.4
11.0
12.5
14.4
15.5
16.2
18.0
19.2
20.1
21.3
22.7
2.9
3.2
3.4
3.8
4.4
4.7
4.9
5.5
5.8
6.1
6.5
6.9
5.6
6.2
6.6
7.5
8.6
9.3
9.7
10.8
11.5
12.0
12.8
13.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
2.3
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.3
3.5
3.7
3.9
4.2
up to
150F
up to
66C
ft.
ft.
3.9
4.4
4.8
5.7
6.1
6.8
7.3
7.7
8.2
11.9
13.5
14.6
17.4
18.6
20.6
22.3
23.6
25.0
3.6
4.1
4.4
5.3
5.7
6.3
6.8
7.2
7.6
Series 3000A
151F to 67C to
250F 121C
up to
66C
Series 3200A
up to 151F to 67C to
66C 250F
99C
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
10.1
11.4
12.4
14.3
16.2
17.2
18.2
20.8
23.3
25.3
26.2
28.0
3.1
3.5
3.8
4.4
4.9
5.2
5.5
6.4
7.1
7.7
8.0
8.5
8.9
9.9
10.8
12.5
14.2
15.1
15.9
18.3
20.4
22.2
23.0
24.6
2.7
3.0
3.3
3.8
4.3
4.6
4.8
5.6
6.2
6.8
7.0
7.5
12.8
14.5
15.6
18.7
16.8
18.6
20.2
21.3
22.6
3.9
4.4
4.8
5.7
5.1
5.7
6.2
6.5
6.9
11.9
13.5
14.6
17.4
15.7
17.3
18.8
19.8
21.0
3.6
4.1
4.4
5.3
4.8
5.3
5.7
6.0
6.4
12.8
14.5
15.6
18.7
20.0
22.2
24.0
25.3
26.8
151F to 67C to
210F
99C
11
Nominal
Diameter
in.
mm
1
25
1.5
40
2
50
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
100
120
160
200
200
200
330
600
1050
1430
1720
2320
100
100
100
100
100
100
130
200
340
400
650
800
Support locations
Supports that permit pipe movement are usually under pipe, not under fittings. Be
sure that pipe movement is not obstructed either axially or laterally by a flange or
fitting near the support. In general, supports may be located at convenient nearby
structures, just as for steel pipe, provided the support spacings indicated in Table
15 are not exceeded.
Anchors on pipe are indicated in Table 4 for restrained piping. Except at flanged
connections, above-ground anchors are usually found on pipe rather than fittings.
Anchors in lines free to move should be located where necessary to control movement into loops or turns. See Figures 7 through 10 for typical anchor details.
Supports for vertical runs
Install a single support anywhere along the length of a vertical pipe run more than
about ten feet long. See Figure 10 for suggested details. If the run is supported near
its base, use loose collars as guides as shown in Figure 10b, spaced as recommended in Table 17.
Table 17 Minimum guide spacing (feet) for
vertical runs supported from the
bottom
Pipe Diameter
Series
Inches
2000
4000
3000A
3200A
5000
5100
150
200
250
1, 1.5
2, 3, 4, 5
6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16
2, 3, 4, 6,
8, 10, 12, 14, 16
20
25
30
25
35
15
20
25
20
30
10
15
20
15
25
10
10
15
1, 1.5
2, 3, 4, 5
6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16
20
25
30
15
20
25
10
10
15
not recommended
12
to
other materials
5 Connections
to
6 Connections
equipment
Equipment vibration
Bondstrand pipe will safely absorb vibration from pumping or other conditions if (1 )
stresses are controlled within reasonable limits, and (2) pipe is protected from
external abrasion by saddles or sleeves where it contacts supports and other
objects. In general, pipeline vibration is severe only when the generating frequency
is at, or near, the natural resonance frequency of the pipeline. This frequency is a
function of the support system, layout geometry, temperature, mass, and pipe stiffness, and is often difficult to predict.
There are two principal ways to control stress caused by vibration. You can usually
observe the stability of the system during initial operation and add restraints or
supports as required to reduce effects of equipment vibration. Where necessary,
guides illustrated in Figure 6 will effectively hold pipe from lifting or moving laterally.
In special cases where source vibration is excessive (such as that resulting from
pumps running unbalanced), an elastomeric expansion joint or other vibration
absorber should be considered. If an expansion joint is considered, refer to
EXPANSION JOINTS.
Connections to tanks
The wall flexure of a tank as it is filled and emptied produces movements at nozzles
which must be accommodated in the design. These movements can be absorbed
by a loop or turn, or by an expansion joint. Avoid direct, straight-line connections
between tanks.
13
Other design
considerations
Coating Bondstrand
Exposure to direct sunlight will eventually degrade the surface of Bondstrand
piping. Although no failures are known to have resulted from this superficial degradation, it does cause a dull, grey appearance which many users wish to avoid.
Ameron products are available to prevent or arrest this effect, or for color coding.
Based on studies at the factory, a five-mil single coat of Ameron Amershield single
coat polyurethane protective coating will provide suitable protection for either epoxy
or vinyl ester pipe and fittings.
Adhesion of the coating is improved by delaying the application until the pipe
surface has begun to weather. Pipe must be thoroughly cleaned before applying the
coating.
For further information on chemical resistance, coverage rates, equipment and
application procedures for coatings, contact Ameron's Protective Coatings Division.
Electrical properties
Bondstrand pipe offers high resistance to stray electrical currents, a common cause
of corrosion around valves and pumps. Table 18 gives the results of tests on
Bondstrand pipe in a clean, as manufactured, condition at room temperature.
Obviously, electrical properties, especially surface resistivity, are greatly affected by
contamination and atmospheric conditions .
ASTM
Property
Dielectric constant, at 1 KHz for a 0.22-inch thickness
Dissipation factor, at 1 KHz for a 0.22 inch thickness
Dielectric strength, by the short-time test using 14-inch electrodes in oil for a 0.23-inch thickness, volts per mil
Dielectric breakdown voltage, by the short-time test using
1
4 -inch electrodes in oil for a 0.23-inch thickness, kv
Surface resistivity, ohms
Volume resistivity, for a 0.22-inch thickness
Value
Test Method
5.9
0.016 - 0.021
D150
D150
>230
D149
>53.4
1010 to 1012
D149
D257
D257
1014 to 1015
14
Detailing the
8 supports
The following paragraphs describe and illustrate the different methods and devices
used to support Bondstrand pipe and fittings in a suspended system.
Because outside diameters of Bondstrand pipe are the same as those for iron pipe
size (IPS) standards, standard pipe supports and hangers often may be used for
Bondstrand piping systems. Occasionally, larger supports as given in Table 19 are
required to fit over elastomeric pads or saddles, especially at anchors.
in.
mm
Bare Pipe or
with Sheet Metal
Wrapper
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Nominal Diameter
50
50
50
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
With
Elastomeric Pad
in.
mm
2 12
3 12
(5)
(6)
(7 18)
(9 18)
(1114)
(1314)
(14 34)
(16 34 )
63.5
88.9
(125)
(150)
(181)
(232)
(286)
(337)
(375)
(425)
With Two
Bondstrand 180
Support Saddles
in.
mm
3
4
5
6
(7 7 8)
(978 )
(12)
(14)
(15 1 2)
(17 1 2)
75
100
125
150
(200)
(251)
(300)
(350)
(394)
(445)
Clamping forces
Support styles that clamp the pipe, are generally not recommended to ensure that
clamping forces do not crush the pipe. Local crushing could result from a poor fit,
and all-around crushing could result from over-tightening .
Where the pipe must be held tightly at the support, mount a pair of 180 support
saddles between clamp and pipe for the ultimate in strength and long life. In some
cases with Bondstrand 2000 or 4000, a 14-inch thick elastomeric pad (Shore A
durometer hardness 60 5) placed between clamp and pipe is a suitable alternative.
Space between pipe
In multiple runs, allow clearance for flanges and other fittings having a diameter
greater than the pipe. Table 20 shows the outside radius of standard Bondstrand
products. Add space between pipe runs to accommodate length changes at loops
and turns. Insulate as necessary to avoid direct exposure to hot pipe or other heat sources.
Table 20 Radius for determining piping
clearance requirements for
multiple runs
Notes:
1. Provide additional clearance
between pipe runs to accommodate length changes at loops
and turns.
2. Provide additional clearance
where Bondstrand saddles are
used for branching, or where
Bondstrand maintenance
couplings or other special
joining systems are used.
Nominal diameter
in.
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
mm
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
in.
Fittings
Radius, R
mm
114
112
134
2 14
2 3 4
31 4
3 3 4
4 3 4
6 14
7 3 4
9
10 1 2
32
38
44
57
70
83
95
121
159
197
229
267
in.
Flanges
Radius, R
mm
21 2
23 4
3
33 4
41 2
434
51 2
63 4
8
912
11
13
64
70
76
95
114
121
140
171
203
241
279
330
Provide Clearance
R
R
15
the
supports (contd)
8 Detailing
16
Figure 3
Pipe hangers
clevis, band, and ring type
Figure 4
Pipe hangers
roller type
Figure 5
the supports
(contd)
8 Detailing
Figure 6
d.
a.
d. portable
notes:
1. Elastomeric pads are suitable in
restrained systems where
movement is negligible.
c.
b.
Figure 7
Figure 8
b.
a.
c. strap anchor
c.
2 Elastomeric pad
Figure 9
figure 10
c.
a.
17
Appendix C
9 (contd)
Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
Series
2000/4000
mm
lb/in N/m
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
Nominal
Pipe Size
Table C2
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
0.03
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.17
0.22
0.25
0.36
0.45
0.53
0.62
0.79
5.8
10
13
18
29
38
44
63
79
93
108
139
2000M-FP
lb/in N/m
0.09
0.12
0.17
0.24
0.35
0.44
0.53
0.78
1.10
1.38
1.52
2.13
16
20
29
42
61
77
92
136
193
241
266
372
5000
lb/in N/m
0.03
0.06
0.08
0.13
0.20
0.22
0.29
0.42
0.52
0.62
0.73
0.93
5.8
10
15
22
35
38
51
73
90
108
127
163
7000
3000A/3200A
lb/in N/m lb/in N/m
0.04
0.08
0.08
0.10
0.17
0.22
0.25
0.43
0.68
0.92
1.08
1.42
7.3
13
15
18
29
38
44
76
118
160
190
248
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.16
0.26
0.38
0.51
0.63
0.78
7.3
10
15
28
45
66
89
109
137
S.G.=1.0
lb/in
N/m
0.3
5.6
0.8
14
0.12
22
0.29
51
0.49
85
0.76
134
1.1
195
1.9
336
3.0
532
4.3
757
5.2
913
6.8 1193
S.G.=1.3
lb/in
N/m
0.04
7.3
0.10
18
0.16
28
0.38
67
0.63
111
0.99
174
1.4
253
2.5
437
3.9
691
5.6
985
6.8 1187
8.9 1551
S.G.=1.6
lb/in
N/m
0.05
9.0
0.12
22
0.20
35
0.47
82
0.78
136
1.2
214
1.8
312
3.1
537
4.9
851
6.9 1212
8.3 1461
10.9 1909
Series 2000
in.
mm
up to
150F
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
0.16
0.52
1.0
3.3
9.2
18
30
76
148
250
348
590
0.46
1.5
2.8
9.5
26
51
87
217
426
716
999
1693
up to
150F
up to
66C
ft.
Series 2000M-FP
0.09
0.30
0.58
1.9
5.4
10
18
45
87
147
205
347
0.27
0.87
1.7
5.6
16
30
51
128
251
421
587
996
up to
150F
0.16 0.46
0.52 1.48
1.0
2.8
3.3
9.5
9.2
26
18
51
30
87
93
268
231
664
465 1334
624 1790
1066 3061
Series 5100
Nominal
Pipe Size
in.
mm
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
25
40
50
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
.011 0.33
0.36 1.04
0.69
2.0
2.3
6.6
6.7
19
13
37
22
63
55
159
109
312
182
523
276
791
468 1342
up to
66C
151F to
250F
0.09
0.30
0.58
1.9
5.4
10
18
55
136
273
367
627
Series 4000
67C to up to
121C 150F
0.27
0.87
1.7
5.6
16
30
51
158
391
784
1053
1800
0.13 0.38
0.42 1.21
0.80
2.3
2.7
7.6
7.8
22
15
43
26
74
65
187
128
366
214
615
325
934
554 1590
Series 7000
151F to 67C to
250F
121C
ft.
0.01
0.05
0.09
0.29
0.86
1.6
2.8
7.1
14
23
35
60
0.04
0.13
0.25
0.85
2.5
4.7
8.1
20
40
67
102
173
Series 5000
up to 151F to 67C to
66C 250F
121C
0.08
0.27
0.51
1.7
5.0
9.5
16
41
81
136
207
352
0.24
0.77
1.5
4.8
14
27
47
119
233
391
593
1010
up to
150F
.011
0.36
0.69
2.3
6.7
13
22
55
109
182
276
468
0.33
1.04
2.0
6.6
19
37
63
159
312
523
791
1342
up to
150F
up to
66C
ft.
Series 3000A
up to
150F
up to
66C
151F to 67C to up to
250F
121C 150F
ft.
ft.
0.18 0.50
0.57
1.6
1.1
3.2
3.7
11
10
29
19
56
33
96
100
288
245
704
488 1400
653 1873
1110 3185
0.10
0.34
0.65
2.2
5.9
11
20
59
144
287
384
653
0.30
0.97
1.9
6.3
17
33
56
169
414
824
1102
1873
ft.
1.1
3.1
3.8
11
8.3
24
36
104
40
115
94
270
180
516
287
824
471 1353
151F to 67C to
200F
93C
0.01
0.05
0.09
0.29
0.86
1.6
2.8
7.1
14
23
35
60
0.04
0.13
0.25
0.85
2.5
4.7
8.1
20
40
67
102
173
Series 3200A
up to 151F to 67C to
66C 250F
99C
up to
66C
ft.
0.81
2.8
6.2
27
30
70
135
215
354
2.3
8.1
18
78
86
202
387
618
1015
1.1
3.1
3.8
11
8.3
24
36
104
80
230
188
539
360 1032
574 1648
943 2706
151F to 67C to
210F
99C
ft.
0.81
2.8
6.2
27
60
141
270
431
707
2.3
8.1
18
78
173
404
774
1236
2030
21
Notes
22
Notes
23
and safety
information
11 Health
Toxicity of adhesive
Hardener: Irritating to the skin, eyes and respiratory tract: toxic orally; may
cause sensitization.
Resin: .
Resin:
1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside
the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 -Washington D.C.
collect
Skin:
Clothing:
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed
to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in
operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation
or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes
no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
1978 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP288A (1/97) supersedes FP288 (1/87) 10M[124]
This guide provides specific information about the material requirements, design
criteria, assembly and testing methods recommended to assure a successful steam
condensate return line or a hot water line such as for district heating or geothermal
applications using Bondstrand pipe and fittings.
Material
Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and fittings are suitable for steam condensate return
service.1,2 Joined using Bondstrand RP-34 or PSX34, this piping carries hot water safely
at temperatures up to 250F (121C) when the system is properly designed and installed.
The BONDSTRAND FITTINGS AND ENGINEERING GUIDE3 provides details on parts certified in
accordance with Military Specification MIL-P-28584,4 an RTRP specification written
especially for steam condensate return service. Certificates are available on request.5
Another military specification offers guidance on design and installation.6
In choosing parts for your system, Ameron suggests that you consider also the
following:
1.
Heavy-duty, filament-wound flanges are recommended in 2-, 3-, and 4-inch (50,
80, and 100 mm) diameter, particularly when systems are blocked or buried. In
larger diameters, standard filament-wound flanges provide the necessary
strength for this service.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connections to metal condensate piping are always made using flanges. Metal
pipe should be blocked at points of connection to Bondstrand pipe to prevent
metal pipe loads from being transferred to the Bondstrand pipe. This applies to
drip leg connections as well as condensate lines.
7.
Metal piping within manholes may facilitate positive anchoring and provide
improved resistance to vibration, torque loads on valves and physical abuse.
8.
FP468B (7/00)
Systems Protected
Against Live Steam
Bondstrand piping performs best in systems designed to carry condensate only in the
liquid phase. In these systems, a vented receiver tank or hot well collects the
condensate from the steam traps. From the tank, Bondstrand piping returns the
condensate to the boiler by gravity flow if elevations permit or by a pump arrangement
as in Figure 1. These systems are free of steam-induced water hammer and have been
shown to perform for up to 20 years without evidence of significant deterioration.
Systems Exposed
to Live Steam
Where hot wells are not feasible, other means of dissipating the energy in the drip
discharge must be used. Except where possible to design steam transmission lines
without steam traps,8 it will be necessary to remove the condensate from the steam line
at drip legs between the boiler and the equipment. Here complete protection against live
steam exposure may not be possible, but must be kept to a minimum. Steam flashing
within the lines tends to degrade the pipe liner over a period of time, particularly when this
flashing also produces water hammer.
Water hammer occurs in lines filled or partially filled with condensate. When a high
temperature (>212F or 100C) condensate discharge from a trap is released into these
lines, a portion of it flashes to steam. At the instant of release the pressure is nearly that in
the steam line. The flash steam immediately formed at the new lower pressure expands
greatly, even explosively, and a high-velocity pressure wave moves through the line.
In an empty condensate line, the positive pressure wave would move rapidly through the
line, and then, on cooling , collapse back to its original water volume, producing a similar
negative pressure wave. With the line full or partially full of condensate, the high-velocity
steam pressure wave may become a slug of water which is then slammed through the
pipe in a manner destructive to both pipe and equipment. As the steam rapidly cools and
recondenses, a reverse wave can develop.
The following steam properties outline the extent of this expansion and contraction. One
ounce (28 grams) of steam occupying over 2900 cubic inches at 212F (47,500 cc at 100C)
and atmospheric pressure will occupy only 1.8 cubic inches (30 cc) after condensing. The
flash steam formed on discharge to atmospheric pressure of condensate at 25 psi (1.7 bar)
is 5.7 percent by weight, and at 50 psi (3.4 bar) it is 9.0 percent.
Where some exposure to flash steam is unavoidable, special precautions can be taken to
alleviate the problem (see below). Remember, these precautions for systems with some
exposure to live steam are not necessary for systems fully protected against live steamthat is, where the condensate temperature is below the boiling point and there are no drip
leg connections.
Systems Exposed
to Live Steam
(contd)
1.
Take care to assure a uniform grade line in the condensate lines. A gradient of
not less than one inch drop in 40 feet (2 mm per m) in the direction of flow is
recommended for both buried and suspended systems. Be aware that waterfilled low points in the line, particularly those near steam traps, can greatly
aggravate water hammer problems.
2.
3.
Provide a dissipator at the steam trap from drip leg connections as shown in
Figure-2. Developed by Mr. Bill Stevenson, an engineer with the General
Services Administration, these widely used devices serve to absorb the initial
shock of the steam flash as well as to quickly dissipate some of the heat energy.
They are used in steel as well as RTRP condensate lines.
4.
Do not undersize the return piping. Larger sizes dramatically reduce the velocity
of the surge wave within the pipe and its potential for damage.
Corrosion Inhibitors
Buried condensate and hot water systems operate at temperatures that normally
require anchor blocks at valves, turns and branches. The temperature-induced stress
in the blocked Bondstrand pipe will be absorbed in the pipe.9,10 For lines bedded
directly in soil, the designer should not expect that expansion will be absorbed as
movement at turns, by expansion loops or by expansion joints.
At lower temperatures (<180F or 82C) for short runs (<10 ft. or 3 m) from anchor to
fitting, and in poor soils (<1000 psf or 48 kN/m2), anchor blocks may not be required.
However, these are special cases and should be carefully analyzed before the decision
is made to install the lines without anchor blocks.11
Refer to Ameron literature11, 12, 13 for helpful information on the design and placement of
anchor blocks at buried fittings. The properties of Bondstrand pipe at elevated
temperatures are such that thrust blocks must be designed to resist both tensile and
compressive loads.
Layout of the
Suspended System
Suspended systems are generally designed using expansion loops rather than thrust
blocks, in part because the required supports are more economical when the pipe is
allowed to move freely.7 Anchors between the loops are required, of course, to control
the position of the runs.
Some layouts are simply too restricted to permit the use of loops.Large diameter
casings or tunnels are examples. The line may have to be blocked and guided to keep it
from snaking, or expansion joints may be used.
Assembly
Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges in condensate and hot water systems should be
assembled in accordance with Bondstrand assembly instructions and heat blanket
cure times should be 60 minutes for pipe joints and flange mountings, and 75 minutes
for joints or fittings.
Field Test
Simple hydrostatic testing of installed Bondstrand pipe and fittings to 150 psi (10 bar) or to
1.5 times working pressure for four hours is usually sufficient to assure proper performance.
Testing of a buried system is best accomplished prior to placing backfill and blocking.
In every installation operating at an elevated temperature, maximum reliability is served by
heating the system slowly the first time. A temperature rise of not more than 20F (11C) per half
hour generally will relax fabrication stresses and ensure optimum pipe and joint performance.
Field Repairs
Repairs of leaking pipe, whatever the cause, should be made by removing the faulty section
or a short length containing the fault, not by overwrapping the fault with any type of patch or
other material. If a joint is damaged during the laying operation, it should be cut off and a
coupling bonded to the cut-off end and laid in the line as a normal pipe.
If the damage occurs to an installed pipe which is blocked or otherwise restrained from
movement, the section to be repaired is cut out of the existing system and replaced by
inserting a length of new pipe or a new fitting or assembly in place of the damaged part.
The required buttend joint may be made using a Bondstrand maintenance coupling.
References
1. Lawson, Donald F., Plastic Pipe: It Beats the Cost Problem, Air Force Civil Engineer, August 1973.
2. Andersen, H. O., Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe in Underground Condensate Return Service, Proceeding of
Conference on Underground Central Heating and Cooling Distribution Systems, Washington, D.C.,
November 1973.
3. Bondstrand Fittings Engineering Guide, FP282, Ameron.
4. Military Specification MIL-P-28584, Pipe and Pipe Fittings, Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic, For Condensate
Return Lines, U.S. Government Printing Office, April 15, 1975.
5. Certification to MIL-P-28584, Engineering Bulletin EB-17(1), Ameron, April, 1980.
6. NAVFAC Guide Specification NFGS-15707, (Factory Insulated) Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Pipe
Condensate Return System, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, June, 1981.
7. Bondstrand Engineering Guide for Suspended Pipe, FP288, Ameron.
8. Mikasinovic, Mileta, and Dautovich, David R., Designing Steam Transmission Lines Without Steam Traps,
Chemical Engineering, March 14, 1977.
9. Temperature-Induced Loads in Buried Bondstrand Pipe, Engineering Bulletin EB-2, Ameron.
10. Schadel, O. et al., Untersuchung der Einsatzmglichkeiten von GFK-Rohren fr die rtliche Verteilund und
die Unterverteilung von Fernwrme, (Investigation of the suitability of RTR-Pipe for Local and Secondary
Distribution of District Heat), Research Report ET 5069A, Technischer berwachungs-Verein Bayern e.V,
Munich, March, 1980.
11. The Need for Blocking of Buried Pipe, Engineering Bulletin EB-24, Ameron.
12. Bondstrand Guide for Installing Buried Pipe, FP278, Ameron.
13. Bondstrand Series 2000 Pipe Engineering Guide, BEG-2, Ameron.
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy
or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability
whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to change.
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
1987 Ameron , Printed in U.S.A. FP468B 7/00 supersedes FP468A (12/93) 7.5M[354]
Product Notes
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP
General
Warranty
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP473F (9/00)
Enhancing UV Resistance
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever
in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com
1991 Ameron FP473F (8/00) supersedes FP473E (11/97) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[3005]
Table of Contents
1 Introduction
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Products Range and Series . . .
Standards and Specifications . .
Classification Society Approvals
Uses and Applications . . . . . . .
Joining Systems . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings and Flange Drillings . . .
Corrosion Resistance . . . . . . . .
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.3
.3
.3
.3
General Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thrust in an Anchored System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thrust due to Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thrust due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Formulas for Calculating Thrusts in
Restrained Pipe Lines (With Examples) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 Longitudinal Stress in Pipe & Shear Stress in Adhesive
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.19
.19
.19
.19
. . . . . .20
. . . . . .21
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Abrasion Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spans Allowing Axial Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Span Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspended System Restrained from Movement . . .
Euler and Roark Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support of Pipe Runs Containing Expansion Joints
Support for Vertical Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Case Study: Vertical Riser in Ballast Tank . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.27
.27
.28
.28
.30
.31
.33
.38
.38
7 Hydraulics
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Formulas for Calculating Head Loss in Pipe
Head Loss in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Discharge Time & Energy Savings . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.59
.59
.59
.61
.66
Appendices
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1.0 Introduction
1.1
GENERAL
Historically, offshore exploration, production platforms and ship owners have had to face the grim reality
of replacing most metal piping two or three times during the average life of a vessel or platform. This has
meant, of course, that piping systems end up costing several times that of the original investment since
replacement is more expensive than new installation. When you add the labor costs, the downtime and
the inconvenience of keeping conventional steel or alloy piping systems in safe operating condition, the
long-term advantages of fiberglass piping become very obvious.
1.2
Series 2000M
A lined epoxy pipe and fittings system for applications which include ballast lines, fresh and saltwater
piping, sanitary sewage, raw water loop systems and fire protection mains where corrosion resistance and light weight are of paramount importance.
Series 2000M-FP
A lined epoxy system covered with a reinforced intumescent coating suitable for dry service in a jet fire.
Series 2000USN
An epoxy system meeting the requirements of MIL-P-24608B (SH) for nonvital piping systems on
combatant and non-combatant vessels. Available in sizes from 1 to 12 inches (25 to 300mm).
Series 5000M
A lined vinylester pipe and fittings system in 2 inch diameter (50mm) for seawater chlorination.
Series 7000M
An epoxy pipe and fittings system with anti-static capabilities designed for white petroleum products
and applications passing through hazardous areas. Properly grounded Series 7000M prevents the
accumulation on the exterior of the pipe of dangerous levels of static electricity produced by flow of
fluids inside the pipe or by air flow over the exterior of the pipe. This is accomplished by Amerons
patented method of incorporating electrically conductive elements into the wall structure of pipe and
fittings during manufacture.
PSXL3
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in normally wet fire protection mains - also suitable
for confined spaces and living quarters due to low smoke and toxicity properties. Also available in a
conductive version.
PSXJF
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in deluge piping (normally dry). PSXJF has an
exterior jacket which allows the pipe to function even after 5 minutes dry exposure to a jet fire (follow
by 15 minutes with flowing water). Also available in a conductive version.
1.3
MIL-P-24608A (SH)
U.S. Navy standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard combatant and noncombatant ships.
ASTM (F1173)
U.S. standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard merchant vessels, offshore production and
explorations units.
1.4
1.5
PSXL3
Designed and approved for use in fire protection ring mains and for services in confined spaces of
living quarters where flame spread, smoke density and toxicity are critical.
PSXJF
Designed and approved for dry deluge service where pipe may be subject to a directly impinging jet fire.
1.6
JOINING SYSTEMS
Bondstrand marine and naval pipe systems offer the user a variety of joining methods for both new
construction and for total or partial replacement of existing metallic pipe.
All Series:
1-to 16-inch ....................Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive joint;
2-to 24-inch (2000M) ......Van stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt alignment.
1-to 36-inch ....................One-piece flanges in standard hubbed or hubless heavy-duty configuration.
2-to 36-inch ....................Viking-Johnson or Dresser-type mechanical couplings.
1.7
1.8
CORROSION RESISTANCE
Bondstrand pipe and fittings are manufactured by a filament-winding process using highly corrosionresistant resins. The pipe walls are strengthened and reinforced throughout with tough fiberglass and
carbon fibers (Series 7000 only) creating a lightweight, strong, corrosion-resistant pipe that meets
U.S. Coast Guard Class II and U.S. Navy MIL-P-24608A (SH) standards for offshore and most shipboard systems.
1.9
ECONOMY
Bondstrand offshore piping and Bondstrand marine and naval pipe systems have corrosion resistance
surpassing copper-nickel and more exotic alloys, but with an installed cost less than carbon steel.
Numerous shipyards have recorded their Bondstrand installation costs on new construction projects and
report savings from 30 to 40 percent compared to traditional steel pipe.
L T
L T
= 10 x 10-6 in./in./F
T
L
L
L
=
=
=
=
90F
100 ft. = 1200 in.
(1200 in.) (10 x 10-6 in./in./F) (90F)
1.08 in.
b. Metric Units:
L =
where
L T
= 18 x 10-6 mm/mm/C
T
L
L
L
=
=
=
=
50C
30.48 m = 30480 mm
(30480 mm) (18 x 10-6 mm/mm/C) (50C)
27.4 mm
Note that 27.4 mm is equal to 1.08 in. which is the calculated thermal expansion for the same length
of pipe due to the same amount of temperature change.
In normal operating temperature range, the length change - temperature relationship can be represented by a straight line as illustrated in Figure 2-1 on the next page.
LENGTH CHANGE
MM / 100 M OF PIPE
Fig. 2-1
2.2
Unrestrained System
Subjected to an internal pressure, a free Bondstrand pipeline will expand its length due to thrust
force applied to the end of the pipeline. The amount of this change in the pipe length depends on the
pipe wall thickness, diameter, Poissons ratio and the effective modulus of elasticity in both axial and
circumferential directions at operating temperature.
L = L
p ID2
4t Dm El
lc
p ID2
2t Dm Ec
The first term inside the bracket is the strain caused by pressure end thrust while the second term,
lc
p ID2
2t Dm Ec
is the axial contraction due to an expansion in the circumferential direction, the Poissons effect. The
result is a net increase in length which can be calculated by the simplified formula:
L = L
where
p ID2
4t El Dm
2lc
El
Ec
lc
Fig. 2-2
a.English Units:
The physical properties of the pipe can be found from BONDSTRAND SERIES 2000M
PRODUCT DATA (FP194):
lc
= 0.56
Ec = 3,600,000 psi
El = 1,600,000 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
p = 145 psi
L = 394 in.
Note: Physical properties vary with temperature. See Bondstrand Series 2000M Product Data (FP194).
L = (394 in.)
1 - 2 (.56)
1,600,000 psi
3,600,000 psi
1 - 2 (.56)
113490 kg/cm2
253105 kg/cm2
L = 0.147 in.
b.
Metric Units:
lc
= 0.56
El = 113490 kg/cm2
Dm = 21.5 cm
ID = 20.9 cm
t = 0.612 cm
p = 10 bars = 10.02 kg/cm2
L = 1000 cm
L = (1000 cm)
L = 0.373 cm
Table 2-I provides the calculated length increase for 100 feet (30.48 meters) of Bondstrand Series 2000M
Pipe caused by 100 psi (7 kg/cm2) internal pressure. The Table is valid through the temperature range of
application. (The effect of temperature on length change due to pressure is small.)
Table 2-I
Size
(in.) (mm.)
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
36
900
Length Increase
(in.)
(mm)
0.2
5.0
0.3
7.8
0.3
7.6
0.4
10.2
0.4
10.2
Obtain length increase for other pressure by using a direct pressure ratio correction. For example, to
find the length change caused by 150 psi pressure in a 6-inch pipe, multiply 0.4 inch by the pressure
ratio 150/100 to obtain an amount of 0.6 inch length increase.
W.T. BHD.
Fig. 2-3
In the piping system, shown in Figure 2-3, all longitudinal thrusts are eliminated by the use of fixed
supports; therefore, the pipe is subjected only to load in the circumferential direction. Without the
end thrust present, the first term in the equation is dropped and the length change becomes:
L = L
where
-lc
p ID2
2t Ec Dm
lc
= Poissons ratio
Ec
a. English Units:
lc
= .56
p = 145 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
Ec = 3,600,000 psi
L = 472 in.
L = (472 in.)(-.56)
b.Metric Units:
lc
= .56
p = 10.02 kg/cm2
ID = 20.9 cm
Dm = 21.5 cm
t = 0.612 cm
Ec = 253105 kg/cm2
L = 1200 cm
As indicated by the formula and demonstrated by the example, in a restrained installation where a
mechanical coupling is used, application of pressure will result in a contraction of the pipe. This
shortening effect is found favorable in most applications where the designer can use the reduction in
length to compensate for thermal expansion. Conversely, allowances should be made where operating temperature is significantly lower than the temperature at which the system is installed.
2.3
There are two principal ways to control excessive stress caused by vibration. Either install, observe
during operation, and add supports or restraints as required; or add an elastometric expansion joint
or other vibration absorber.
2.4
2.5
11
2.6
Fig. 2-4
Consider a properly guided expansion loop as shown in Figure 2-4. The centroid 0 of this structure
is located at the center of the guides A and B, and the line of thrust will lie parallel to a line joining
the guides. The only force that acts on this loop is in the x direction and can be found by the equation.
Fx =
EI
Ix
where
=
=
=
=
2
3
Since Ix
4
12
Fx = 4
EI
3
Substituting
M = Fx
and
2
SA = M D
2I
and arranging the required length
Where
ED
SA
It should be noted here that similar result can be obtained using the Guided Cantilever Method of
pipe flexibility calculation.
Where
2
= 1
4
EI
M 2
4EI
SA 2
2ED
1/2
and again
ED
SA
Calculation example: Determine the required expansion loop for 8-inch Bondstrand Series 2000M
piping subjected to the following condition:
Operating temperature:
Installation temperature:
Total length of pipe between anchors:
From PRODUCT DATA SHEET
FOR
65C (149F)
20C (68F)
100 meter (328 ft)
Pipe O.D.
First determine the total thermal expansion for the entire length of the pipe section in question:
L
= L T
= 18 x 10-6/C (45C) (100 x 102) cm
= 8.1 cm
13
Then
1/2
ED
SA
1/2
1/2
= 299 cm
= 2.99 meter
Calculation of length
= 9 ft. - 10 in.
which is equivalent to 2.99 meters.
14
= 118 in
Table 2-II tabulates the length of loop in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.
15
2.7
Fx 3
4EI
ED
= M 2
4EI
1/2
SA
Fig. 2-5
16
SA 2
2ED
Note: In special cases where the pipe is insulated, longer length is needed to compensate for the
stiffer loop members.
The required length
(EIinsulated pipe/EI
)1/2
bare pipe
1/2
M 2 bp
2EI bp
bp
bp
EI
/2
bp
M
1/2
ip
M 2ip
2EIip
ip
ip
EIip2
ip
ip
1/2
bp
EIip/EIbp
Loops using 90 elbows change length better than those using 45 elbows. Unlike a 90 turn, a 45
turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can add axial stress to the usual bending
stress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and deflection are also directly affected by the angular displacement at 45 turns and demand special attention for support design and location.
A 45 elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will be displaced 86
percent more than a 90 elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of a loop is also more of a
problem. Figure 2-6 illustrates the geometry involved.
Comparison of Displacement in 90 vs. 45 elbows caused by a Unit Length Change:
A. Relative displacement of
elbows permitted to move
freely in a pipe run.
B. Relative displacement
configuration of loops
Fig. 2-6
17
18
Table 2-III tabulates the length of loop or bend in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Occasionally, the layout of a system makes it impossible to allow the pipe to move freely, as for
example, a ballast line running thwart-ships between longitudinal bulkheads. Or it may be necessary
to anchor certain runs of an otherwise free system. In a fully restrained pipe (anchored against movement at both ends), the designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperature
and pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and ends. Knowing
the magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfactory anchors and check the axial
stress in pipe and shear stress in joints. Remember that axial thrust on anchors is normally independent of anchor spacing.
Caution: In restrained systems, pipe fittings can be damaged by faulty anchorage or by untimely
release of anchors. Damage to fittings in service can be caused by bending or slipping of an improperly designed or installed anchor. Also, length changes due to creep are induced by high pressures
or temperatures while pipe is in service. When anchors must later be released, especially in long pipe
runs, temporary anchors may be required to avoid excessive displacement and overstress of fittings.
3.2
3.3
3.4
19
3.5
P = TAEl
where
= 10 x 10-6in./in./F
T = 150F
A = 4.23 in2 for 6 inch pipe
El = 1.6 x 106 psi
then
3.5.2
pDmID
El
Ec
(-lc )
lc
= Poissons ratio.
Note: Use elastic properties at lowest operating temperature to calculate maximum expected thrust.
20
lc
then
= 0.56
P =
where
ID
2
p
4
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm).
P =
3.6
where
P
A
f = 3,080 = 728psi
4.23
The allowable stress is one third of the longitudinal tensile strength at the appropriate temperature as
given in the Bondstrand Product Data Sheet. For Series 2000M and Series 7000M pipe the allowable
stress at 70F is 8,500 psi/3.0 = 2830 psi (199 kg/cm2). For short-term effects such as those resulting from green sea loads, a higher allowable stress may be justified.
21
=
where
DjLb
For example: In the case of 100 psi pressure on a closed end 6-inch pipe, as previously calculated:
P = 3,080 lbf
=
3,080
3.14 (6.54) 2.25
= 67 psi
The allowable shear stress for RP-34 adhesive (normally used with Series 2000M products) is 250 psi
(17.6 kg/cm2). The allowable shear stress for RP-60 adhesive (normally used with Series 7000M products) is 212 psi (14.4 kg/cm2).
22
TABLE 3-I
THRUST IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE DUE TO TEMPERATURE CHANGE
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING
Note:
1. For temperature change other than 100F or 100C use linear ratio for
thrust.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI
dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.
23
TABLE 3-II
THRUST FORCE DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSURE IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING
Note:
1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for tensile
force.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.
24
TABLE 3-III
THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE ON A CLOSED END
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING
Note:
1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for thrust.
2. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.
25
TABLE 3-IV
ADHESIVE BONDED JOINT DIMENSIONS
Note:
1. Joint Diameters are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI
dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.
2. Adhesive bonded joints are available for field joining of pipe and fittings in size
range 2 to 16 inch. Only adhesive bonded flanges are available for field joints
above 16 inch.
26
GENERAL
This section gives recommendations on placement of supports and maximum support spacing.
These recommendations give minimum support requirements. Additional support may be needed
where pipe is exposed to large external forces as for example, pipe on desk subject to green wave
loading.
Techniques used in determining support requirements for Bondstrand are similar to those used for
carbon steel piping systems; however, important differences exist between the two types of piping.
Each requires its own unique design considerations. For example, Bondstrand averages 16 percent
of the weight of schedule 40 steel, has a longitudinal modulus 14 times smaller, and a thermal coefficient of expansion 50 percent larger.
4.2
ABRASION PROTECTION
Bondstrand should be protected from external abrasion where it comes in contact with guides and
support, particularly in areas of significant thermal expansion, in long runs of pipe on weather decks,
or in passageways which would be affected by dynamic twisting of the ships structure. Such protection is achieved through the use of hanger liners, rider bars or pads made of teflon or other acceptable material. Refer to Table 4-I for details.
TABLE 4-I
PIPE HANGER LINER, RIDER BAR, OR PAD MATERIAL
FOR ABRASION PROTECTION
27
4.3
4.4
SPAN RECOMMENDATIONS
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures are given in
Table 4-Il. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping arrangements, i.e., those which
have no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which may include flanges and nonuniform support
spacings. The tabular values represent a compromise between continuous and single spans. When
installed at the support spacings indicated in Table 4-Il, the weight of the pipe full of water will produce a long-time deflection of about 1/2 inch, (12.7 mm), which is usually acceptable for appearance
and adequate drainage. Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings 20 percent
greater for this same deflection; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20 percent less. For
this purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans), which are uniform in
length and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple spans are supported only at the ends and
are either hinged or free to rotate at the supports. In Table 4-Il, recommendations for support spacings for mechanical joints assume simple spans and 20 ft. (6.1m) pipe length. For additional information regarding the special problems involved in support and anchoring of pipe with mechanical joints,
see Appendix E.
4.4.1
Suspended pipe is often required to carry loads other than its own weight and a fluid with a specific
gravity of 1.0. Perhaps the most common external loading is thermal insulation, but the basic principle is the same for all loads which are uniformly distributed along the pipeline. The way to adjust for
increased loads is to decrease the support spacing, and conversely, the way to adjust for decreased
loads is to increase the support spacing. An example of the latter is a line filled with a gas instead of
a liquid; and longer spans are indicated if deflection is the controlling factor.
For all such loading cases, support spacings for partially continuous spans with a permissible deflection of 0.5 inch are determined using:
1/4
L = 0.258
28
(EI)
w
TABLE 4-II
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACINGS FOR
PIPE AT 100F (38C) AND 150F (66C) OPERATING TEMPERATURES
(FLUID SPECIFIC GRAVITY = 1.0)
Note:
1. For 14- through 36-inch diameters, loads tabulated are for Iron Pipe Size and are 7 to 12 percent
less than for Metric Cast Iron sizes. However, recommended spans are suitable for either.
2. Span recommendations apply to normal horizontal piping support arrangements and are calculated
for a maximum long-time deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage.
3. Includes Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints and flanged joints.
4. Maximum spans for mechanically joined pipe are limited to one pipe length.
5. Modulus of elasticity for span calculations:
29
where
In metric units:
L = 0.124
where
1/4
(EI)
w
For example: Calculate the recommended support spacing for 6-inch Bondstrand Series
2000M pipe full of water at 150F:
1/4
L = 0.258
4.5
1,200,000 x 19.0
1.36
16.5 ft.
TABLE 4-III
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR CALCULATIONS OF SUPPORT SPACINGS
30
In pipe runs anchored at both ends, a method of control must be devised in order to prevent excessive lateral deflection or buckling of pipe due to compressive load. Guides may be required in conjunction with expansion joints to control excessive deflection. Tables 4-V and 4-VI give recommendations
on guide spacing versus temperature change for marine pipe with restrained ends.
4.6
L =
where
T A
L =
The equation gives maximum stable length of a pipe column when fixed ends are assumed.
In Tables 4-V and 4-VI this maximum length is reduced by 25 percent to allow for non-Euler behavior
near the origin of the curve.
31
TABLE 4-IV
PIPE DIMENSIONS AND SECOND MOMENT OF AREAS (SERIES 2000M)
IRON PIPE SIZE (IPS)
Notes:
1. Outside diameters approximate those for iron pipe size, ISO International Standard 559 - 1977 and for
cast iron pipes, ISO Recommendation R13-1965 as follows:
2. Values are for composite moment of area of structural wall and liner cross-section in terms of the
structural wall for Series 2000M. Beam second moment of area is also known as beam moment of
Inertia.
32
Using the length developed by the Euler equation, the weight of and the physical properties at the
operating temperature deflection of a horizontal pipe is calculated using the equation from Roark1:
y =
-wL
2KP
(tan
KL
KL
)
4
4
1/2
where
K =
P =
P/(El)
(El)
L2
= TAE
If y is less than 0.5 inch (1.27cm), the L obtained using the Euler equation is the recommended
guide spacing. If y is greater than .5 inch (1.27cm), choose a shorter length L and solve the Roark
equation again for y. A final length recommendation is thus determined by trial and error when y
closely approximates 0.5 inch (1.27cm).
4.7
(1)
R.J. Roark, Formulas for Stress and Strain, 3rd Edition, McGaw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1954.
33
34
TABLE 4-V
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH
RESTRAINED ENDS
Note:
For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values
as shown.
TABLE 4-VI
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH
RESTRAINED ENDS
Note:
For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values as shown.
35
There are also very distinct advantages to these expansion joints. They reduce vibration caused by
equipment, are very compact and lightweight, and will compensate for axial movement.
When using an expansion joint to allow movement between anchors, the expansion joint should be
placed as close as possible to one anchor or the other. The opposite side of the expansion joint
should have a guide placed no further than five times the pipes diameter from the expansion joint
with a second guide positioned farther down the pipe. To determine the spacing for the second
guide, find manufacturers specifications on force required to compress the joint and refer to Figure
4-1 for recommended spacing.
The horizontal line at the top of each curve represents maximum support spacing for a totally unrestrained system. The lower end of the curve also becomes horizontal at the value for maximum guide
spacing for a totally restrained system. This graph only shows values for pipes smaller than 12 inch
diameter. In large diameters, the slightly increased guide spacing is not great enough to compensate
for the added cost of the expansion joint.
The guide spacing for variable end thrust as produced by an expansion joint may be calculated as
follows:
1/2
L =
1/2
TA
IEl
F
The values shown in Fig. 4-1 are calculated at 100F (38C) and reduced by 25 percent. Within the
cross-hatched area, the pipe will crush prior to compression of the expansion joint based on a compressive allowable stress of 20,000 psi (1400 kg/cm2).
36
FIGURE 4-1
(FEET)
(METERS)
(POUNDS FORCE)
(KILOGRAMS FORCE)
37
4.8
Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate guides at the spacing shown in Tables
4-V or 4-VI, or
Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate Dresser-type couplings as required to
accommodate the calculated expansion and contraction.
Treat columns more than 100 feet (30m) high (either hanging or standing) as special designs; support
and provision for length change are important. The installer should be especially careful to avoid
movement due to wind or support vibration while joints are curing.
4.9
4.9.1 What relative movement is expected between bottom of riser and bulkhead assuming no restraint on riser and no dresser-type couplings in the riser pipe?
Maximum relative movement due to temperature occurs when the steel bulkhead is at cargo temperature (1300F) and the fiberglass pipe is at minimum ballast water temperature (300F); i.e. at time of
loading cargo in Alaska.
Expansion of bulkhead
=
=
=
L T
6.38 x 10-6 (80 x 12) (130 - 70)
0.37 inches
Contraction of pipe
=
=
39
L = (80 x 12)
225 (15.19)2
4 (.47) 1,6000,000 (15.66)
Thus the maximum expected relative movement is 0.75 inch as caused by temperature.
4.9.2 Does the pipeline layout below the riser allow enough flexibility to absorb the expected relative movement?
The eductor is rigidly anchored to prevent vibration; therefore, the riser support forms a Z loop.
Interpolating from Table 2-Ill for a length change of 0.75 inch, the required leg length is 9.5 ft. Since
the layout provides only 3 ft., there is insufficient flexibility to absorb movement.
f = (33,750 + 20,840)/22.5
= 2,426 psi < 2,830 psi allowable
Check shear stress in RP60 adhesive (See Table 3-IV):
a = (33,750 + 20,840)/[ir(15.91)(4.00)]
= 273 psi > 212 psi allowable
Solution A is not feasible due to shear stress in adhesive.
40
4.9.4
L = (80 x 12)
225 (15.9)2
(.56) 2(.47) 3,600,000 (15.19 + .47)
= 0.53 inches
Thus the total contraction due to pressure and temperature is 0.75 + 0.53 = 1.28 inches. Each coupling allows 0.375 inch movement (See Appendix A) without gasket scuffing. However, considering
the infrequent nature of the worse-case condition, two couplings should be sufficient. Light duty
anchors will be required between couplings.
The riser bottom should be anchored against closed-end force. From Table 3-Ill, the force is:
41
42
INTRODUCTION
Proper support of fiberglass piping systems is essential far the success of marine fiberglass installations. In dealing with installations of fiberglass pipe by shipyards, riding crews, arid owners throughout the world, the need for a Chapter dedicated to commonly used installation details has become
evident.
The recommendations and details herein are based on sound engineering principles and experience
in successful fiberglass piping installations. They are offered as alternatives and suggestions for evaluation, modification and implementation by a qualified Marine Engineer. Taking short cuts to save
material or cost can cause grave consequences.
Notes: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, details are considered suitable for all approved piping systems.
2. Details are not intended to show orientation. Assemblies may be inverted or turned horizontal for
attachment to ships structure, bulkhead or deck. Good practice requires that support lengths in pipe
runs provide the minimum dimensions needed for clearance of nuts and bolts.
3. Location, spacing and design of hangers and steel supports are to be determined by the shipyard,
naval architect, or design agency. The necessary properties of fiberglass pipe are found in Chapters 2,
3 and 4.
4. Fiberglass piping systems on board ships are often designed to absorb movement and length changes
at mechanical joints. To control deflections, the designer must allow for the weight and flexibility (hinge
effect) introduced by mechanical couplings or expansion joints. See Appendix E.
5. Detailed dimensions are in inches and (mm) unless otherwise indicated.
6. Flange gaskets shall be 1/8 in. (3mm) thick, full face elastomeric gaskets with a Shore A Durometer
hardness of 60 + 5. A Shore flurometer hardness of 50 or 60 is recommended for elastomeric pads.
7. Refer to ASTM F708 for additional details regarding standard practice for design and installation of
rigid pipe hangers.
5.2
DETAILS
5.2.1
Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged One End (Figure 51 On Following Page)
All water tight bulkheads and deck penetrations must be accomplished in steel and/or a non-ferrous
metal capable of being welded water tight to the steel structure and must comply with classification
societies rules. Fiberglass pipe can be attached to this penetration by a mechanical coupling
(Dresser-type) between the metallic spool piece and fiberglass plain end. A step down coupling can
also be used when the diameter of the metallic spool piece differs from the outside diameter of the
fiberglass pipe.
Note:
All spool pieces must be aligned with the longitudinal axis of the piping system within tolerance permitted by the mechanical coupling manufacturer regardless of the deck or bulkhead slope.
43
Fig. 51
Fig. 52
5.2.3 Adjustable Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged or Plain End. (Figure 53)
This particular spool piece connection allows tack welding at the bulkhead prior to final assembly so
that the pipe is truly aligned, thus relieving fabrication stresses in the system. Two tanks can be
aligned simultaneously with the use of this adjustable bulkhead penetration for proper alignment of
the fiberglass pipe and fittings.
44
Fig. 53
Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.
5.2.5
Pipe Anchor Using 1800 Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 55 On Preceding Page)
This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 54. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; especially at fittings. See Figures 58 and 59 for examples.
Fig. 54
45
Fig. 55
5.2.6
The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 51 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 16 in. (25150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 5060) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent movement of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.
Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.
TABLE 5I
NPS
1
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
1/2
46
Clearance At Bolts
(Without Liner)
(in)
(mm)
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
3
3
3
6
6
10
10
12
12
16
16
16
NPS
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
Clearance At Bolts
(Without Liner)
(in)
(mm)
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
5.2.5
Pipe Anchor Using 180 Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 55)
This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 54. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; especially at fittings. See Figures 58 and 59 for examples.
5.2.6
The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 51 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 16 in. (25150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 5060) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent movement of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.
Fig. 56
Fig. 57
47
5.2.7 Anchor Supports Using Flat Bar Top Half and Steel Shape Bottom (Figure 57 Previous Page)
This type of anchor support is similar in purpose to that shown in Figure 56. Many shipyards prefer
this type.
Caution: Dimensions of the steel clamp must provide for a loose fit around the fiberglass pipe when attached to
the steel angle shape below. If the pipe is clamped against the flat steel surface on the bottom half, the
force imposed at the tangential point of contact between the pipe and steel can damage the fiberglass
pipe. (See Table 5I). For diameters greater than 8 inches this problem is less severe due to increased
thickness of the pipe wall. (See Chapter 4, Table 4IV)
Note:
The supports shown in Figs. 54, 55, 56 and 57 are designed to restrain axial movement of the
pipe when they are fitted with 180 deg. saddles.
Note:
It is recommended that a mechanical coupling (Dresser-type only) be incorporated on either side of the
fitting using thrust support plates to allow axial movement in the piping system and relieve part of the
thrust imposed on the fitting. This practice has been used successfully in previous installations. See
Note in Section 5.2.9.
48
Fig. 58
49
Fig. 59
The accommodation of the neoprene pad will be the same as Figure 58 with the objective to transfer the thrust force of the piping system into the thrust support plate and not into the flange or bonded joints of the tee. Because of the geometrical configuration of the tee, a torsional plate will not be
required. All the rest of the recommendations previously discussed in Figure 58 are also applicable
to the tee support.
Note:
It is advisable to coat the U bolts which hold the elbows and tees against the thrust support plates
with Amercoat, urethane or similar coatings to protect against corrosion, and also cushion between the
fittings and the U bolt. Another method used by some shipyards is to introduce a neoprene sleeve
around the U bolts. This Note applies to all supports using U bolts.
5.2.10 Anchor Support Plate Bolted to a Flanged Fitting (Figure 510 On Following Page)
This anchor support is used for flange fittings when the hydrostatic forces imposed by the design of
the piping system do not exceed the adhesive shear stress value. (See Section 3.6 of this manual.)
Figure 510 shows the plate pattern covering a minimum of four bolts (for all pipe sizes). Figure 5
10 shows a design used by shipyards to anchor large diameter elbows. See Note 3 on page 5.2.
5.2.11 Steel Supports for Large and Small Valves (Figure 511 On Page 5.10)
The steel supports shown in Figure 511 apply for various kinds of valves. Valves in sizes 4 in. and
under are relatively light can normally be supported with a single support. Gate valves and similar
large and heavy valves in sizes 6 in. and up require two supports to accommodate the weight and
directly transmit it to the ships structure. Valves such as globe or gate valves with reach rods
extending to the above decks require double support.
See Table 5Il below for required number of bolts in support plates.
50
Fig. 510
Flanged plates must be properly designed to support the weight of valves and transmit it directly to
the ships structure. It is recommended that all steel components in a piping system be supported.
This will prevent shifting the weight to the fiberglass piping system.
TABLE 5Il
Flange
Size
Required Minimum
Number Of Bolts
Attached To
Support Plate
1
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
1/2
Note:
Flange
Size
Required Minimum
Number Of Bolts
Attached To
Support Plate
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
Fig. 511
5.2.12 Guidance Support for Fiberglass Pipe. Teflon Sliding Pad (Figure 512)
This simple design has been adopted almost universally for guides in ship construction. Teflon has
selflubricating properties which help to reduce friction between the surface of the pipe and the
steel without inducing abrasion on the fiberglass component. Teflon also is inert to most chemicals
and petroleum derivatives used in tank ships, white product, and chemical carriers. The minimum
thickness of the teflon pad is recommended to be 1/5 inch (5mm). Teflon thickness should be
increased proportionally to the largest size of the piping system i.e., 1/4 inch (6mm) for 20 inches and
above. The teflon pad can be utilized (or installed) in different configurations, some shipyards feel
that the teflon pad in conjunction with the holes for the U bolt will be sufficient. Others shipyards prefer to have an indentation on the teflon pad to prevent any sliding in the center between the two
holes supporting the pad. The third anchor point will be in the center of the teflon pad and the metal
bar as shown as an alternative on Figure 512. It is also recommended that the U bolts be coated
with Amercoat, urethane or hot dip coating to prevent corrosion.
52
Fig. 512
Fig. 513
53
Note:
When joints are made with mechanical couplings, see manufacturers literature for permissible
misalignment.
Fig. 514
2
H=H x
20
C
400
Where
H = Total allowable
misalignment in (in.)
C = Support span in (ft.)
H = See Table
20
Notes: 1. For supports spans other than 20 feet the total misalignment can be calculated using the
above formula
2. Misalignment applicable applicable to any direction parallel to axis
54
INTERNAL PRESSURE
Pi =
2st
(ODt)
Where:
(OD - t) = ID + t + 2tl
ID = inside diameter (in. or cm).
To convert pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. To convert pressure in kg/cm2 to bars, divide by
1.02.
Based on the formula given above, the rated operating pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M
pipe is tabulated in Table 6I. This provides longterm performance in accordance with the cyclic
Hydrostatic Design Basis (ASTM D2992, Method A) and provides a 4 to 1 safety factor on short
term hydrostatic performance as required by proposed ASTM Marine Piping Specifications.
Note:
Fittings and/or mechanical couplings may reduce the system working pressure below that
shown in Table 6I. See Bondstrand Product Data Sheets FP168 and FP169 and coupling manufacturers literature.
55
TABLE 6I
Rated Internal Operating Pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe
Nominal
Diameter
in.
mm
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
28
700
30
750
36
900
Note:
Rated Internal
Operating Pressure
at 2000F (930C)
psi
bar
550
38
450
31
450
31
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
300
21
Fittings and flanges have a lower pressure rating than the pipe.
Pc =
Where
2Ec ta3
(1-cl) ID3
Pc = external collapse pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
Ec = effective circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table
6Il,
ta = average reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm), .875 is used because the
minimum thickness is 87.5% of nominal.
= (tt / .875) tl
tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4IV,
tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for Series
7000M,
ID = pipe inside diameter (in. or cm), see Table 4IV,
l = Poissons ratio for contraction in the circumferential direction due to
tensile stress in the longitudinal direction, see Table 6Il,
56
To convert external pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. Atmospheric pressure at sea level is 14.7
psi. To convert kg/cm2 to bars, divide by 1.02.
When installing pipe in the bottom of tanks, the pipe must resist the combined external fluid pressure
and internal suction. It is assumed that a positive displacement pump can pull a maximum of 75 percent vacuum. The designer should also allow for a safety factor of 3 in accordance with proposed
ASTM Specifications. Thus the allowable hydrostatic head, H in ft. is:
H = 2.31
Pc
3.0
11.0
Tabulated values of allowable hydrostatic head are shown in Table 6Ill on page 6.6 for temperatures of 1000F(380C) and 2000F(930C). For example, calculate the collapse pressure and
allowable hydrostatic head in English units for 12 inch Series 2000M pipe at 2000F:
ID = 12.35 inch
tt = 0.351 inch
tl = 0.020 inch
ta = (.351/.875) .020 = .381 inch
2(2.20 x 106).3813
Pc =
= 181 psi
[ 1 - .7 (.41)] 12.35
H = 2.31
181
3.0
11.0
= 114 ft.
Table 6Il
Elastic Properties for Calculation of External Collapse Pressure for Series 2000M and 7000M Pipe
Temperature
F
C
70
21
100
38
150
66
200
93
Ec
psi
3.15 x
3.06 x
2.90 x
2.20 x
106
106
106
i06
kg/cm2
2.21 x 105
2.15 x 105
2.04 x 105
1.55 x 105
c
l
0.56
0.57
0.60
0.70
0.37
0.38
0.39
0.41
Note: Ec is based on external collapse tests per ASTM D2924. Values of Poissons ratio are based on
tests per ASTM D1599
57
TABLE 6Ill
External Collapse Pressure and Allowable Hydrostatlc Head
for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe
Nom. Pipe
Size
(in)
(mm)
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
28
700
30
750
36
900
58
1000F(380C)
2000F(930c)
Collapse
Allowable
Collapse
Allowable
Pressure
Hydrostatic Head
Pressure
Hydrostatlc Head
(psi)
(Bars)
(ft)
(in)
(psi)
(Bars)
(ft)
(in)
2,331
160
1,770
540
1,855
565
1,403
427
637
43.9
465
142
507
35.0
365
111
703
48.5
516
157
559
38.6
405
123
234
16.1
155
47
186
12.8
118
36
231
15.9
153
47
184
12.7
116
35
231
15.9
153
47
184
12.7
116
35
228
15.7
150
46
181
12.5
114
35
228
15.7
150
46
181
12.5
114
35
228
15.7
150
46
181
12.5
114
35
227
15.6
149
45
181
12.5
114
35
227
15.6
149
45
181
12.5
114
35
226
15.5
149
45
180
12.4
114
35
226
15.5
149
45
180
12.4
114
35
226
15.5
149
45
180
12.4
114
35
225
15.5
148
45
179
12.3
112
34
7.0 Hydraulics
7.1
INTRODUCTION
When comparing Fiberglass and carbon steel piping systems it becomes evident that selection of
Fiberglass pipe can result in significant savings due to favorable hydraulic properties.
7.2
HEAD LOSS
The frictional head loss in a pipe is a function of velocity, density, and viscosity of the fluid; and of
the smoothness of the bore, and the length and diameter of the pipe. Therefore, the best means of
minimizing this pressure drop in a particular piping service is to minimize the internal roughness of
the pipe. This internal roughness causes movement of the fluid particles in the boundary layer adjacent to the pipe wall, which causes flow through the pipe to be impeded.
Fiberglass pipe has a smoother inner surface than new steel piping. There is an even more significant
difference between the inner surface of Fiberglass and steel pipe after the pipes have been in service
for a while. In most systems Fiberglass maintains its low head loss performance for life.
Fiberglass does not scale, rust, pit or corrode electrolytically or galvanically. It resists growth of bacterial algae, and fungi that could build up on the inner surface. Also, Fiberglass has high chemical
and abrasion resistance. In marine applications, where pipelines are usually short, the major portion
of the total pressure drop in a system occurs in the valves and fittings. It is customary to express the
resistance of valves and fittings in terms of equivalent length of pipe, these are added to the actual
length for purposes of pressure drop calculation for the total system.
7.3
HL = 1046
Q
C ID2.63
1 . 852
59
HL = 1068
where
Q
2.63
C ID
HL =
1 . 852
Q =
C =
ID =
HL = f
V2
ID
2g
f = 0.0055
1 +
20,000
ID
106
+
1/3
R =
ID
Where
60
= Reynolds Number,
=
If the Reynolds Number falls below 2000, the flow can be assumed to be laminar. Then the Darcy
friction factor becomes
f =
64
R
Roughness Parameter
The smoothness of the inside pipe surface over the life of Bondstrand pipe produces lower frictional
head loss compared to most other piping materials. The lower head loss means lower pressures will
be required to produce an equivalent discharge, thereby also conserving pumping energy.
Tests of Bondstrand pipe show that the roughness is 5.3 x 106 meters (1.7 x 106 feet). There is a high
probability that this low level roughness will be sustained, and will not be increased due to corrosion
and incrustation as often the case with steel piping, which may double in roughness under certain
conditions.
Kinematic Viscosity of Fluid
Increase in fluid viscosity leads to increased head loss. Table 7I illustrates the effect of kinematic
viscosity on head loss for several common fluids. Kinematic viscosity is defined as the absolute viscosity divided by the density. It varies with temperature. The kinematic viscosity for water at room
temperature is 0.000001115 square meters per sec (0.000012 sq. ft per sec)
Figure 7-2 shows how head loss and flow are affected by kinematic viscosity. The transition between
laminar flow and turbulent flow in 6-in. pipe is seen in the plot for a fluid having a kinematic viscosity
of 0.001 square feet per second.
7.4
61
62
Figure 71
Head Loss For Water as a Function of Flow Rate
Figure 72
Effect of Kinematic Viscosity on Head Loss vs. Discharge for 6-inch Pipe Flowing Full
Table 7-I
Head Loss for Various Flowing at 500 GPM in a 6-Inch Bondstrand Marine Pipe
63
64
Figure 7-3
Equivalent Pipe Length of Fittings
TABLE 7-Il
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Fittings and Metal Valves
Description
45 Elbow Standard
0.3
0.5
90 Elbow Standard
0.5
1.4
0.8
0.6
1.3
Tees
0.4
1.4
1.7
>T
>T
>T
Note:
0.17
0.9
4.5
24.0
2.3
2.6
4.3
21.0
6.0
9.5
2.0
10.0
70.0
65
TABLE 7-Ill
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Reducers, Tapered Body
11/2
2
2
3
3
4
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
7.5
SIZE
X 1
X 1
X 11/2
X 11/2
X 2
X 2
X 3
X 3
X 4
X 4
X 6
X 6
X 8
K
0.5
2.8
0.3
3.7
0.7
2.9
0.1
3.1
0.7
3.3
0.1
1.5
0.2
12
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
20
24
24
30
SIZE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
24
K
0.8
0.1
0.12
0.01
0.08
0.03
0.16
0.02
0.13
0.02
0.17
0.07
0.22
Fig. 7-4
66
Where
C ID2.63
HL =
1 . 852
Q =
C =
ID =
With the same energy consumption rate to overcome the friction loss in the pipeline, the rate of discharge will be different due to the differences in friction coefficient in the pipe. In other words, using
the same head loss for both pipe, we obtain:
HL = 1068
Qsteel
Csteel IDsteel2.63
1 . 852
= 1068
QBS
CBS IDBS
2.63
1 . 852
Rearrange the above expression to show the flow rate in Bondstrand pipe in terms of flow rate in
steel pipe:
2.63
CBS
IDBS
QBS = Qsteel
Csteel
IDsteel
][
Examining the above formula, we can conclude that for the same head loss, Fiberglass pipe will
deliver more volume flow rate that that of the same nominal diameter steel pipe since the product
of
CBS
Csteel
and
IDBS
IDsteel
Table 7-IV lists the calculated value of the flow ratio QBS / Qsteel where CBS = 150 and Csteel = 120 or
70. A C value of 120 represents a very slightly corroded steel pipe. A C value of 70 represents a
severely corroded steel pipe.
67
Table 7-IV
Flow in Bondstrand and Steel Pipe for Same Head Loss
NPS
(in)
(mm)
2
50
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
Bondstrand
Pipe ID
( inches)
2.095
3.225
4.140
6.265
8.225
10.350
12.350
13.290
15.190
17.080
18.980
22.780
Steel
Pipe ID
(inches)
2.067
3.068
4.026
6.065
7.981
10.020
12.000
13.25
15.25
17.25
19.25
23.25
C=120
QBS/QSteel
1.30
1.43
1.35
1.36
1.35
1.36
1.35
1.26
1.24
1.22
1.20
1.18
C=70
QBS/QSteel
2.22
2.45
2.31
2.33
2.31
2.33
2.31
2.16
2.13
2.09
2.06
2.02
HL = f
V2
ID
2g
68
The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range by use of the
Moody equation,
f = 0.0055
1 +
=
in which
R=
V ID
20,000
ID
106
R
1/3
= Reynolds Number,
=
where
Step 2:
From the head loss calculated in Step 1 above, the flow velocity (the only unknown quantity in the
equation for Bondstrand system) can be found by trial and error. A programmable calculator will
speed this calculation considerably. Subsequently, the volume flow rate can be easily determined.
For example, 1000 cubic meters of 1400F, 24.4 degree Baum~ crude oil with kinematic viscosity of
0.00001115 square meters per second is to be unloaded through a 1000-meter long standard
Schedule 40, 8-in. diameter steel pipeline at a rate of 500 cubic meters per hour. How much time can
be saved unloading the same amount of crude through Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-in. pipeline?
Steel Pipe
Schedule 40
0.2027
0.0000457
4.30
78200
Data Given
Inside Diameter (in)
Roughness (in)
Flow Velocity (m/sec)
Reynolds Number
Bondstrand Pipe
Series 2000M
0.2089
0.0000053
To Be Found
To Be Found
Step 1:
The total head loss is calculated for the steel pipeline.
HL = .0055
1 + ( 20000
0.0000457
0.2027
1000000
78200
1/3
1000 ( 4.30 )2
.2027 ( 2 ) 9.806
HL = 94 meters
69
Step 2:
With 94 meters of friction head loss, the flow velocity for Bondstrand piping system can be found
from the equation.
94 = .0055
1 + ( 20000
0.0000053
0.2089
1000000
V
0.0000115
0.2089
1/3
1000 V2
.2089 ( 2 ) 9.806
7.5.4
Users of piping products have long known that Fiberglass piping has far lower friction factors than
carbon steel piping. It is equally important to recognize the energy cost savings which accrue over
the life of the installed system as a result of the lower friction factors.
The largest savings is found simply in lower pumping costs, where the power consumption can often
be cut in half. For example, let us assume a 6-in. line is to deliver 500 gallons per minute of water on
a year-round basis and determine energy cost per 100 feet. At this flow the average velocity is about
5 feet per second. Over a 10-year service life, a Bondstrand line can be expected to maintain a
Hazen-Williams C factor of 150, whereas for carbon steel the average C factor can be estimated
to be about 110. In English units:
HL = 1046
Where
HL =
ID =
C =
Q
2.63
C ID
1 . 852
For a 100 foot run in the example described above, this formula yields 1.28 feet for Bondstrand and
2.65 feet for schedule 40 carbon steel pipe. To overcome this head loss, the horsepower demand
may be calculated as
For Bondstrand:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 1.28 ft
= .162 hp
33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp
For Steel:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 2.65 ft
33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp
70
= .335 hp
Then, the energy required for full-time operation for a one month period is:
For Bondstrand:
.162 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month
= 146 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
For Steel:
.335 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month = 301 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
It is impossible to make a generalization on the cost of electricity on board ship which is dependent
on the efficiency of the ships plant; however, if we assume that the ship is connected to shore
power, we could expect to pay approximately 10 cents per kilowatt-hour or 7.5 cents per horsepower-hour. This cost is significantly lower than ship-based generation. The cost per month is then
For Bondstrand:
146 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $10.95/month/100 ft. of pipe
For Steel:
301 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $22.58/month/100 ft. of pipe
Difference = U.S. $11.63
For a ship using 500 feet of Bondstrand fiberglass pipe the annual savings could be:
U.S.S11.63/month/100 ft. x 12 months x 500 ft. = U.S. $69,780 (Annual Savings)
The annual savings shown above for one ship during one year of operation can increase substantially
if the owner implements the usage of fiberglass for all the vessels in his fleet.
If you add up this savings over a ten-year period for every hp-hr for every 100 feet the saving is very
significant and Bondstrand pipe can be used for the life of the vessel while steel pipe probably must
be replaced several times.
In addition to time and energy saving, there are also savings due to purchase and maintenance of
significantly smaller pumps in terms of horsepower rating.
71
References
1. Flow through a Circular Pipe, PPX Program 628040, Texas Instruments Calculator Products
Division.
2. King, Reno C., Fluid Mechanics, Piping Handbook 5th ed. (King, Reno C. and Sabin Crocker,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., N.Y., 1967), pp. 3-135.
3. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, Hydraulic Institute, Cleveland, 1979, pp. 23-42.
4. Solution to Pipe Problems, PPX Program 618008, Texas Instruments Calculator Products
Division.
5. Guislain, Serge J., Friction Factors in Fluid Flow Through Pipe, Plant Engineering, 1980, pp. 134140.
6. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, op-cit, p. 15-19.
7. Nolte, Claude B., Optimum Pipe Size Selection, Gulf Publishing Co., 1979, pp. 268-275.
8. Anin, M.B. and Maddox, R.N., Estimate Viscosity vs. Temperature, Hydrocarbon Processing,
Dec., 1980, pp. 131-135.
9. Ehrlich, Stanley W., Cryogenic-Systems Piping, Piping Handbook, (McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
5th ed., N.Y., 1967), pp. 11-37,38.
10. Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings and Pipe, Technical Paper 410, Crane Co., 1976,
p. A-26.
72
APPENDIX A
USING METALLIC PIPE COUPLINGS TO JOIN BONDSTRAND
Over the years, metallic pipe couplings have proven to be reliable and economical in certain
Bondstrand piping systems. However, when joining Bondstrand, the recommended procedure is
somewhat different than when joining rigid pipe materials such as steel and ductile iron. This bulletin
describes the joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings* along with a brief review
of the couplings design, construction and operating features. Because of the similarity of design, the
same recommendations generally apply also to the use of Rockwell** or Dresser*** couplings.
DESCRIPTION
Viking Johnson mechanical couplings are manufactured in many different sizes and configurations to
meet many pipe joining requirements. Ease in close quarter installation and disassembly allow them
to be used in many areas where other pipe jointing methods would be impractical. The elastomeric
seals in the couplings help absorb movements such as length changes due to temperature or the
flexing of a ship, and help dampen vibrations such as are produced by a pump.
The Viking Johnson Coupling consists of a cylindrical center sleeve, two end flanges, two elastomeric sealing rings and a set of D neck cup-head bolts. (See Figure1)
Tightening the bolts pulls the end flanges together, compressing the sealing rings between the pipe
wall and center sleeves, producing a flexible, reliable seal.
FLANGE
Fig. 1
SEALING RING
SLEEVE
*
Viking Johnson is a trade name of the Viking Johnson International division of the Victaulic Co. Plc England
** Rockwell is a trade name of the Municipal and Utility Division of Rockwell International Corp.
*** Dresser is a registered trademark of Dresser manufacturing Division of Dresser Industries Inc.
A.1
DESCRIPTION
(cont.)
b. Pressure Plating
Maximum pressure ratings of the Viking Johnson Couplings are determined on the basis of
Barlows formula using a working stress equal to twothirds the minimum yield of the center
sleeve material. All pressure ratings exceed the minimum requirements for 10 bar (150 psi)
piping systems.
c. Chemical Resistance
Viking Johnson Couplings can serve in most chemical environments. This is accomplished
by changing the type of sealing rings and using different types of protective coatings on the
coupling.
d. Electrical Grounding
On special order, Viking Johnson provides a stud welded connection for grounding the center sleeve to the end flanges. Wires from the end flanges are bolted onto the stud on the
center sleeve, and the connection is bolted down. Connecting the wiring on the center
sleeve may be carried out prior to the assembly on the Bondstrand pipe ends.
e. Locating Plug
Where there is any possibility of coupling movement along the pipe, due to repeated expansion and contraction or under vibration conditions, it is preferable to use a locating plug
which centralizes the coupling over the pipe ends. If the coupling is to be slipped back along
the pipe at a later date, the plug can be removed and subsequently refitted. Locating plugs
are mandatory with most approval authorities when couplings are used on board ships. (See
Figure 2).
JOINT FUNCTION
The sealing ring used in the Viking Johnson coupling is not intended to slide. The coupling will
accommodate up to 9.5mm (3/8 in.) longitudinal pipe movement per joint as the rings deform (roll
slightly) in response to such movement.
Important:
Where pipe movement out of the coupling might occur, proper anchorage of the pipe
must be provided.
Fig. 2
A.2
Individual couplings must be protected against movements greater than 9.5mm (3/8 in.). Anchorage
must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at all points which
produce thrust, including valves, bends, branches and reducers.
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings is similar to joining of steel pipe, but
there are important differences. You may need suitable coatings for the cut and sanded surfaces.
(See step d. below). Also, you will need the following tools:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Although Bondstrand pipe can be supplied with prepared ends, you may need to cut pipe to length
on site. If so, you will need one or more of the following:
Caution:
1.
For 100mm, 4-in. and smaller pipe, emery cloth strips to shoeshine pipe ends.
2.
For 150mm to 300mm (6 to 12 in.) pipe - Bondstrand MBO Pipe Shaver (Ameron CC
#34342) plus arbor sizes as required. Arbors used are same as for M74 shaver.
3.
For 350 to 600mm (14 to 24 in.) pipe Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (Ameron CC #34354).
4.
For 350 to 900mm (14 to 36 in.) pipe - Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (Ameron CC #34355).
Be aware that the standard assembly instructions for these couplings are intended for rigid metallic
pipe materials and MAY DAMAGE THE BONDSTRAND PIPE. Instead, follow this step- by-step procedure:
A.3
Note:
On special order, Ameron can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for couplings with ends prepared in
accordance with steps b, c, and d.
f.
Caution:
Excess torque can damage pipe. Instructions that accompany Viking Johnson Couplings show general
assembly instructions and specify 70-90 foot-pounds (100-125 N-m) torque. This torque has been
shown to damage Bondstrand pipe.
TESTING
Be sure all pipe, fittings and appurtenances are properly and securely anchored before testing.
Remember, the couplings themselves will not resist longitudinal load. Replace all air in the piping
system with water and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours, or as required by the
project specifications.
A.4
TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If troublesome problems occur, try the following suggestions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Measure the diameter of the pipe at the ring location. This measurement should be within the
limits shown on Table 1.
Table 1
Permissible Outside Diameter Limits at Pipe Ends for Metallic Pipe Couplings
Note: Tolerances apply only for a length of 6 inches back from pipe ends
A.5
STRAUB-FLEX COUPLINGS*
Straub-Flex couplings may be used as mechanical joints for Bondstrand pipe much like Dresser-type
couplings. Tests of the Straub design show that the seal is effected without grinding or sanding of
the pipes outer surface. The coupling is suitable for fire, salt water and crude oil lines and various
other services normally provided by Series 1600, 2000. 2000M, 6000 and 7000 piping, either suspended or buried. It may also be used with Series 4000 and 5000 piping in certain slurry applications.
The coupling design, shown in Figure 1, incorporates a stainless steel outer casing split longitudinally
at one point on the circumference. The casing encloses a rubber gasket with a patented lip seal,
which is pressed in place by a relatively low radial pressure. The coupling is installed on plain-end
pipe using a torque wrench with a hex bit to tighten two socket-head cap screws. These features
permit installation on Bondstrand pipe using the same bolt torques as recommended for steel pipe.
Straub-Flex couplings are not designed to withstand longitudinal forces. They allow 3/8-in. (10mm)
longitudinal pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual
joints should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear.
Anchorages must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at thrust
points such as valves, turns, branches or reducers.
The rubber gasket both dampens vibration and allows flexing of joints such as in piping on a ship.
With proper support the coupling also allows up to 2 degrees of angular movement. This added flexibility, along with the couplings added weight, must be considered in the analysis of deflections and
spans in suspended systems.
Fig. 3
A.6
Straub-Flex Coupling
Straub. Flex is a trade name of Straub Kupplungen, AG, Wangs, Switzerland and Thornhill, Ontario, Canada.
MATERIALS
Casing
Straub-Flex Type LS couplings have type 304 stainless steel casings and galvanized steel lock bolts.
Type LS Special couplings are made of the same materials but have thicker casings. Types 316 and
316L stainless steel casings and stainless steel lock bolts are available on special order.
Gaskets. Two synthetic rubber gaskets are available:
a.
EPDM (ethylene propylene diene rubber)a high quality synthetic rubber with excellent
resistance to fresh or salt water, clean air, and sewage, and resistant to most moderately
corrosive liquids in a pH range from 2 to 11. This rubber is not recommended for use with
petroleum products.
b. Buna-N (nitrile rubber)-a synthetic rubber for use with oil, gasoline, natural gas and most
petroleum products.
PRESSURE RATING
All types of Straub-Flex couplings shown in Table 1 are rated for at least 150 psi pressure. Contact
the manufacturer for possible lower ratings if stainless steel bolts are specified. Ratings include an
allowance for test pressures up to 50 percent higher than rated pressure according to the manufacturer. Higher pressure ratings are available in all sizes.
The pressure ratings are for continuous service at 180F (82C) with the EPDM gasket, and for continuous services at 160F (71C) with the Buna-N gasket.
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A Straub-Flex coupling may act as a joint insulator. If electrical continuity is required across the pipe
joint for Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe, a separate electrical bonding strip should be placed across
the outside of the Straub-Flex casing, and connected to the pipe on both sides of the coupling.
**
Heat-shrinkable sleeves are produced by the Pipe Production Division of Raychem Corp., Redwood City, CA., by
Chemplast, Inc., Wayne, NJ, and outside the U.S. by Canusa Coating Systems, Ltd., Rexdale, Ontario, Canada.
A.7
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Using Straub-Flex couplings, joining Bondstrand is similar to joining steel pipe, except for sealing cut
pipe ends. Depending on chemical exposure, you may need a suitable coating to cover exposed
glass fibers on the cut ends. It is usually not necessary to sand or shave the outer surface of
Bondstrand pipe as the Straub couplings make a tight seal on the as-wound surface. Exceptions are
given in step c of this procedure.
You may use the standard joining instructions for Straub-Flex couplings as used with steel pipe. You
will need the following tools:
1.
2.
3.
Steps b and d given below are recommended for piping in which the cut pipe ends must be protected against chemical attack or abrasion. In slurry applications, the user should be aware that the
joint cavity may fill with sediment, restricting flexibility.
A.8
d. Coat the Cut Ends and Gasket Sealing Surfaces (Lined Pipe Only)
Surfaces must be sanded, clean and dry for coating. Select and apply a coating to the cut
ends and shaved gasket sealing surfaces of the pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating
such as Amercoat 90, manufactured by Amerons Protective Coatings Division, covers
exposed glass fibers and is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.
Bondstrand PSXTM-34 adhesive may also be suitable.
Note:
On special order, Ameron can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for Straub couplings with ends prepared in accordance with steps b, c and d.
Note:
Do not soap the inside surfaces of the gaskets or the outside surface of the pipe.
f.
TESTING
Because Straub-Flex couplings do not resist longitudinal load, make sure all pipe, fittings and appurtenances are properly and securely anchored before testing. Replace all air in the system with water,
and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours or as required by the project specifications.
TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If a joint leaks, try the
following:
1.
Disassemble the leaky coupling and an adjacent coupling and remove a pipe section for
examinaton of the rubber gasket and the pipe ends.
2.
3.
If the pipe end is not within the diameter limits shown in Table 2, or has abnormally rough
surface or grooves, sand the pipe end surfaces and reinstall the pipe.
A.9
Table 2
Application Data for Straub-Flex Couplings
A.10
1.
2.
8 and 10 in. (200-250 mm) sizes must be ordered with special casing thickness because the standard coupling only provides (15 bar) and (12 bar) maximum pressure. Casing does provide > 225 psi (10 bar) minimum pressure rating.
3.
APPENDIX B
GROUNDING OF SERIES 7000M PIPING
Electrical charges generated within flowing fluids with low conductivity such as liquid hydrocarbon
fuels can cause hazardous static charges to build up on the surfaces of the pipe. To overcome this
problem and still offer the advantages inherent in RTB piping, Ameron has developed special piping
systems-Bondstrand Series 7000 and 7000M. These piping systems provide electrical continuity
throughout by incorporating conductive elements into the structural wall of the pipe, flanges and the
interior surface of the fittings, and through the use of a specially formulated adhesive which provides
the conductivity required at the bonded joints.
Proper installation and grounding is important for the safe operation of Series 7000 and 7000M pipe
when carrying these charge-generating fluids. This bulletin explains how these products are to be
installed, grounded and checked to verify their electrical continuity.
ASSEMBLY OF PIPE
All Series 7000 and 7000M piping are assembled using electrically conductive Bondstrand PSXTM-60
adhesive. This special two-component epoxy adhesive is supplied in kit form. Detailed application
instructions are contained in Bondstrand Assembly Instructions, PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive, FP827.
METALLIC FITTINGS
All metallic fittings must be individually grounded. Tees, elbows, etc. should be welded or otherwise
connected directly to the ship or other grounding structure. Metallic mechanical joints such as
Dresser or Straub must be grounded. If mechanical joints are used, at least one grounding saddle will
be required for each length of pipe.
B.1
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
B.2
Fig. 3
Apply sufficient voltage between the hose clamps to measure the electrical resistance in the spool
using a standard generator- type insulation tester* capable of applying up to 1,500 volts dc. The
measured resistance should not exceed 106 ohms.
* Ameron recommends the use of a Megger Mark IV Insulation Tester, Cat. No. 211805, James G. Biddle Co., or equal.
B.3
Important:
To ensure that each grounding saddle is functioning properly, no more than one grounding strap at
a time should be connected to the ships structure during the test.
b. Grounded Piping
If it is impossible to electrically isolate the system, each section of pipe must be checked
separately. This may be done by placing a steel hose clamp on each section of pipe (defined
as a length between bonded joints) and measuring the resistance between it and the nearest
grounding location as described above.
Fig. 4
B.4
Test Setup For Electrical Continuity Check of Piping During New Construction and Drydock Periods
APPENDIX C
SIZING OF SHIPBOARD PIPING
Shipyards and design agencies have used various methods to evaluate and select velocities for each
application. These methods have yielded acceptable sizes, pressure drops and efficiency losses and
have allowed adaptation of the nearest standard pipe size in the preliminary design stages.
The method discussed herein uses the inside diameter factor to calculate maximum velocities and
flow in gallons per minute for Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 1 to 36 with Iron Pipe Size (IPS) and Metric
Cast Iron (MCI) internal diameters.
For Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems a maximum allowable velocity of 15 ft./sec. has been
established. This is to prevent erosion which might occur at higher fluid velocities. Table 1 shows
inside diameter factors
[ID]
1/2
[ID ]
1/3
[ ]
; and ID
For NPS 1 to 36 IPS and MCI internal diameter configurations. Table 2 shows fourteen inside diameter functions for different shipboard piping systems.
Applying the IDF (inside diameter function) for a given piping system, maximum velocity value for different pipe sizes can be obtained as follows:
Example A:
Calculate the maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a 6-in. IPS fiberglass pipe to be used in
a feed discharge system.
IDF for feed discharge
C.1
Q(gpm) =
Q(gpm) =
ID2 x Vfpm
24.51
39.19 x 550
24.51
Q(gpm) =
879.42 (gpm)
Q(gpm) =
Where:
V(fpm) =
ID2 =
24.51 =
Table 1
C.2
Example B:
Check for maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a sea water discharge for 10-in. IPS.
V(fpm) =
V(fps) =
=
Q(gpm) =
ID2 x Vfpm
24.51
107.12 x 96824.51
Q(gpm) =
24.51
Q(gpm) =
Q(gpm) =
Where:
V(fpm) =
ID2 =
24.51 =
Based on the required system flow rate, the correct pipe size can be determined by trial and error.
C.3
Table 2
Note:
C.4
For bilge suction use V=400 fpm (feet per minute) for all NPS selections
APPENDIX D
Miscellaneous data
D.1 Adhesive Requirements (PSXtm-34 ; PSXtm-60)
The number of joints that can be made using 3 oz., 5 oz., or 8 oz. Kits of PSXtm-34 and/or PSXtm-60
are shown on the Table below.
Nominal
Pipe Size
3 oz.
KIT SIZE
5 oz.
8 oz.
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
10
6
4
3
2
1
1
.50
.50
.50
10
7
5
3
2
1
1
1
1
.50
.50
10
8
6
5
3
2
2
1
1
1
Note:
D.1
Note:
1) System internal operating pressures may be limited by mechanical joints, fittings or anchoring requirements to
values below the rating of the pipe itself.
2) Pipe design resists collapse due to combined internal suction head and external fluid pressure. For example, a
63-psi (4.3-bar) external pressure rating allows for 120 ft (37 m) of water plus a 75% (suction head) with a
safety factor of 2 to minimum ultimate collapse pressure
D.2
APPENDIX E
PIPING SUPPORT FOR NON-RESTRAINED MECHANICAL JOINTS
This bulletin offers suggestions for supporting and anchoring Bondstrand piping systems joined with
bolted coupling mechanical joints which do not offer axial restraint. These bolted couplings are the
standard designs offered by Dresser, Viking- Johnson, Rockwell, Straub, R.H. Baker and others
which seal by means of an elastomeric gasket or gland seal against the outside diameter of the pipe.
The flexibility allowed by bolted couplings must be accounted for in calculating allowable span
lengths. Also, provisions for anchoring against hydrostatic thrusts must be incorporated into the
design.
Span Recommendations
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe joined with bolted couplings can be determined
by use of the following equation:
L = 0.207
Where
EI
w
1/4
L =
EI =
w =
In metric units:
L = 0.0995
Where
EI
w
1/4
L =
EI =
w =
These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping support arrangements as shown in Figure 1;
i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, or vertical runs incorporated within the span.
Anchoring Recommendations
Bolted couplings, not designed to withstand longitudinal forces, allow 3/8-in. (10mm) longitudinal
pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual joints
should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear as well
as preventing, in severe cases, the pipe from moving out of the coupling. Anchors must be provided
at thrust points such as valves, turns, branches, or reducers, as well as at locations where excessive
movement may occur (see Figure 1).
Figure 2 shows how mechanically coupled pipe should be supported and anchored at fittings.
Supports must be designed to carry the weight of the pipe and its contents. Anchors are located at
the terminal points of the piping system or where there is a change in direction and should be
designed to withstand thrusts due to internal line pressure.
E.1
Fig. 1
Note:
Fig. 2
Note:
E.2
Support Arrangements
Each Pipe length (L) should be anchored at least once to keep pipe ends from moving out of couplings
or jamming together and abrading.
Anchors may be affixed to pipe using saddles as shear conntectors or bolted to flanges
Conversions
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data
reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment,
application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data
may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the
accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information
contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this
literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel:
+31 345 587 587
Fax:
+31 345 587 561
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
Bondstrand pipe and fittings are suitable for the applications listed up to the maximum
recommended temperature. However, due to variations in actual service conditions, this
corrosion guide should be considered only a recommendation and not a guarantee.
Note that combinations of chemical solutions are often far more aggressive than the
individual components. For applications not listed, contact Ameron Applications
Engineering.
For service designated CM, consult manufacturer (Ameron) for possible limitations.
When no concentration is shown, recommendations apply to any concentration to
100% or to saturation.
Service considerations
Series 2000 A lined epoxy system using the Quick-Lock joint for continuous
operating temperatures to 250F (121C) generally and to 300F (149C) for selected
substances.
Series 2000M A lined epoxy system for marine and offshore applications with
chemical resistance properties similar to Series 2000, but with greater resistance to
external collapse for in-tank operation under vacuum.
Series 2000M-FP A lined epoxy system with the same service capabilities and
chemical resistance as Series 2000M for marine and offshore fire protection systems;
incorporates an external intumescent coating which greatly enhances the fire resistance
properties of the system.
FP132H (11/99)
Series 2000MP A lined epoxy system rated to 250F (121C) and 125 psig (8.5 bar)
meeting MIL-P-28584B requirements for steam condensate, hot water, district heating
and similar piping applications with chemical resistance properties similar to
Series 2000.
Fittings Filament-wound epoxy.
Adhesives Type 34 for most applications; Type 6 for foodstuffs.
Text
Series 2400 A lined epoxy system for operating temperatures to 200F (93C) when
employing the Key-Lock mechanical joint or 250F (121C) when using a taper/taper
adhesive-bonded joint. See Series 2000 for corrosion resistance properties.
Series 3400 An unlined epoxy system with joining identical to those of Series 2400.
Also available in a lined variant upon request. Consult Ameron for specific corrosion
resistance properties.
Series 3000A A lined epoxy system for operating temperatures to 210F (99C).
Designed for water/wastewater applications requiring less wall thickness or less
temperature resistance than Series 2000.
Series 3200 A lined epoxy system designed to meet Underwriters Laboratories
requirements for underground fire protection systems. All Series 3200 pipe and fittings
are rated to 200 psig at 150F (14 bar at 66C). Contact Ameron for recommendations
regarding corrosion resistance.
Series 3300 A lined epoxy system rated to temperatures to 150F (66C) and
pressures to 300 psig (21 bar) in 8 through 12-inch sizes. Corrosion resistance
properties of Series 3300 are identical to those of Series 3200.
Fittings Molded epoxy (2 to 6 inches); filament-wound epoxy (8 to 16 inches).
Adhesive Type 34
Series 4000 A lined epoxy system similar to Series 2000 in temperature capabilities,
but with a thicker liner for even greater corrosion and erosion resistance.
Fittings Filament-wound epoxy.
Adhesives Type 34 for most applications; Type 6 for foodstuffs.
Series 5000 A vinyl ester system for severely corrosive services at temperatures to
200F (93C).
Fittings Filament-wound or molded vinyl ester.
Adhesives Type 105
Corrosion resistance
tables
Substance
Concentration
Acetaldehyde
Acetic acid
10%
Acetic acid
10 20%
Acetic acid
20 50%
Acetic acid
50 100%
Acetic anhydride
Acetone
Acetonitrile
Acetophenone
Acrylic acid
Acrylonitrile
Air
Alcohol, amyl
Alcohol, butyl
Alcohol, ethyl (ethanol)
Alcohol, isobutyl
Alcohol, isopropyl
Alcohol, methyl (methanol)
Alcohol, polyvinyl
Allyl chloride
Aluminum acetate
10%
Aluminum chloride
Aluminum chlorohydroxide
50%
Aluminum hydroxide
Aluminum nitrate
Aluminum potassium sulfate (alum)
Aluminum sulfate
Ammonia gas (dry)
Ammonium bicarbonate
50%
Ammonium carbonate
15%
Ammonium carbonate
15 50%
Ammonium chloride
Ammonium hydroxide
20%
Ammonium hydroxide
20 29%
Ammonium nitrate
25%
Ammonium nitrate
>25%
Ammonium persulfate
Ammonium phosphate
Ammonium sulfate
40%
Ammonium sulfate
>40%
Ammonium thiocyanate
Ammonium thiosulfate
Amyl acetate
Amyl chloride
Aniline
Antimony pentachloride
Antimony trichloride
Aqua regia
Arsenic acid
100
150
80
150
100
150
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
120
120
120
Barium acetate
Barium carbonate
Barium chloride
Barium hydroxide
Barium nitrate
Barium sulfate
Barium sulfide
Beer
10%
25%
O-ring
Matl
CM
CM
CM
150
150
CM
CM
CM
CM
200
200
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
75
CM
100
100
120
120
120
120
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
75
CM
CM
CM
100
300
200
200
180
180
180
150
150
120
250
270
100
200
250
270
270
150
220
180
180
270
180
150
225
225
100
200
270
270
150
150
100
100
100
100
220
CM
CM
CM
CM
200
150
150
150
150
150
100
100
100
100
250
150
150
150
150
150
100
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
200
200
200
200
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
180
200
200
100
150
100
100
200
150
100
200
200
180
150
200
200
100
100
180
200
210
210
150
180
150
150
120
100
100
210
210
180
200
200
200
150
150
150
150
120
100
100
200
200
CM
CM
150
210
210
100
100
150
200
200
100
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
150
75
75
150
75
75
150
CM
CM
180
100
300
200
200
180
180
180
150
150
120
250
270
100
200
250
270
270
150
220
180
180
270
180
150
225
225
100
200
270
270
150
150
100
100
100
100
220
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
180
180
180
180
150
150
180
200
250
220
200
225
225
200
180
200
210
200
150
210
210
200
180
250
250
220
200
250
225
200
150
200
200
150
150
200
180
150
150
180
200
200
150
180
180
180
150
180
200
200
150
180
180
180
250
175
175
150
150
150
100
150
100
210
210
CM
200
210
210
210
150
200
180
180
210
180
150
200
200
80
200
210
210
120
120
100
100
100
CM
200
100
100
CM
100
100
CM
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
CM
N/E
N/E
N/E
E
E
E
N
E
E
N
N/E
N
N/E
CM
CM
CM
CM
N/E
N/E
CM
N
N/E
N/E
N
E = EPR
N = Buna-N
V = Viton A
CM = Consult manufacturer
When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.
Corrosion resistance
tables
Substance
Concentration
Benzaldehyde
Benzene
Benzene sulfonic acid
Benzoic acid
Black liquor
Borax
Boric acid
Boric acid
Boric acid
Brine (< 20% salts)
Bromine (dry)
Bromine (liquid)
Bromine water
Bromine (wet)
Butadiene
Butane
Butyl acetate
Butyl cellosolve
Butyraldehyde
Butyric acid
Calcium bisulfate
Calcium bisulfite
Calcium carbonate
Calcium chlorate
Calcium chloride
Calcium hydroxide
Calcium hypochlorite
Calcium hypochlorite
Calcium nitrate
Calcium phosphate
Calcium sulfate
Caprylic acid
Carbon dioxide (dry)
Carbon disulfide
Carbonic acid
Carbon monoxide
Carbon tetrachloride
Castor oil
Chloride dioxide (wet)
Chlorine gas (dry)
Chlorine gas (wet)
Chloroacetic acid
Chloroacetic acid
Chloroacetic acid
Chlorobenzene
Chloroform
Chlorosulfonic acid
Chromic acid
Chromic acid
Chromic acid
Chrome alum
Citric acid
Copper acetate
Copper chloride
Copper cyanide
Copper nitrate
Temperature Conversions
C = 59(F - 32)
4%
4 20%
>20%
4%
< 20%
20%
10%
10 25%
25 50%
5%
5 20%
20 30%
F
C
125
200
200
125
210
200
200
200
190
100
150
220
220
200
250
225
225
225
250
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
CM
O-ring
Matl
CM
CM
CM
CM
200
200
150
200
200
200
200
200
120
180
200
150
200
200
200
200
210
120
180
180
150
200
200
200
200
200
v
v
v
v
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
150
CM
150
150
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
150
150
150
150
200
150
150
150
150
120
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
100
100
CM
120
120
100
100
120
120
100
100
CM
CM
CM
180
150
150
270
270
270
150
270
200
150
150
250
250
250
150
250
75
180
200
150
220
210
210
210
125
210
180
120
120
210
210
210
150
210
200
200
200
200
200
180
200
100
200
200
200
150
200
200
200
200
100
210
150
150
200
200
200
120
200
75
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
100
200
150
150
150
200
200
200
120
200
75
150
150
150
200
175
200
125
210
270
270
270
150
270
200
150
150
250
250
250
150
250
75
180
200
150
220
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
100
CM
100
100
75
75
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
180
200
CM
CM
N
N/E
E
E
N/E
v
N
CM
E
N
N
CM
N
N
E
E
N/E
N
N
CM
N/E
N
N
N
CM
CM
CM
200
150
200
200
200
200
150
100
CM
100
CM
75
75
v
v
v
v
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
200
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
200
250
180
250
220
250
180
210
150
210
210
210
200
250
180
250
220
250
200
200
180
200
200
200
150
210
150
200
180
200
150
200
150
200
180
200
N
N
E
N
N
N
75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300
24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149
Corrosion resistance
tables
Substance
Concentration
Copper sulfate
Corn syrup
Cresylic acid
Crude oil (sweet or sour)
Cupric fluoride
Cupric nitrate
Cupric sulfate
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanol
O-ring
Matl
220
220
210
210
220
220
220
180
210
200
200
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
250
200
220
220
150
150
210
200
200
200
150
150
250
250
250
250
150
150
200
200
200
200
120
200
200
180
180
120
100
N/E
CM
210
150
180
180
120
100
Detergents
Diallyl phthalate
Dibutyl phthalate
Diacetone alcohol
Dicalcium phosphate
Dichloroacetaldehyde
Dichlorobenzene
Dichloroethylene
Diesel fuel
Diethanolamine
Diethyl ketone
Diethyl ether
Diethylene glycol
Diethylene triamine
Dimethylamine
Dimethyl formamide
Dimethyl phthalate
Diphenyl ether
Dipropylene glycol
Disodium methyl arsenate
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
150
150
180
120
120
120
120
120
120
N/V
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
125
150
120
100
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
150
150
CM
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
250
210
250
150
200
200
N/V
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
200
80
150
100
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
180
180
180
N/V
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
120
200
220
100
100
175
200
100
120
200
220
100
CM
CM
CM
100
150
200
100
150
200
v
v
v
Ethyl acetate
Ethyl acrylate
Ethyl alcohol alcohol, ethyl
Ethyl benzene
Ethyl cellosolve
Ethyl chloride
Ethyl ether
Ethyl tert-butyl ether (ETBE)
Ethylene chlorohydrin
Ethylene diamine
Ethylene dichloride
Ethylene glycol (aq.)
150
120
125
100
150
120
CM
120
120
120
120
150
150
125
100
150
150
CM
100
120
100
120
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
120
150
CM
CM
100
100
100
100
100
200
100
CM
125
100
120
150
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
120
270
100
210
120
270
CM
CM
CM
200
210
200
N/E
225
200
220
205
205
200
225
220
220
220
200
210
180
210
210
210
200
210
210
210
210
150
225
200
220
205
205
200
225
220
220
220
200
200
180
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
100
200
170
150
150
150
210
200
200
200
150
100
200
170
150
150
150
160
200
200
200
150
Fatty acids
Ferric acetate
Ferric chloride
Ferric chloride
Ferric chloride
Ferric nitrate
Ferric sulfate
Ferrous chloride
Ferrous nitrate
Ferrous sulfate
Fluoboric acid
Fluorine
Fluosilicic acid
Fluosilicic acid
20%
20 40%
40 60%
10%
10 25%
CM
150
100
CM
CM
N/V
N
N
N/V
N/V
CM
E
CM
v
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
200
100
CM
CM
CM
E = EPR
N = Buna-N
V = Viton A
CM = Consult manufacturer
When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.
Corrosion resistance
tables
Substance
Concentration
Formaldehyde
Formic acid
Formic acid
Freon
Fuel oil
Furfural
40%
10%
10 25%
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
220
210
220
180
210
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
225
180
220
300
300
120
180
210
150
210
210
210
120
150
225
180
250
300
300
120
200
150
100
200
200
200
150
150
200
210
210
150
120
200
200
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
100
CM
200
150
250
175
150
210
200
150
250
180
120
200
150
100
200
150
100
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
100
150
150
120
CM
CM
CM
CM
75
75
CM
CM
CM
CM
v
v
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
150
150
150
150
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
v
v
250
180
120
200
175
100
250
180
150
120
120
200
200
200
150
150
150
150
180
180
180
CM
125
125
100
120
120
200
200
200
180
150
100
150
100
CM
CM
Iodine
n-Isopropyl acetate
120
150
80
125
120
150
100
120
120
120
120
CM
250
250
210
210
250
250
180
180
200
200
200
200
N/E
Kerosene
250
210
250
200
210
200
Lactic acid
Latex
Lauric acid
n-Lauryl alcohol
Lead acetate
Lead nitrate
Levulinic acid
Lime
Linseed oil
Lithium chloride
Lithium hydroxide
Lube oil
225
225
220
220
250
220
220
200
250
225
150
250
210
210
210
200
210
210
210
200
210
210
150
210
225
225
220
250
250
220
220
220
250
225
150
250
200
120
200
200
200
200
200
180
200
200
120
200
170
210
200
200
200
170
200
180
200
210
150
200
170
160
200
200
200
170
200
180
200
160
150
200
N/E
Magnesium carbonate
Magnesium chloride
Magnesium hydroxide
Magnesium nitrate
Magnesium sulfate
220
270
270
250
270
210
210
210
210
210
220
270
270
250
270
200
200
150
200
200
170
210
210
200
210
170
200
200
200
120
N/E
50%
100%
30%
Heptane
Hexane
Hydraulic oils
Hydrazine
Hydrobromic acid
10%
Hydrobromic acid
10 48%
Hydrochloric acid
1%
Hydrochloric acid
1 10%
Hydrochloric acid
10 20%
Hydrochloric acid
20 37%
Hydrofluoric acid
5%
Hydrogen chloride gas (dry)
Hydrogen peroxide
30%
Hydrogen sulfide (dry)
Hydrogen sulfide (wet)
Hydrochlorous acid
10%
Temperature Conversions
C = 59(F - 32)
F
C
150
100
150
CM
CM
CM
O-ring
Matl
150
150
100
Gasoline
Gluconic acid
Glucose
Glycerine (aq.)
Glycerine
Glyoxal
Green liquor
CM
75
75
CM
CM
CM
N
CM
N
N/E
N/E
N
N
N/E
CM
N/E
E/V
E
N/E
N/E
N/V
N/V
N
CM
N
N/E
E/V
N/E
N/E
75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300
24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149
Corrosion resistance
tables
Substance
Concentration
O-ring
Matl
Maleic acid
5%
Maleic acid
5 35%
Maleic acid
> 35%
Maleic anhydride
Mercuric chloride
Mercurous chloride
Mercury
Methacrylic acid
Methyl chloride
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl alcohol
Methyl isobutyl carbitol
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Methyl methacrylate
Methyl sulfonic acid
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)
Methylene chloride
Mineral oil
220
220
220
150
220
220
270
200
200
200
150
210
210
210
220
220
220
150
220
220
270
200
200
200
120
200
200
200
170
170
150
150
200
200
200
120
120
100
150
200
200
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
270
210
270
200
210
200
N/E
Naphtha
Naphthalene
Natural gas
Nickel chloride
Nickel nitrate
Nickel sulfate
Nitric acid
Nitric acid
Nitric acid
Nitric acid
Nitrogen solutions
225
200
250
270
220
225
120
75
75
210
200
210
210
210
210
75
75
75
225
200
250
270
220
225
120
210
150
210
210
180
210
v
v
N/V
N/V
CM
200
150
200
160
180
160
75
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
125
150
180
200
200
200
200
200
150
150
100
100
100
CM
CM
CM
250
250
220
220
210
210
210
200
250
250
220
220
200
180
180
200
210
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
220
150
200
150
250
150
200
150
200
150
CM
CM
CM
200
200
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
v
v
N/V
N/V
N/V
N/V
220
210
220
200
200
200
N/V
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
120
100
100
100
100
100
120
100
100
100
CM
100
100
v
v
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
75
75
CM
CM
CM
v
v
1%
1 5%
5 10%
10 20%
10%
10 20%
20 50%
Palmitic acid
Perchloric acid
Perchloroethylene
Petroleum ether
Phenol
1%
Phenol
1 5%
Phenol
5 100%
Phosphoric acid
2%
Phosphoric acid
2 10%
Phosphoric acid
10 50%
Phosphoric acid
50 85%
Phosphorous oxychloride
Phthalic anhydride
Pickling acid (5% H2SO4, 0.25% coal
coal tar inhibitor, water)
Picric acid
Pine oil
v
v
v
v
N
N
N
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
180
120
150
100
80
170
100
125
75
100
180
120
150
100
CM
100
150
100
150
CM
CM
CM
CM
120
CM
120
CM
CM
CM
CM
120
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
200
CM
N
N
E
N
N
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
100
100
100
100
100
100
75
200
200
200
200
100
75
75
100
75
75
CM
100
100
100
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
220
200
220
200
200
200
CM
100
100
150
80
100
125
180
100
150
200
100
150
CM
CM
CM
CM
N/V
150
150
E
E
E = EPR
N = Buna-N
V = Viton A
CM = Consult manufacturer
When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.
Corrosion resistance
tables
Substance
Concentration
220
150
150
150
220
220
100
270
225
200
220
220
200
150
150
150
270
210
150
120
210
200
200
100
210
210
180
200
200
200
150
150
150
210
220
150
180
180
270
220
100
270
225
200
220
220
220
180
180
180
270
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
180
250
150
270
150
210
125
210
180
270
150
270
180
100
150
150
150
200
150
200
180
200
200
200
150
120
100
100
200
150
180
100
180
100
200
120
120
120
Silver nitrate
Sodium acetate
Sodium aluminum sulfate
Sodium benzoate
Sodium bicarbonate
10%
Sodium bicarbonate
10 20%
Sodium bisulfate
Sodium bisulfite
Sodium bromate
Sodium bromide
Sodium carbonate
< 10%
Sodium carbonate
10%
Sodium chlorate
50%
Sodium chloride
Sodium cyanide
< 6%
Sodium cyanide
6%
Sodium dichromate
10%
Sodium ferricyanide
Sodium ferrocyanide
Sodium hydrosulfide
Sodium hydroxide
10%
Sodium hydroxide
10 40%
Sodium hydroxide
40 50%
Sodium hypochlorite
514%
Sodium hypochlorite (stable) 10%
Sodium hypochlorite (stable) 11 18%
Sodium nitrate
Sodium nitrite
Sodium silicate
Sodium sulfate
Sodium sulfide
10%
Sodium sulfite
220
220
220
200
250
250
250
220
150
250
200
100
250
270
225
225
200
270
270
120
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
210
210
210
200
125
210
210
150
200
210
210
210
180
210
210
100
150
150
150
CM
CM
Temperature Conversions
C = 59(F - 32)
F
C
120
100
150
150
100
200
120
100
150
150
100
200
O-ring
Matl
E
E
N
N
N
N/E
CM
CM
210
210
150
200
200
150
100
100
200
200
150
200
200
150
100
100
N/E
CM
CM
210
200
N/E
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
210
100
210
150
200
100
200
N/E
100
100
100
CM
220
220
250
200
250
250
250
220
180
250
200
200
250
270
225
225
200
270
270
120
180
180
180
200
200
200
180
180
150
200
200
140
200
150
150
180
200
200
200
200
200
200
100
100
100
200
200
200
180
180
180
200
200
150
210
210
150
210
210
210
200
180
200
200
200
200
200
180
180
180
200
200
150
200
200
150
200
200
200
200
180
200
200
E/V
CM
CM
CM
100
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
150
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
v
v
v
N/E
CM
CM
CM
270
250
220
270
200
200
210
210
210
210
200
200
270
250
220
270
200
200
CM
CM
210
200
200
210
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
N/E
N/E
N
N
N
E
E
N/E
N
N/E
E
N
CM
N/V
N/V
N/E
N/E
N
N
N
N
CM
N/E
N/E
N/E
E
E
E
E
N/E
N/E
N
N
75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300
24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149
Corrosion resistance
tables
Substance
Concentration
Sodium thiocyanate
Sodium thiosulfate
Stannic chloride
Stannic sulfate
Stannous chloride
Stearic acid
Strontium chloride
Styrene
Sugar solutions
Sulfamic acid
Sulfite liquors
Sulfur chloride
Sulfur dioxide gas (dry)
Sulfur trioxide
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfuric acid
Sulfurous acid
< 25%
2%
2 5%
5 10%
10 20%
20 25%
25 50%
50 70%
> 70%
Tall oil
Tannic acid
tert-Amyl methyl ether (TAME)
Tetrachloroethylene
Tetraethyl lead
Thionyl chloride
Toluene
Transformer oil
Trichloroethylene
Triethanolamine
Triethylamine
Triphenyl phosphite
Trisodium phosphate
Turpentine
O-ring
Matl
200
150
250
250
220
220
200
100
220
100
150
200
125
210
210
210
210
200
100
210
100
125
200
150
270
270
220
220
200
100
250
100
150
180
200
200
200
200
200
200
100
180
180
200
200
120
200
200
200
200
200
75
200
100
100
200
120
200
200
200
200
200
75
200
100
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
180
150
150
125
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
100
80
200
160
200
200
200
200
180
180
120
150
100
75
120
100
75
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
200
180
180
180
180
180
150
150
100
CM
CM
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
200
180
200
200
120
120
200
225
100
180
120
200
210
200
225
100
180
120
200
200
200
200
100
N/E
CM
200
210
100
CM
CM
CM
100
100
100
v
v
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
120
v
v
N
N
N/E
N/V
N
v
N/V
N
v
v
E
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
300
120
150
100
120
200
150
125
210
100
150
100
120
200
125
150
300
120
150
100
120
200
150
CM
100
210
100
210
N/V
Urea
200
150
Vinegar
Vinyl acetate
200
150
Water, chlorinated
50 ppm
Water, chlorinated
50 500 ppm
Water, chlorinated 500 2000 ppm
Water, chlorinated 2000 3500 ppm
Water, chlorinated brine
Water, deionized
Water, demineralized
Water, distilled
Water, fresh
Water, salt
Water, sea
Water, steam condensate
White liquor
25%
200
CM
CM
CM
CM
150
150
CM
CM
CM
CM
120
150
100
150
120
CM
CM
100
150
120
N/V
200
150
150
150
CM
150
120
200
150
200
150
100
150
100
E/V
150
125
100
150
125
100
150
125
100
120
110
100
120
110
100
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
120
250
250
250
250
270
270
250
150
120
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
150
120
250
250
250
250
270
270
250
200
180
150
110
110
150
180
200
200
200
200
200
200
150
CM
CM
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
N/E
CM
CM
N/E
CM
CM
CM
N
N
N/E
N/E
N/E
N/E
N/E
N/E
E = EPR
N = Buna-N
V = Viton A
CM = Consult manufacturer
When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.
Corrosion resistance
tables
Mechanical joining
systems
Substance
Concentration
Xylene
150
125
150
CM
150
150
Zinc acetate
Zinc chloride
Zinc phosphate
Zinc sulfate
180
250
180
200
150
210
150
210
180
250
180
250
180
200
200
200
150
200
150
200
150
200
150
200
O-ring
Matl
v
E
N/E
CM
N/E
Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II Available on all 3000A Series products. These joints
utilize an O-ring seal with locking threads.
Key-Lock (K/L) Available for Series 2400 and 3400 in diameters from 2 to 40 inches .
The Key-Lock joint utilizes an O-ring seal with locking keys.
Fittings
Temperature Range
Code
Polymer
Buna-N (Nitrile)
-30 to +225
-5 to +105
-65 to +250
-55 to +125
Fluorocarbon (Viton A)
-15 to +375
-25 to +190
Where a choice of materials is shown (i.e. N/E), the proper material selection will depend on the concentration,
temperature and pressure of the system.
Bondstrand adhesives
Type
6
34
10
Joint
Type
Primary Use
Q/L
Foodstuffs
Areas
of Use
Pipe Resin
System
All
All
Temperature
F
Epoxy
300
149
Epoxy
300
149
60
Q/L
Antistatic piping
All
Epoxy
250
121
105
Q/L
Resistance to acids
All
Vinyl ester
200
93
11
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be
reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever
in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are
subject to change.
GROUP HEADQUARTERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd.
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: 65 861 6118
Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
Ameron Composites
P.O. Box 71370
11 McBride Street
Newnan, Georgia 30263
Tel: (770) 253-2000
Fax: (770) 253-9234
1986 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP132H (11/99) supersedes FP132G (1/97) 10M [369]
AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L
Project Name
Application
Size
Pressure
Area
System
Year
14", 20"
10 bar
China
7000M
1996, 1997
6" - 10"
10 bar
China
7000M
1997
6" - 12"
10 bar
China
7000M
1997
Dalian Shipyard
Sea Water
6" - 10"
10 bar
China
7000M
1998
Jiangnan Shipyard
10", 12"
10 bar
China
7000M
1998
Jiangnan Shipyard
10", 12"
10 bar
China
7000M
1999
6" - 12"
10" -12"
10 bar
10 bar
China
2000M
2000M
1999
2000
6" - 20"
10 bar
China
2000M
2000
Ballast System
8' - 14"
10 bar
China
7000M
2000
11
Ballast System
12" - 14"
10 bar
China
2000M
2000
12
Ballast System
12" - 20"
10 bar
China
7000M
2000
13
6" - 18"
16 bar
China
7000M
2000
14
Qingshan Shipyard/Somers
8", 12"
10 bar
China
7000M
2001
15
3"- 20"
10 bar
China
7000M
2001
16
8"- 26"
10 bar
China
7000M
2001
17
2"-14"
10 bar
China
2000M
2001
13
Ballast System
2" - 16"
16 bar
China
7000M
2001
AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L
CASE HISTORIES
Vessel Type : Floating Production Storage and Offloading Vessels
(Conversions)
S/N
Project Name
Shipyard
Year Built
Applications
Keppel Shipyard
1986
Total Bongkot
Sembawang Shipyard
1993
1994
Chlorination System
Cossack Pioneer
Keppel Shipyard
1995
Philip Xijiang
Keppel Shipyard
1995
Keppel FELS
P33, 35
1996 ~ 7
Process Skids
1997
Process Skids
P37
Jurong Shipyard
1998
P38
Jurong Shipyard
1999
10
Jurong Shipyard
1999
h:\laitheng\case-his\Casehis-FPSO (8/2/01)
AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L
CASE HISTORIES
Vessel Type : Floating Production Storage and Offloading Vessels
(New Build)
S/N
Project Name
Shipyard
Year Built
Applications
Bohai
Jiangnan Shipyard
1993
Process Skids
Smedvig/Esso
Balder
1994
Rasmussen
1995
Statoil/Norne
1995
Statoil/Aasgard
1996
Saga Petroleum
1996
Woodside Laminaria
1997
1998
h:\laitheng\case-his\Casehis-FPSO (8/2/01)
AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L
CASE HISTORIES
Vessel Type : Floating Production Storage and Offloading Vessels
(New Build)
S/N
Project Name
Shipyard
10
11
12
1998
13
ELF / Girassol
1999
14
1999
h:\laitheng\case-his\Casehis-FPSO (8/2/01)
Year Built
Applications
1998
1998
1998 /9
AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L
Client / Project
System
Sembawang Engineering /
Drain Line
30 - 2 / Daewoo S H M
Product
Size
Area
Year
Series 7000M
2" - 12"
China
1992
Series 2000M
1" - 16"
China
1993
Series 2000M /
1" - 16"
China
1993 / 1994
1" - 36"
China
1994
Series 2000M
3" - 10"
China
1999
Series 2000M
2" - 6"
China
1999
Seawater Cooling /
Hyundai
Series 2000M
Sembawang Engg
Fire Water
Series 2000M
Potable Water
Series 2000M - FP
with Pitchar
coating at yard.
CNOOC / OOEC
Firewater System
AMERON
IN T E R N A T IO N A L
Client / Project
System
Product
Size
Area
Year
Series 2000M
1" - 10"
China
2000
Series 2000M
2" - 6"
China
2000
Series 2000M
2" - 8"
China
2000
1" - 10"
China
2001
CNOOC / OOEC
9
10
Page 2
AMERON
IN T E R N A TIO N A L
Customer
Name of platform
Location
Details of Pipe
Installed/Status
AMOCO
Mahogany Alfa
Trinidad
Jan-97
AMOCO
Mahogany Bravo
Trinidad
Mar-97
Woodside Petroleum
Goodwyn A Platform
Australia
Retrofit
Mar-97
PDVSA
Retrofit
Venezuela
Retrofit
Jun-97
Lagoven
Maracaibo
Venezuela
Venezuela
PSX - JF and L3
Ras Laffan
Qatar
McDermott, Dubai
Mar-98
Ras Laffan
Qatar
Southport, LA
Mar-98
Chevron Oil
North Nemba
Angola
Aug-98
QGPC
PS-2
Qatar
Mideast Const.
Oct-98
10
Pemex
Injection Platform
Mexico
Retrofit
Dec-98
11
Sable Energy
Sable Island
Canada
Kavaerner, U.K.
Under Construction
12
AMOCO
Marlin
Gulf of Mexico
Aker Gulf
Under Construction
8/3/01
Case History - Offshore - PSX
PSX
Page1 of 2
AMERON
IN T E R N A TIO N A L
Customer
13Texaco/Chevron - Jointventure
Name of platform
Location
Details of Pipe
Installed/Status
Gemini
Gulf of Mexico
Under Construction
Under Construction
Under Construction
Under Construction
14
Elf Aquitaine
Virgo
Gulf of Mexico
15
AMOCO
Amherstia
Trinidad
16
Chevron
17
Chevron
KWIP
Angola
Under Construction
18
Yetagun
Myanmar
Under Construction
19
Petrobras
Pescada Retrofit
Brazil
Utc
To be Installed
8/3/01
Case History - Offshore - PSX
PSX
Page2 of 2
Offshore Installations
Index
Ballast
Exposure:
contaminated
seawater
Pressure:
150 psi (10 bar)
Piping system: Series 2000M
ISO-9001
Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caisson piping . . . . . . . . .
Cement injection lines . . . .
Chlorination . . . . . . . . . . .
Column pipe . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling water . . . . . . . . . .
Deck drain and disposal lines
Fire protection mains . . . . .
Potable water . . . . . . . . . .
Produced water. . . . . . . . .
Sanitary service/sewage . . .
Seawater service (nonvital) . .
Vent lines . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water injection . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
7
9
9
10
10
11
12
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Norway
1975
Andoc/Dunlin A
2-12
Netherlands
1975
Condeep Brent B
2-12
Norway
1975
Seatank Platform
12
Norway
1978
Owner/Builder
Platform
Condeep/Brent C
10-12
U.K.
1978
Condeep/Brent C
10-12
Norway
1978
Chevron Offshore
Santa Barbara
6-10
U.S.A.
1980
Shell Offshore
AMWP-7
Champion Phase 1
Champion 7
2-12
2-10
2-16
Brunei
Brunei
Brunei
1980
1981
1981
Elf Aquitaine
Condeep
3-8
Norway
1984
Zane Barnes
24
Japan
1986
Statoil Norway
Statfjord "A"
16
Norway
1992
Wandoo Alliance
Wandoo CGS
8-14
Australia
1995
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP162C (5/97)
Caisson piping
Owner/Builder
Exposure:
marine
environment
Pressure:
ambient
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Bondstrand
caisson piping
Platform
Size
(in)
cement
ambient
ambient
Series 2000M
U.K.
1994
3, 6, 18
6
U.K
U.K
1994
1995
Wandoo Alliance/Leighton
CGS
16-30
Australia
1995
Total Myanmar/McDermott
Yanada
6-18
Myanmar
1997
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Conoco
Installation No. 1
Installation No. 2
Installation No. 3
4
4
4
North Sea
North Sea
North Sea
1983
1984
1984
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Trinmar Ltd.
Platform 9
8-12
Trinidad
1974
Norway
1975
Chlorination
Exposure:
chlorinated
water
Pressure:
30 psi (2 bar)
Temperature: 28 to 85F
(-2 to 29C)
Piping system: Series 5000M
Date
Site of
Installation
Platform
Singapore
1983
Fluor Ocean/Keppel
Platform
Singapore
1983
Conoco
Kotterfield
Loggerfield
2
2
Netherlands`
Netherlands`
1984
1984
Argentina
Argentina
1984
1984
Mobil Offshore
Tamdao 1
Singapore
1987
Maxus
[Existing platform]
2-6
Indonesia
1991
Conoco/McDermott
Belida I
1-4
Indonesia
1992
Petronas Carigali/SSE
Bardegg
1-4
Malaysia
1992
Total/McDermott
Bongkot 1
1-4
Indonesia
1992
Shell/Promet
D35
2-6
Malaysia
1993
Petronas Carigali/MSE
Dulang
1-4
Malaysia
1994
Shell/SSE
M3PQ
1-4
Malaysia
1995
Shell/Samsung
M1PQ
1-4
Korea(Mal.)
1995
Carigali/Denora
Dulang
1-6
Malaysia
1995
Woodside
N.Rankin A.
1-6
Australia
1995
Wandoo Alliance/Leighton
Wandoo CGS
Australia
1995
Woodside
Karatha
2-6
Australia
1995
Column piping
Exposure:
Pressure:
Temperature:
Piping system:
seawater
150 psi
ambient
Series 2000M
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Brent B
Andoc/Dunlin A
Condeep/Brent B
Andoc/Brent A
Andoc/Brent B
2-12
2-12
12
2-12
2-12
Netherlands
U.K.
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
1975
1975
1975
1975
1975
Installation 1-2
6-8
U.S.A.
1979
Shell Oil Co
Installation 3-7
3-6
U.S.A.
1980
Gulf Oil
Installation 1
10
U.S.A.
1981
Installation 8-15
U.S.A.
1981
Platform
2-8
U.K.
1982
Shell Offshore
Installation 1-3
3-6
U.S.A.
1982
Gulf Oil
Installation 2
Installation 16
8
8
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1982
1982
Union Oil
Helm
Helder
6
6
Netherlands
Netherlands
1982
1982
Gulf Oil
Installation 3
10
U.S.A.
1983
Sub. pump.
Norway
1989
Sub. pump.
Sub. pump.
8
8
Norway
Norway
1989
1989
Amerplastics
Hoogovens
6, 20
Benelux
1991
Conoco/McDermott
Belida 1
10
Indonesia
1992
Kramp Wassertechnik
Norway
1992
Esbjerg Oiltool
Tyra West
Denmark
1993
Denmark
1993
Statoil
Vesslefrikk
10
Norway
1993
Wandoo Alliance
Wandoo
14
Australia
1995
seawater
150 psi (10 bar)
ambient
Series 2000M
Owner/Builder
Platform
EXXON
Exxon El-182
14
U.S.A.
1983
Jebsens
Ali Baba
North Sea
1984
Britoil, U.K.
Thistle
4-8
North Sea
1984
ARCO/Nukila
Barge
10
Indonesia
1984
Total ABK/Dubigeon
Nantes
Platform
2-10
Singapore
1984
Marathon
Platform Steelhead
12
Alaska
1986
Esmond Platform
U.K.
1987
Hudbay
existing platform
2-6
Indonesia
1987
Phillips
Ekofisk
Norway
1987
Dolphin A/S
Norway
1987
Statoil
Veslefrik F
6/12, 12/20
Norway
1988
Maxus
existing platform
8-16
Indonesia
1989
Shell
W. Cam. 565A
1989
Shell
W. Cam. 565D
1990
Shell
1990
Shell
1990
Loop
GI-59
4-10
1991
Marathon
SP-86C
4-12
1991
NAM
L-2
2-20
Benelux
1991
Texaco
SMI-217
2, 6
U.K.
1991
ARCO
BTSA/BZZA
Indonesia
1992
CNOOC/Sembawang
WEI-114
(7000M)2-12
China
1992
Conoco/McDermott
Belida I
1-16
Indonesia
1992
Marathon
EC-321A
2, 4
Petronas Carigali/MSE
Bardegg
2-8
Malaysia
1992
Total/McDermott
Bongkot 1
1-16
Thailand
1992
ARCO/HHI
Yacheng 13-1(Wellhead)1-16
China
1993
1-6
Date
1992
1-16
Indonesia
1993
Phillips/Daesoo
1-16
China
1993
Shell/Promet
D35
1-12
Malaysia
1993
ARCO/Sembawang
Yacheng 13-1(P-P)
1-36
China
1994
BP
V.R. 989
2-12
1994
Amec Development
Dunlin Alpha
U.K.
1995
Shell/Samsung
M1PQ
1-10
Malaysia
1995
Shell/SSE
M3PQ
1-10
Malaysia
1995
Wandoo Alliance/FELS
Wandoo
1-24
Australia
1995
Chevron/Daewoo
Carbinda
1-18
Nigeria
1997
drilling mud;
seawater
Pressure:
up to 150 psi
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Emeraude
AM
AM15
2-12
2-12
2-12
Congo
Congo
Congo
1972
1974
1974
Santa Barbara
10
U.S.A.
1974
Andoc/Dunlin A
3-4
Netherlands
1975
Burmah/British Petroleum
Thistle Field
3-4
France
1975
Robertkiri
6-8
Nigeria
1982
Platform
U.K.
1982
Britoil, U.K.
Thistle A
North Sea
1982
McDermott
Lay Barge 21
U.S.A.
1983
EXXON Offshore
Flourite
South Pass 89B
Citrine
4-6
4-8
6
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1984
1984
1985
Shell
SP-27J
El-1586
SMI-27A
EC-240
4
6
4
4
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1985
1985
1985
1985
Magnus Helideck
U.K.
1987
Date
Chevron
Ninian Central
Netherlands
1987
Amoco
N.W. Hutton
18
U.K.
1990
EXXON
8
6-8
Marathon
Eugene IS 349B
U.S.A.
1990
Shell
Vermillion 321A
Sabine Pass 10-J-A
6
6
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1990
1990
Texaco
Eugene IS 338
EI-330
GB-185A
GC-6
6
6
6
6
U.S.A.
1990
1990
1990
1990
BP Exploration
EB-826A
2-4
U.S.A.
1991
Chevron
MP-41D
2-10
U.S.A.
1991
Conoco
GI-47AP
GI-47AP
2-6
2-10
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1991
1991
EXXON
GI-16L
ST-172A,B,C,E
HI-193
WD-30
SMI-73B
MC-280 Lena
ST-172A,B,C,E
SP-89B
WD-73A
VER-164BATT
Mobil Bay
6
4
4
4
6-8
6
4
6-8
2-8
2-8
1-24
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
Marathon
EC -321A
Steelhead
4-6
6-12
U.S.A.
Alaska
1991
1991
Pennzoil
SMI-125D
112-4
U.S.A.
1991
Shell
HPI-391JA
3-8
U.S.A.
1991
1990
1990
seawater
up to 150 psi
ambient
Series 2000M
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Shell
EI-331B
EI-259C
SMI-130 A & C
MP-269C
SMI-130 A & C
MP-426A
Green Canyon
GC-65
GB-426A/Auger
3-4
2-6
3-4
2-4
1-14
1-14
112-14
6-10
2-14
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
u.s.a.
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
Shell
Texaco
EI -313C
2-4
U.S.A.
1991
Amoco
Norway
1992
Conoco
Belida I
1-16
Indonesia
1992
Conoco
GI-47AP
2-8
U.S.A.
1992
EXXON
MB-112
Mobile Bay
SP-89B
ST-172A
VER-164
4, 6
2-10
8
4
2-4, 12
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
Marathon
VER-331A
WD-79A
6
8, 12
1992
1992
Shell
D35
MB-113A/Auger
MP-289C
ST-295A
VER-340
1-40
2-14
4
6
1-6
Texaco
EC-278B
EI-361
SMI-236A
Tiger Shoal
WD-109
6
3
6, 8
4, 6
8
Amoco
PCP
8-16
Norway
1993
Conoco
Belida LQ
2-6
Indonesia
1993
Conoco
Belida II
1-16
Indonesia
1993
EXXON
SMI-99
Mobile Bay
4-8
1-12
Phillips/Daewoo
1-16
China
1993
SATM
Indis-Corsica
24
France
1993
Shell
M1DRA
1-6
Malaysia
1993
Shell/SSE
M3DRA
1-6
Malaysia
1993
ARCO China
China Sea
1-8
BP
V.R. 989
2-12
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1994
1994
2-6
Enron
2-12
1994
2-8
1994
Enserch Pst.
Malaysia
G.B. 388
U.K.
1994
seawater
150/225psi
(10/15 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
Series 2000M-FP
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Platforms A, B & C
4-6
Cook Inlet, AK
1968
Platform
2-12
Abu Dhabi
1979
CEA/FOREX
Tyla
2-6
Pacific
1980
2-10
Singapore
1984
Platform
10
Indonesia
1985
Shell
VE-22 A,B,C,D
U.S.A.
1986
Shell Brunei
Module AMPA-9
Brunei
1986
Elf
Buffalo
Angola
1987
Conoco
Green Canyon
6-10
U.S.A.
1987
Texaco
Green Canyon
3 Platforms
4-10
4-10
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1987
1988
Ravenspurn N.
U.K.
1989
Conoco
6-10
1989
Tenneco
SM 178
2-8
1989
Exxon
Harmony
Heritage
Santa Ynez
Eugene Isl. 314
2-24
2-24
2-24
8
Shell
SMI 130A, C
4-6
Texaco
GB 189A
6-8
U.S.A.
1990
2-8
Norway
1991
Conoco
GC-52-CCP(TLWP)
2-6
EXXON
MC 397 A/Alabaster
SMI-99
EI-314A
MP-72A
VER-265
2-12
4-6
2-10
2-10
112-10
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
Marathon-Lobster
SP-89B
2-4
U.S.A.
1991
Shell
MC 194
8-10
Texaco
Platform
GB 189/ITCK
2-8
2-8
Gulf of Mexico
U.S.A.
1991
1991
ARCO
Bali North
1-16
Indonesia
1992
Chevron
Main Pass-133C
Main Pass229D
2-4
2-4*
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1992
1992
Conoco
GC-52-CCP
GI-47A
EB-205A
2-10
2-6
2-10*
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1992
1992
1992
Conoco/McDermott
Belida I
2-16
Indonesia
1992
EXXON
EI-314A
VER-265
3-10*
112-8*
Marathon
SP-86C
6-12*
Norway
1992
Shell/Sembawang
AMPA 9
1-6
Brunei
1992
Total/McDermott
Bongkot
2-16
Thailand
1992
AGIP
G.O.M, U.S.A.
1993
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1992
1992
seawater
150/225psi
(10/15 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
Series 2000M-FP
(Platforms listings shown in italic type
use both 2000M and 2000M-FP
piping. All other use 2000M.)
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Amoco-Trinidad
Immortelle
1-10
Trinidad
1993
ARCO/HHI
1993
2-16
Indonesia
1993
Conoco/Sembawang
Belida LQ
1-6
Indonesia
1993
Marathon-Lobster
873-A
Shell/McDermott
Champion 7
1-10
Brunei
1993
Tenneco
SM 178
2-8
U.S.A.
1993
ARCO/Sembawang
1-16
China
1994
BP
V.R. 989
2-12
G.O.M., U.S.A.
1994
Chevron
E.I. 361'A'
2-8
G.O.M., U.S.A
1994
Elf Congo
Cobo/Cob
2, 4
Congo
1994
Enserch PST.
G.B. 388
2-12
Mobil/HHI
EDOP
1-12
Nigeria
1995
ORYX
H.I. 397'A'
2-12
G.O.M., U.S.A
1994
ARCO
Mike/Mike
1-6
Indonesia
1995
Shell/Samsung
M1PQ-A
2, 10
Malaysia
1995
Shell/SSE
M3PQ-A
M1LQ
M3LQ
2-10
2-10
2-10
Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia
1995
1995
1995
Phillips
Mahogany
3-12
G.O.M.
1996
AIOC
Chirag
1-12
Azerbaijan
1997
Chevron
Escravos
Gas Platform
Opolo
Ewan
Loma/Nemba
1-12
1-12
2-12
2-12
1-12
Nigeria
Nigeria
Nigeria
Nigeria
Angola
1996
1997
1997
1997
1997
Chevron/Daewoo
Carbinda
1-12
Nigeria
1997
Mobil
EKPE
USARI
1-10
1-12
Nigeria
Nigeria
1997
1997
1994
seawater;
fresh water
Pressure:
150 psi (10 bar)
Temperature: 35 to 180F
(2 to 80C)
Piping system: Series 2000M
Platform
2-4
Abu Dhabi
1979
Britoil, U.K.
2-8
North Sea
1982
B.N.O.C.
Beatrice A.
North Sea
1982
Helm
Helder
Hoorn
1-4
1-4
1-4
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
1983
1983
1983
EXXON Offshore
U.S.A,
1984
Phase VIB
2-10
Persian Gulf
1984
Pt Adiguna
Adiguna Bravo
Indonesia
1987
B.P.
ULA
1-2
Norway
1989
Petronas Carigali/SSE
Bardegg
2-8
Malaysia
1992
Total
Bongkot
1-16
Thailand
1992
Shell
LQ & Riser
2-6
Malaysia
1993
Woodside
N Rankin A
1-3
Australia
1993
Carigali
Duyong
Malaysia
1994
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Helm
Helder
Hoorn
3-4
6-10
3-10
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
1983
1983
1983
N.A.P.C.
Primos Delta
2-8
North Sea
1983
Conoco
Murchison platform
U.K.
1987
ESSO Malaysia
Tapis B
2-18
Malaysia
1988
Statoil
Statfjord A
2,14
Norway
1989
2, 16
Norway
1990
Gootint/Maersk
Gorm F
2-10
Denmark
1991
Gulfaks B
2/6, 12, 16
Norway
1991
1-24
Norway
1991
12
Benelux
1991
Produced water
Exposure:
contaminated
seawater
Pressure:
150 psi (10 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
L-2
Statoil/Aker Engineering
Statfjord A
2, 14
Norway
1991
Valhall
1/8
Norway
1992
Chevron
VER-24
8-10
Conoco
Belida
1-16
Indonesia
1992
Dan Fe Tie-in
2/4, 10/16
Denmark
1992
Statoil
Gulfaks A
8, 6, 4
Norway
1992
Shell
MP-290A,B,C,D
Texaco
GB-189
McDermott Engineering
Salman Offshore
1992
1992
4-8
1992
4, 6, 12, 16
U.K.
1993
Norske Fabricom
Gulfaks B & C
8, 6, 2
Norway
1993
Carigali/MSE
Dulang
1-18
Malaysia
1995
9
Sanitary service/sewage
Exposure:
seawater/
sewage
Pressure:
up to 150 psi
(10 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
Seawater service
(nonvital)
Exposure:
Pressure:
seawater
up to 150 psi
(10 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
10
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Total
Bekepai
10
Indonesia
1984
Union Oil
Platform
2-6
Indonesia
1984
liapco
Platform
2-6
Indonesia
1984
Texaco/Hyundai
Platform
2-16
Korea
1984
Aker Maintenance
Gulfaks A
1, 2
Norway
1990
Kodeco/Gunanusa
Kodeco LQ
1-6
Indonesia
1990
Kvaerner Eng.
2/20
Norway
1990
Conoco/Sembawang
Belida LQ
1-8
Singapore
1992
Petronas Carigali/SSE
Bardegg
1-8
Malaysia
1992
Total/McDermott
Bongkot LQ
Bongkot 1
1-6
1-6
Indonesia
Thailand
1992
1992
Shell/Promet
D35LQ
1-6
Malaysia
1993
Shell/SSE
M1LQ
M3LQ
1-6
1-6
Malaysia
Malaysia
1995
1995
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Platforms A-C
2-12
U.S.A.
1968
Baker
2-10
U.S.A.
1969
Dolly Varden
4-12
U.S.A.
1975
Andoc/Dunlin B/C
2-12
Shell Expro Platform 2-12
Condeep/Brent D
2-12
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
1975
1976
1976
Pennzoil, Netherlands
Platform K-10-B
Netherlands
1982
Britoil, U.K.
Beatrice A
North Sea
1983
Chevron
Platform
2-8
U.S.A.
1983
Texaco
Texaco Harvest
4-8
U.S.A.
1983
Helm
Helder
Hoorn
112-6
112-6
112-6
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
1983
1983
1983
Chevron
Platform Hermosa
2-12
U.S.A.
1984
EXXON Offshore
6-8
U.S.A.
1984
Mobil Offshore
Platform
2-4
U.S.A.
1984
Unocal
Yakin-P
Indonesia
1985
Arco
Platform
Indonesia
1986
Arii
N.G.L. platform
10-18
Indonesia
1986
Chevron
Platform Hidalgo
12
U.S.A.
1986
Amoco
Val Hal
Norway
1987
ONGC Platform
BLQ/BPA
36
Korea
1987
B.P. Exploration
A-826
10
Shell
G.O.M.
G.O.M.
1988
ARCO
existing platform
1-18
Indonesia
1989
1988
Seawater service
(nonvital), (cont'd.)
Exposure:
Pressure:
seawater
up to 150 psi
(10 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
ULA Platform
112, 3
Norway
1989
Takula WIP
2, 3/12, 24
Angola
1989
Unocal
existing platform
2-6
Indonesia
1989
Kvaerner Eng.
Draugen Field
2/20
Norway
1990
Shell
4-6
U.S.A.
1990
B.P. Exploration
ULA Quarters
Norway
1991
Kvaerner Installation
Gulfaks A
10, 12
Norway
1991
QGPC
Halul Is.
U.K.
1991
ARCO/Komaritim
1-6
Indonesia
1992
1-6
Indonesia
1992
Conoco/McDermott
Belida B, Phase I
1-16
Indonesia
1992
CNOOC/Sembawang
WEI-114
2-12
China
1992
Norske Fabricom
4, 10, 16
Norway
1992
Petronas Carigali/SSE
Bardegg
2-8
Malaysia
1992
Total/McDermott
Bongkot
1-4
Thailand
1992
ARCO/HHI
Yacheng 13-1
1-16
China
1993
Hitec-Dreco A/S
Norway
1993
Shell/Promet
D35PGA
1-6
Malaysia
1993
ARCO/Sembawang
Yacheng 13-1
1-36
China
1994
Elf Angola
2-6
U.K.
1994
Mobil
B.C. 18 A
6-8
SBPI
Serept Ashtart
2-12
Tunisia
1994
TyraW. Bridge
14
U.K.
1995
Mobil
EDOP
1-10
Korea
1995
1, 2, 4, 10
1-14
U.K.
U.K.
1995
1995
Shell/Samsung
M1PQ
1-10
Korea
1995
Shell/SSE
M3PQ
1-10
Malaysia
1995
Pogo/McDermott
Tantawan A/B
1-12
Thailand
1996
Pogo/Nippon Steel
Tantawan C/D
1-12
Thailand
1997
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Condeep/Brent
Condeep/Strafjord
12
12
Norway
Norway
1975
1975
Shell - Sarawak
Living module
2-6
Singapore
1981
Enserch Pst.
G.B. 388
2-8
Vent lines
Exposure:
Pressure:
Temperature:
Piping system:
air
ambient
ambient
Series 2000M
Date
1994
1994
11
Water injection
Exposure:
contaminated
seawater
Pressure:
225 psi (15 bar)
Temperature: ambient
Piping system: Series 2000M
Owner/Builder
Platform
Size
(in)
Site of
Installation
Date
Shell Offshore
Module AMPA-9
Champion 7
2-12
2-12
Brunei
Brunei
1982
1982
Britoil, U.K.
Beatrice
U.K.
1983
Dubai Petroleum
Platform WF-3
30
Dubai
1986
Amosen
Anoa
6-12
Indonesia
1989
B.P.
ULA
10-14
Norway
1990
Statoil
Gulfaks A
8-12, 16
Norway
1990
S.B.P.I.
North Sea
1-3
France
1991
Shell
MP-426A
Green Canyon
Bullwinkle
MB-113A
1-14
112-14
4-10
2-6
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
1991
1991
1991
1991
EPMI
Tapis B
2-18
Malaysia
1992
2-6
Malaysia
1992
Important notice
Trimar Ltd.
2-10
AGIP
Skid-mounted units
2-10
U.S.A.
1993
1992
Phillips/Daewoo
Xijiang
1-16
Korea
1993
Statoil
Vesslefrikk
6, 8
Norway
1993
Mobil Oil
Beryl Bravo
4-12
U.K.
1994
Petronas Carigali/MSE
Dulang
1-18
Malaysia
1994
White Tiger II
3-10
U.K.
1994
White Tiger
2-8
U.K.
1995
These case histories are intended to serve solely as documentation of recent installations of Ameron fiberglass
pipe products in the services shown. The names of shipyards, owners, vessels, platforms and offshore or maritime
companies are included for the sake of completeness. Their inclusion does not imply an endorsement of Ameron
products by those parties. More extensive case history lists for the various services are available from Ameron
applications engineering department upon request.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to
be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating
procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty,
expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy,
adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no
liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
1985 Ameron FP162C (5/97) supersedes FP162B (9/88) Printed in U.S.A. [021]
Marine Installations
Reference List
Fiberglass Pipe Group/Europe
for Bondstrand Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy Pipe Systems
General
Description
ABBREVIATIONS USED
Shipowner: Name of the owner
Shipname: Name of the vessel
Country:
Country where vessel was built.
Service:
A = Auxiliary equipment cooling system
B = Ballast
C = Chlorination
D = Drainage
E = Main engine cooling system
F = Cargo line
G = Air cooling circulation water
H = Vent lines
I = Inert gas effluent/supply lines
K = Sanitary service & sewage
L = Exhaust piping
M = Portable discharge lines
O = Stripping lines
P = Tank cleaning (saltwater system)
R = Electrical conduit
S = Fire protection mains
Z = Other
Vessel type:
AO
=
AN
=
BC
=
BM
=
CF
=
DC
=
DN
=
F
=
FSO
=
FV
=
IN
=
LN
=
NC
=
ND
=
PN
=
PU
=
RF
=
SC
=
T
=
TA
=
TC
=
TH
=
V
=
WA
=
ZF
=
ZN
=
Auxiliary Oiler
Barge
Bulk Carrier
Cement Carrier
Container Vessel
General Cargo Ship
Multi-purpose Ship
Fregat
FSO
Fishing Vessel
Icebreaker
Cable Ship
Pilot Vessel
Floating Dock
Passenger Vessel
Cruise Ship
Reefer
Sugar Carrier
Tanker
Asphalt Carrier
Chemical Carrier
LNG Carrier
Vessel
RoRo
FPSO
Drillship
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Vessel
System
Service
Year
Croatia
Abbotswood Shipping Co.
Hull 376
Brodosplit Shipyard
2000M
1993
Hull 378
Brodosplit Shipyard
2000M
1993
Denmark
Finaval Roma
Isola Corallo
Nordsovaerftet
TC
7000M
1999
Finaval Roma
Isola Mora
Nordsovaerftet
TC
7000M
1998
Finaval Roma
Isola Ambra
Aarhus Flydedok AS
TC
7000M
1999
Finaval Roma
Jevoli Speed
Aarhus Flydedok AS
TC
7000M
1999
Jevoli, Naples
Jevoli Star
Nordsovaerftet
TC
7000M
1998
Jevoli, Naples
Jevoli Sky
Nordsovaerftet
TC
7000M
1998
KIL Shipping
Kilchem Asia
Fredericia Shipyard
2000M
1999
KIL Shipping
Kilchem America
Fredericia Shipyard
2000M
1999
Nordsovaerftet
NB 1737
Danyard A/S
2000M
1998
Tyra East
3416/2000M A
1998
NB 235
Aarhus Flydedok AS
7000M
1999
Lamprell Dubai
ZN
2000M
Dubai
1998
Finland
Allandia Tanker Co.
Alandia Breeze
At sea
7000M
1988
Alandia Breeze
Shipcrew
7000M
1987
Birka Line
Birka Princess
At sea
PU
2000M
1988
ESL Shipping
Tali
Finnyards
BC
2000M
1998
ESL Shipping
Pasila
Finnyards
BC
2000M
1995
Botnica
Finnyards
IN
2000M
1998
Hull 44
Wartsila
2000M
1986
Neste Finland
Palva
Rauma Repola
7000M
1986
Stena Lines
Stena Explorer
Finnyards
PN
2000M
B,G
1995
Stena Lines
Stena Voyager
Finnyards
PN
2000M
B,G
1996
Stena Lines
Stena Discovery
Finnyards
PN
2000M
B,G
1996
TT-Line / Germany
Nils Dacke
Finnyards
PN
2000M
B,E
1996
TT-Line Germany
Robin Hood
Finnyards
PN
2000M
B,E
1995
France
Marine Offshore Industries France
Barge Manutere
2000M
1989
Nord Ocean
D.C.N. Brest
7000M
1991
R31
Chantiers de lAtlant.
PU
2000
1999
1999
S31
Chantiers de lAtlant.
PU
2000
Snekkar Nordic
At sea
2000M
Marion Dufresne II
S.N.A.C.H Shipyard
2000M
1994
Germany
American President Lines
Bremer Vulkan AG
2000M
1987
President Adams
Bremer Vulkan AG
5000
1988
President Polk
Bremer Vulkan AG
5000
1988
HDW - Kiel
2000M
1987
HDW - Kiel
2000M
1987
President Truman
HDW - Kiel
5000
1988
President Kennedy
HDW - Kiel
5000
1988
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Vessel
System
Service
Year
President Jackson
HDW - Kiel
5000
1988
NB 928
7000M
1988
Petrobark Jupiter
2000M
1988
Petrobark Mars
2000M
1988
NB 929
7000M
1989
Carl Bttner
NB 1084
Seebeckwerft AG
TC
2000M
1989
Carl Bttner
NB 1086
Seebeckwerft AG
TC
2000M
1989
Carl Bttner
NB 1085
Seebeckwerft AG
TC
2000M
1989
Rhine Ore
At sea
7000M
1990
Lloyd Werft
PU
2000M
1999
Grimaldi Genova
Spes
Flender Werft
WA
2000M
1992
Grimaldi Genova
Fides
Flender Werft
WA
2000M
1993
Hamburg Sud
NB 105
Seebeckwerft AG
2000M
1992
Hamburg Sud
NB 1078
Seebeckwerft AG
2000M
1992
Hamburg Sud
NB 1079
Seebeckwerft AG
2000M
1992
Hamburg Sud
NB 649
Flender Werft
CF
2000M
1989
Hamburg Sud
NB 650
Flender Werft
2000M
1989
Poly-Viking
7000M
1988
Nordia
NB 221
Elbewerft Boizenburg
2000M
1992
Sealand
SL Integrity
CF
7000M
1998
Sealand
SL Atlantic
CF
7000M
1998
Sealand
Newark Bay
CF
7000M
1998
Sealand
SL Quality
CF
7000M
1998
Sealand
Galvaston Bay
Lloyd Werft
CF
7000M
1998
Sealand
SL Performance
Lloyd Werft
CF
7000M
1998
Sealand
Nedlloyd Holland
Lloyd Werft
CF
7000M
1998
Sealand
SL Innovation
Lloyd Werft
CF
7000M
1998
CF
7000M
1998
2000M
1989
Sealand
SL Inspiration
Tarntank AB
NB 87
Aukra Shipyard
Wintersee Maritime
Good News
Wintersee Maritime
Treasure Saga
2000M
1990
2000M
1992
1987
Philps - Mexico
2000M
NB 83
Aukra Shipyard
7000M
1991
NB 483
Volkswerft Stralsund
2000M
1991
NB 484
Volkswerft Stralsund
2000M
1991
NB 485
Volkswerft Stralsund
2000M
1992
Greece
Chronos Shipping
Argonaftis
7000M
1991
Konkar Alpin
At sea
7000M
1990
Halla Shipyard
7000M
1997
NB 325
DN
2000M
1999
Holland
Amasus Chartering BV
NB 738
Damen Shipyards
DN
2000M
1999
NB 587
Bodewes
DC
2000M
1999
NB 588
Bodewes
DC
2000M
1999
NB 592
Bodewes
DC
2000M
1999
Hansa Star
7000M
1988
Bijlholt
NB 690
2000M
1992
Broere BV
NB 1009
Verolme Heusden
2000M
1988
Broere BV
NB 1010
Vrolme Heusden
2000M
1988
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Vessel
Flinter Groningen
NB 324
Ferus Smit BV
DN
IJsselvliet Comb. BV
NB 257
Vd Giessen- de Noord
IJsselvliet Comb. BV
NB 258
KNSM
NB 1022
Verolme Heusden
NB 574
NB 571
System
Service
Year
2000M
1999
7000M
1991
7000M
1991
7000M
1990
Bodewes
2000M
1997
Bodewes
2000M
1994
NB 572
Bodewes
2000M
1995
NB 573
Bodewes
2000M
1996
Jouf
Odfjell Tankers
TC
7000M
1993
Vendela
Klevenbergh Shipping
7000M
1990
Petrobras
Hull 319
7000M
1994
Schelde Scheepsn.
2000M
1998
Schelde Scheepsn.
2000M
1998
Schelde Scheepsn.
2000M
1999
Schelde Scheepsn.
2000M
1999
Rijkswaterstaat
NB 775
Engelaer
NC
2000M
1997
Rijkswaterstaat
NB 779
Engelaer
NC
2000M
1998
Rijkswaterstaat
NB 784
Engelaer
NC
2000M
1998
Seatrade
NB 1031
RF
2000M
1989
NB 1032
RF
2000M
1989
Nordia
2000M
1990
Tarbit Shipping AB
NB 895
De Biesbosch
TA
2000M
1999
NB 386
Pattje Shipyards
2000M
1994
NB 387
Pattje Shipyards
2000M
1994
Trans Europe
NB 740
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1996
Trans Europe
NB 741
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1996
Trans Europe
NB 726
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1996
Trans Europe
NB 727
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1996
Trans Europe
NB 717
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1996
Trans Europe
NB 718
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1996
Trans Europe
NB 716
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
B 1995,1996,1997
Trans Europe
NB 721
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
B 1995,1996,1997
Trans Europe
NB 722
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
B 1995,1996,1997
Trans Europe
NB 728
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
B 1995,1996,1997
Trans Europe
NB 729
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
B 1995,1996,1997
Sarita
2000M
1995
Evita
2000M
1995
Juanita
2000M
1995
Savonita
2000M
1995
Wagenborg Shipping
NB 323
Ferus Smit
DC
2000M
1999
NB 330
Tille Shipyards
DN
2000M
1999
NB 326
Ferus Smit
DN
2000M
1999
NB 201
Frisian Shipyard
V
2000M
1995
Welgelegen/Tille
Wolfards Werktuigbouw (I)
NB 202
Frisian Shipyard
Welgelegen/Tille
2000M
1995
NB 307
Ferus Smit
2000M
1996
NB 308
Ferus Smit
2000M
1996
NB 309
Ferus Smit
2000M
1996
NB 311
Ferus Smit
2000M
1996
NB 312
Ferus Smit
2000M
1996
NB 313
Ferus Smit
2000M
1996
NB 314
Ferus Smit
2000M
1996
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Vessel
System
Service
Year
NB 315
Ferus Smit
2000M
1996
NB 316
Ferus Smit
2000M
1996
NB 390
Pattje Shipyards
2000M
1995
NB 391
Pattje Shipyards
2000M
1995
NB 393
Pattje Shipyards
2000M
1996
NB 401
Pattje Shipyards
2000M
1996
NB 402
Pattje Shipyards
2000M
1996
NB 389
Pattje Shipyards
2000M
1995
NB 1024
Verolme Heusden
7000M
1990
NB 581
Bodewes
2000M
1997
NB 582
Bodewes
2000M
1998
NB 583
Bodewes
2000M
1999
NB 586
Bodewes
2000M
1998
NB 801
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1997
NB 803
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1997
NB 804
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1997
NB 742
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1997
NB 732
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1997
NB 731
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1998
NB 732
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1998
NB 733
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1998
NB 734
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1998
NB 735
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1998
NB 6912
Damen Shipyards
DC
7000M
1998
NB 736
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1998
NB 737
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 743
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 742
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1997
NB 760
Damen Shipyards
DN
2000M
1999
NB 790
Engelaer Scheepsbouw
2000M
1998
NB 791
Engelaer Scheepsbouw
2000M
1999
NB 792
Engelaer Scheepsbouw
2000M
1999
NB 793
Engelaer Scheepsbouw
2000M
1999
NB 321
Ferus Smit V
7000M
1998
NB 322
Ferus Smit
7000M
1998
NB 293
Ferus Smi
2000M
1993
NB 294
Ferus Smit
2000M
1993
NB 296
Ferus Smit
2000M
1993
NB 301
Ferus Smit
2000M
1994
NB 299
Ferus Smit
2000M
1995
NB 300
Ferus Smit
2000M
1995
NB 504
Frisian Shipyard
SC
2000M
1995
NB 1034
2000M
1992
NB 1035
2000M
1992
NB 1036
2000M
1992
NB 1037
2000M
1994
NB 1039
2000M
1994
NB 1038
2000M
1995
NB 1040
2000M
1996
NB 1041
2000M
1997
Broere
GP Pijpleidingen (I)
2000M/7000M B
1997
HAM 310
HAM, Moerdijk
2000M
1996
Welgelegen
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Vessel
System
Service
Year
1993
Oil invest
Kvaerner Rotterdam
2000M
A 95004
Nederlek Shiprepair
2000M
1995
NB 809
Niestern Sanders
7000M
1997
NB 316
Tille Shipyards
2000M
1997
NB 317
Tille Shipyards
2000M
1997
NB 153
Scheepswerf Visser
2000M
1997
NB 154
Scheepswerf Visser
2000M
1997
NB 155
Scheepswerf Visser
2000M
1997
NB 156
Scheepswerf Visser
2000M
1997
2000M
1997
NB 157
Scheepswerf Visser
Piet Hein
Schelde Scheepsnieuwbouw
2000M
1997
NB 689
2000M
1992
NB 1924
7000M
1992
NB 1940
7000M
1992
Pattje
2000M
1992
NB 399
2000M
1998
NB 408
2000M
1998
NB 409
2000M
1998
NB 511
Tille Shipyards
2000M
1998
NB 329
Tille Shipyards
2000M
1999
Jack Bates
D. vd Wetering BV (I)
2000M
1996
NB 973
Vd Giessen- de Noord
2000M/7000M B
1998
S/R Mediterranean
Vertom Scheepvaart
7000M
1999
NB 265
YVC IJsselwerf
FV
2000M
1994
Tour Pomerol
YVC IJsselwerf
TC
7000M
1997
Sabina
Peters Kampen
DN
2000M
1999
Rufina
Peters Kampen
DN
2000M
1999
Polar Snow
Peters Kampen
DN
2000M
1999
Polar Sea
Peters Kampen
DN
2000M
1999
NB 410
Pattje Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
YN 10937
Heesen Shipyards
PN
2000M
1999
NB 805
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 806
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 807
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 808
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 750
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 751
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 752
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 753
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 744
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 755
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 756
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 757
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
NB 758
Damen Shipyards
DC
2000M
1999
Amoretti Parma
Lady M. Laura
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
B,H,I,
1990
Amoretti Parma
Mary W ousild
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1992
Amoretti Parma
Jane Wousild
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1992
Amoretti Parma
Constance Wousild
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1992
Amoretti Parma
NB 766 (Wousild)
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1992
Italy
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Vessel
System
Service
Year
Amoretti Parma
NB 767 (Wousild)
Amoretti Parma
NB 768 (Wousild)
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1993
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
Amoretti Parma
1993
Sarah Wousild
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1992
Amoretti Parma
Alberta Amoretti
Apuania
TC
7000M
1999
Amoretti Parma
Bice
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
B,H,I
1990
Arcoin Chioggia
Jo Laguna D.
De Poli - Venice
TC
7000M
1999
Bollorino Sav.
Monte Bello
Orlando Livorno
TC
2000M
A,B,E
1996
Bollorino Sav.
Montallegro
Orlando Livorno
TC
7000M
1999
Botany Bay
Botany Trader
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1993
Nando
Coronella Genova
TC
7000M
1995
Corsica Line
NB 273
Orlando Livorno
WA
7000M
2000
Corsica Line
NB 274
Orlando Livorno
WA
7000M
2000
Costa Lines
Costa Arabica
In harbour
DC
2000M
1983
Costa Lines
Costa Riviera
In harbour
PU
5000M
1985
dAlesio
Francesco dAlesio
Fincantieri Livorno
2000M
1993
dAlesio
Liliana dAlesio
Fincantieri Livorno
2000M
1992
dAlesio
Calafuria
Fincantieri Livorno
2000M
1993
Damico Gr./Roma
Mykonos
In harbour
7000M
1985
Teliri
Fincantieri Livorno
LN
2000M
A,B,E,G
ND
2000M
1983,1990
Esshipping Genova
Scarlino 1
In harbour
4000M
1985
Esshipping Genova
Scarlino 2
In harbour
4000M
1985
FFSS Civitavecchia
Gennargentu
In harbour
WA
2000M
A,B,C,D,E,K
5000
FFSS Civitavecchia
Agip Campania
FFSS Civitavecchia
Hermaea
1996
1982,1985
1986,1987,1989,1990
2000M
1984
In harbour
WA
2000M
1984
FFSS Civitavecchia
Tyrsus
In harbour
WA
2000M/5000 A,C,K
FFSS Civitavecchia
Garibaldi
In harbour
WA
5000
1985
FFSS Civitavecchia
Hermaea
In harbour
WA
2000M
1985
FFSS Civitavecchia
Hermaea
In harbour
WA
2000M
1986
FFSS Civitavecchia
Garibaldi
In harbour
WA
2000M
1988
FFSS Civitavecchia
Hermaea
In harbour
WA
5000
1988
FFSS Civitavecchia
Gallura
In harbour
WA
FFSS Messina
Sibari
In harbour
WA
2000M
1982
Finaval Roma
Isola Amaranto
Orlando Livorno
TC
7000M
1998
1998
1983,1984,1985
Finaval Roma
Giovanni Fagioli
Orlando Livorno
TC
7000M
Finaval Roma
Isola Atlantica
Orlando Livorno
TC
7000M
1999
Vesspucci
Fincantieri Marghera
CF
2000M
1988
Italian Navy
Floating Dock
Ferrari La Spezia
ND
2000M
1991
Italian Navy
Basento
Arsen La Spezia
2000M
1992
Italian Navy
Bradano
Arsen La Spezia
2000M
Jevoli, Naples
Gold
Sec. Viareggio
TH
7000M
B,H,I
Jevoli, Naples
Torquato
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1991
Jevoli, Naples
Attilio Jevoli
Morini Ancona
TC
7000M
1994
Jevoli, Naples
Domenico Jevoli
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1995
Jevoli, Naples
Pietro Barbara
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
1995
Jevoli, Naples
Silver
Sec. Viareggio
TH
7000M
1991
Jevoli, Naples
Jevoli Shine
Orlando Livorno
TC
7000M
1998
Private
Yacht
Margherita
2000M
1994
Manavi, Naples
Enrico Jevoli
Orlando Livorno
TC
7000M
1999
Marnavi, Naples
Lia Jevoli
Morini Ancona
TC
7000M
1999
Marnavi, Naples
Mimmo Jevoli
Orlando Livorno
TC
7000M
1998
Marsano - Genova
In harbour
WA
7000M
1994,1995
1994
1989,1990
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Vessel
System
Service
Year
Marsano - Genova
In harbour
WA
7000M
Sveva
De Poli - Venice
TC
7000M
1998
Nav. Caboaggio
Martina
Apuania
7000M
1996,1997,1998,1999
Petrolnavi Genoa
Jo Aspen
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
B,H
1988
Petrolnavi Genoa
Jo Alder
Sec. Viareggio
TC
7000M
B,H
1990
SAIPEM Millano
Castoro 8
In harbour
5000
1986
SAIPEM Millano
Castoro 8
In harbour
2000M
1992
SNAM S. Donato
Agip Firenze
In harbour
5000/ 2000M C
1986
SNAM S. Donato
Agip Marche
In harbour
2000M
A,D
1984
SNAM S. Milano
Agip La Spezia
At sea
2000M
1982
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Abruzzi
At sea
2000M
1982
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Roma
At sea
2000M
1982
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Marche
At sea
2000M
1982
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Monfalcone
At sea
2000M
1983
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Lazio
At sea
2000M
A,D
1983
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Sardegna
At sea
2000M
1983
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Monfalcone
In harbour
7000
1984
1993,1994
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Sicilia
In harbour
2000M
1983
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Liguria
Fincantieri Monfalcone
2000M
1984
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Napoli
2000M
1984
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Palermo
In harbour
2000M
1984
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Napoli
In harbour
5000
1985
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Liguria
Fincantieri Monfalcone
5000
1986
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Lombardia
Fincantieri Monfalcone
5000
1986
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Marche
Fincantieri Triest
7000M
1987
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Abruzzi
7000M
1986
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Piemonte
Fincantieri Livorno
5000
1990
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Liguria
In harbour
2000M
1991
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Lombardia
Fincantieri Monfalcone
2000M
1992
SNAM S. Milano
Agip Piemonte
In harbour
2000M
1992
St Giorgio Genova
Karina
2000M
1991
Stena Lines
Sea Centurion
S. Viareggio - La Spezia
WA
7000M
1997
NB 1548
Sec. Viareggio
WA
7000M
1996,1997,1998,1999
NB 1549
Sec. Viareggio
WA
7000M
B 1998,1999,2000
NB 1550
Sec. Viareggio
WA
7000M
2000, 2001
Stolt Nielsen
Stolt Fulmar
INMA - La Spezia
TC
7000M
2000
Stolt Nielsen
Stolt Cormoran
INMA - La Spezia
TC
7000M
1999
Stolt Nielsen
Stolt Shearwater
INMA - La Spezia
TC
7000M
1998
Tarros La Spezia
Vento di Maestrale
Fincantieri Livorno
WA
2000M
1985
Tarros La Spezia
Vento di Scirocco
Fincantieri Livorno
WA
2000M
1985
Tirrenia Napoli
Pascoli
In harbour
WA
2000M
A,D
1984
Tor Line
Sealandia
Fincantieri Ancona
WA
2000M
1998
Tor Line
Tor Suecia
Fincantieri Ancona
WA
2000M
1999
Tor Line
Tor Brittannia
Fincantieri Ancona
WA
2000M
1999
Malta Drydocks
Dock No. 4
Malta Drydocks
ND
2000M
1988
Malta Drydocks
Dock No. 5
Malta Drydocks
ND
2000M
1988
Malta
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Vessel
System
Service
Year
Norway
Anders Utkilens Rederi A/S
Hull 80
Aukra Shipyard
2000M
1987
NB 685
2000M/7000M B
1991
Aukra Ind.
NB Tarntank
Aukra Shipyard
2000M
1989
Bergesen A/S
Berge Spirit
At sea
7000M
1990
BICON AB
Tarnssoe
2000M/7000M B
1996
2000M
B,O
1990
Romeral
Thuntank 7
Skeppsmkleri
2000M
1988
Safe Holmia
Halsnoy Verft
2000M
1994
Arco Ardjuna
At sea
2000M
1991
Rederi AB Tarntank
Tarnland
7000M
1995
Safe Service
Safe Britannia AB
Safe Service AB
2000M
1992
Seger Hanmars
Sterkoder A/S
2000M/7000M B
1992
Trntank AB
NB 254
7000M
1992
Trntank AB
NB 255
7000M
1992
Transocean-8
HMV A/S
2000M
1992
Nordfix
2000M
1985
Nordkap
2000M
1986
Nordfare
2000M
1986
Treasure Saga
2000M
1988
Aker Maritime
7000M
1997
NB 88
Aukra Shipyard
2000M
1989
NB 84
Aukra Shipyard
2000M
1989,1990
NB 91
Aukra Shipyard
7000M
1990
NB 99/100
Aukra Shipyard
7000M
1997
PPCON / TOR
Fabricom AS
7000M
1997
Norman Lady
7000M
1998
Nordic Savonita
IVM Shipmanagement
7000M
1999
NAT
7000M
1996
Hull 97
7000M
1990
Sarabrand
CDS Gothenburg AB
2000M
Bremon
Gdynia Shipyard
2000M
1995
Artica
Gdynia Shipyard
7000M
1997
1988
1999
Poland
B&N Seapartner AB
Portugal
Esso Int. Shipping (Bahamas) Ltd
Esso Mediterranean
Lisnave Yard
7000M
Esso Aberdeen
Lisnave Yard
2000M
Exxon
Lisnave Yard
2000M
1990
Rajahlaut
Lisnave Yard
7000M
1987
Vidaa I
Lisnave Yard
7000M
1988
Petrobras
Petrofife
Lisnave Yard
2000M
1998
Century
2000M
1988
1993
Spain
A/C Hactor Mangement
Chevron U.K.
7000M
Chevron U.K.
7000M
ZF
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Sea Godess
PU
2000
1989
Rio Orinoco
Astilleros Espagn.Cadiz
TA
7000M
1988
Rio Orinoco
Astilleros Espagn.Cadiz
TA
7000M
1988
Jo Tankers
NB 240
Union Naval de
Levante, Valencia
7000M
1996
Naviera Resmar
Maria Dolores
Santander
7000M
F,O
1989
United Tankera
Polysaga
2000M
B,F
1995
Moncobra P-26499
Moncobra Proyector
y Montajes
2000M
1999
Astilleros Espagn.Cadiz
7000M
1998
7000M
1992
300698
Teollisuuden Voima Oy
2000M
Bremn
resundsvarvet
2000M
Kasens Industriomrade
Bitfjord
Fjordverken AB
7000M
1996
Rederi AB Furetank
Furevik
FEAB Marstarndverken
2000M/7000M B
1989
Forsvik
Falkvarv AB
7000M
1991
Hull 109
2000M
1995
P-24598
Vessel
System
Service
Year
Sweden
Thome Ship Management
Nord Battic
1997
1990
Turkey
Kalkavan
United Kingdom
BP Shipping Ltd
British Forth
7000M
1992
Forthbank
2000M
1990
Clyde Bank
2000M
1992
HMS Coventry
7000M
1995
Bleoholm
ZF
2000M
BP Shipping Ltd
British Trent
Falmouth Shipyard
7000M
1991
BP Shipping Ltd
British Tay
Falmouth Shipyard
7000M
1991
BP Shipping Ltd
British Wye
Falmouth Shipyard
7000M
1991
Malayan Victory
Southampton
2000M
A,F
1991
Malayan Victory
Tawley
2000M
A,F
1991
Royal Navy
HMS Cumberland
DML Devonport
7000M
1996
1998
Royal Navy
HMS Sheffield
DML Devonport
7000M
Regal Princess
Cardiff Craftsmen
2000M
1993
Royal Navy
Navy Auxilary
5000
1989
Shell Tankers UK
Isocardia
Shell Seatex
7000M
1993
Blackwatch
A&P Shipyard
2000M
1996
Safe Holmig
Ledwood Constuction
2000M
1992
AO
1996
Jarikaba
A&P Shipyard
2000M/7000M
Royal Navy
HMS Sheffield
7000M
1997
Royal Navy
HMS Campbeltown
7000M
1997
Sodium Hypochlorite
Royal Navy
Generating System
RFA Oilers
Vickers Shipbuilding
V
AO
1998
5000
7000M
1999
B
1997
Shipowner
Ships name
Shipyard
Don Humerto
Shipcrew
Vessel
System
Service
Year
1987
Other
Acomarit Services Maritimes SA
Acomarit Services Maritimes SA
7000M
7000M
Atlantaship sa
Orange Star
2000M
1996
Harold La Borde
7000M
1992
CEA
2000M
B,K
1988
AN
2000M
B,K
1988
Royal Princess
At sea
PU
2000M
1987
Royal Princess
At sea
PU
2000M
1987
Dolphin DOC as
2000M
1996
Huasco Valley
7000M
1991
Robin
Sunward II
World Prelude
Osco Shipping
Peder Smedvig A/S
7000M
1990
2000M
1989
At sea
2000M
1990
Mitosco Beduin
At sea
2000M
1986
Sea Song
At sea
7000M
1988
Vestan
At sea
7000M
1989
Rill A/S
Biakh
At sea
7000M
1987
OBO Princess
7000M
B,F
1986
Banak
Ballerina
Theodore A
Wilrig A/S
Treasure Saga
At sea
At sea
2000M/7000M F
1987
7000M
1992
At sea
BC
2000M
1988
At sea
2000M
1989
2000M
1992
REGISTERED
FIRM
Location
Client
Pipe system
Installation date
October 1994.
Advantages
No hot work
Corrosion resistant
Little or no maintenance
Lightweight material
Testing
Axial tensile;
Static flexural strength;
Cyclic flexural strength for fatigue behaviour;
The above tests resulted in certification by Lloyd's Register.
Group Headquarters
5300, Hollister Road, Suite 111
Houston, Texas 77040
U.S.A.
Phone: 1-713-690-7777
Fax: 1-713-690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division
The Americas
P0. Box 878
Burkburnett
Texas 76384
U.S.A.
Phone; 1-817-569-1471
Fax:
Vessel
Shipyard
Owner
Pipe system
Installation
Advantages
Lightweight material
Corrosion resistance
No maintenance
Operating Conditions
Detail picture of a
Bondstrand
pipeline.
Quick-Lock
Project
Shipyard
"Cajun Express":
"Sedco Express/Sedco Energy":
Owner
Service
Pipe system
Operating conditions
Operating pressure:
Operating temperature:
Design pressure:
Design temperature:
Installation date
1999.
5-16 bar
0-30 C.
16 bar
93C.
Description
Fiberglass-Composite
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
Pipe Group
The Americas
Headquarters
P.O. Box 878
P.O. Box 801148
Burkburnett, Texas 76364
Houston TX 77280
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
Phone: (+1) 940 569 1471
Phone: (+1) 713 690 7777 Fax: (+1) 940 569 2764
Fax: (+1) 713 690 2842
Internet:www.ameron.com
email: marcom@ameronfpd.com
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
Europe
Ameron B.V.
P.O. Box 6
4190 CA Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Phone: (+31) 345-587 587
Fax: (+31) 345 587 561
email: info@ameron-fpg.nl
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group
QUALITY
Asia
MANAGEMENT
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
CERTIFIED
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Jurong
Singapore 639407
Phone: (+65) 861 6118
Fax: (+65) 862 1302/861 7834
email: info@ameron-com.sg
FPSO Girassol
Fire Water Line Ring main
(Wet system)
with Bondstrand Series 2000M fiberglass pipe
and filament wound fittings
Location
Client
TOTALFINAELF
Application
Product
Pipe System
Advantages
AMERON
GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
IN T ER N A TIO N A L
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com
FPSO Girassol
Sea Water Line - Water
Injection Area
with Bondstrand Series 2000M fiberglass pipe
and filament wound fittings
Location
Client
TOTALFINAELF
Application
Product
Pipe System
Advantages
AMERON
GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
IN T ER N A TIO N A L
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com
FPSO Girassol
Sea Water Suction Line
with Bondstrand Series 2000M fiberglass pipe
and filament wound fittings
Location
Client
TOTALFINAELF
Application
Product
Pipe System
Advantages
AMERON
GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
IN T ER N A TIO N A L
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com
FPSO Girassol
Water Injection Line
with Bondstrand Series 2000M fiberglass pipe
and filament wound fittings
Location
Client
TOTALFINAELF
Application
Product
Pipe System
Advantages
AMERON
GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
IN T ER N A TIO N A L
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com
FPSO Girassol
Fire Water Line (Dry and
Wet Systems)
with Bondstrand Series 2000M & 2000M-FP
fiberglass pipe and filament wound fittings
Location
Client
TOTALFINAELF
Application
Product
Pipe System
Advantages
AMERON
GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
IN T ER N A TIO N A L
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com
FPSO Girassol
Fire Water Line (Dry System)
with Bondstrand Series 2000M-FP fiberglass
pipe and filament wound fittings
Location
Client
TOTALFINAELF
Application
Product
Pipe System
Advantages
AMERON
GROUP HEADQUATERS
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
IN T ER N A TIO N A L
Fiberglass-Composite
Pipe Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148
Houston, TX 77280
Tel: (713) 690-7777
Fax: (713) 690-2842
http://www.ameron.com
Asia
Ameron (Pte) Ltd
No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3
Singapore 639407
Tel: (65) 861-6118
Fax: (65) 862-1302
www.ameron.com/singapore
info@ameron.com.sg
Europe
Ameron B.V.
J.F. Kennedylaan 7
4191 MZ Geldermalsen
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 345 587 587
Fax: +31 345 587 561
info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas
P.O. Box 878
Burkburnett, TX 76354
Tel: (940) 569-1471
Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International
P.O. Box 490
600 FM 1195 South
Mineral Wells, Texas 76068
Tel: (940) 325-1341
Fax: (940) 325-9681
http://www.centrongre.com
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME
ORGANISATION
A.18/Res. 753
22 November 1993
Original : ENGLISH
RESOLUTION A.753(18)
adopted on 4 November 1993
THE ASSEMBLY,
RECALLING Article 15(j) of the Convention on the International Maritime Organization
concerning the functions of the Assembly in relation to regulations and guidelines
concerning maritime safety and the prevention and control of marine pollution from ships,
NOTING that there is increasing interest within the marine industry in the use of
materials other than steel for pipes and that there are no specific requirements for plastic
and reinforced plastic pipes and piping systems in existing regulations,
RECOGNIZING that guidelines, covering acceptance criteria for plastic materials in
piping systems, appropriate design and installation requirements and fire test performance
criteria for assuring ship safety, are needed to assist maritime Administrations to determine,
in a rational and uniform manner, the permitted applications for such materials,
RECOGNIZING ALSO that the framework of the guidelines should provide the
freedom to permit the development of international and national standards and allow the
natural development of emerging technology,
HAVING CONSIDERED the recommendation made by the Maritime Safety Committee
at its sixtyfirst session,
1.
ADOPTS the Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, set out in the
Annex to the present resolution;
2.
INVITES Governments:
(a) to apply the Guidelines when considering the use of plastic piping on board
ships flying the flag of their State: and
(b) to inform the Organisation on the development of national standards
and emerging technology on plastic piping;
3.
REQUESTS the Maritime Safety Committee to keep the Guidelines under review
and amend them as necessary.
W/0322a
For reasons of economy, this document is printed in a limited number. Delegates are
kindly asked to bring their copies to meetings and not to request additions copies
A 18/Res.753
ANNEX
GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.2 Scope
1.3 Philosophy and contents
1.4 Definitions
4. INSTALLATION
4.1 Supports
4.2 External loads
4.3 Strength of connections
4.4 Control during installation
4.5 Testing after installation on board
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks
4.8 Methods of repair
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 - Test method for fire endurance testing of plastic piping in the dry condition
Appendix 2
Appendix 3
Appendix 4
W/0322a
A 18/Res.753
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.1.1 The International Maritime Organization recognizes
that there is increasing interest within the marine industry
to use materials other than steel for pipes and that there
are no specific requirements for plastic pipes in existing
regulations.
1.1.2 These guidelines provide acceptance criteria for
plastic materials in piping systems to assist maritime
Administrations to determine, in a rational and uniform way,
the permitted applications for such materials. These
guidelines give appropriate design and installation
requirements and, for each application, fire testing
performance criteria necessary to ensure that vessel safety
is adequately addressed.
1.1.3 Within the framework of these guidelines, there is
freedom to permit development of international and
national standards, and allow the natural development of
emerging technology.
1.2 Scope
1.2.1 The status of these guidelines is advisory. They
are intended to cover the design and installation of plastic
pipes, both with and without reinforcement, in either
essential or non-essential systems, inboard of the shipside
valves.
A 18/Res.753
W/0322a
A 18/Res.753
W/0322a
A 18/Res.753
A 18/Res.753
3.4
Piping and fittings should be permanently marked
with identification in accordance with a recognized
standard. Identification should include pressure ratings,
the design standard that the pipe or fitting is manufactured
in accordance with, and the material system with which
the pipe or fitting is made.
3.5
Each length of pipe should be tested at the
manufacturers production facility to a hydrostatic pressure
not less than 1.5 times the rated pressure of the pipe. Other
test criteria may be accepted by the Administration.
3.6
Samples of pipe should be tested to determine the
short-term and/or long-term hydrostatic design strength.
These samples should be selected randomly from the
production facilities at a frequency to the satisfaction of
the Administration.
3.7
For piping required to be electrically conductive,
representative samples of pipe should be tested to
determine the electrical resistance per unit length. The
test method and frequency of testing should be acceptable
to the Administration.
3.8
Random samples of pipe should be tested to
determine the adhesion qualities of the coating to the pipe.
The test method and frequency of testing should be
acceptable to the Administration.
4. INSTALLATION
4.1. Supports
4.1.1 Selection and spacing of pipe supports in shipboard
systems should be determined as a function of allowable
stresses and maximum deflection criteria. Support spacing
should be not greater than the pipe manufacturers
recommended spacing. The selection and spacing of pipe
supports should take into account pipe dimensions,
mechanical and physical properties of the pipe material,
mass of pipe and contained fluid, external pressure,
operating temperature, thermal expansion effects, loads
due to external forces, thrust forces, water hammer,
vibration, maximum accelerations to which the system may
be subjected, and the type of support. The support spans
should also be checked for combinations of loads.
4.1.2 Each support should evenly distribute the load of
the pipe and its contents over the full width of the support
and be designed to minimize wear and abrasion.
4.1.3 Heavy components in the piping system such as
valves and expansion joints should be independently
supported.
4.1.4 Suitable provision should be made in each pipeline
to allow for relative movement between pipes made of plastics and the steel structure, having due regard to:
.1 the difference in the coefficients of thermal
expansion;
.2 deformations of the ships hull and its structure.
W/0322a
A 18/Res.753
the following:
A test assembly shall be fabricated in accordance with the
bonding procedure to be qualified and shall consist of at
least one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-to-fitting joint.
When the test assembly has been cured, it shall be
subjected to a hydrostatic test pressure at a factor of safety
acceptable to the Administration times the design pressure
of the test assembly, for not less than one hour with no
leakage or separation of joints. The test shall be conducted
so that the joint is loaded in both the circumferential and
longitudinal directions similar to that to be experienced in
service. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
shall be as follows:
(1)
When the largest size to be joined is 200 mm
nominal outside diameter, or smaller, the test
assembly shall be the largest piping size to be joined.
(2)
When the largest size to be joined is greater than
200 mm nominal outside diameter, the size
of the test assembly shall be either 200 mm or 25% of the
largest piping size to be joined, whichever is greater.
4.4.6 When conducting performance qualifications, each
bonder and bonding operator should make up a test
assembly consisting of one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipeto-fitting joint in accordance with the qualified bonding procedure. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
should be the same as required in 4.5. The joint should
successfully pass the hydrostatic test described in 4.5.
4.5 Testing after installation on board
4.5.1 Piping systems for essential services should be
subjected to a test pressure not less than 1.5 times the
design pressure of the system.
4.5.2 Piping systems for non-essential services should
be checked for leakage under operational conditions.
4.5.3 For piping required to be electrically conductive,
the resistance to earth should be checked. Earthing wires
should be accessible for inspection.
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions
4.6.1 Where A or B class divisions are penetrated for
the passage of plastic pipes, arrangements should be
made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.
These arrangements should be tested in accordance with
Recommendations for fire test procedures for A B and
F bulkheads (resolution A.517(13), as amended.
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks
4.7.1 Where plastic pipes pass through watertight
bulkheads or decks, the watertight integrity and strength
integrity of the bulkhead or deck should be maintained.
4.7.2 If the bulkhead or deck is also a fire division and
destruction by fire of the plastic pipes may cause the inflow
of liquids from tanks, a metallic shut-off valve operable
from above the freeboard deck should be fitted at the
bulkhead or deck.
W/0322a
A 18/Res.753
quate for the intended service.
APPENDIX 1
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING
OF PLASTIC PIPING IN THE DRY CONDITION
Test method
1
A furnace test with fast temperature increase likely
to occur in a fully developed liquid hydrocarbon fire. The
time/temperature of the furnace should be as follows:
at the end of 5 min.
945 C
at the end of 10 min.
1,033 C
1,071 C
1,098 C
1,100 C
Notes:
1 The accuracy of the furnace control should be as follows:
1.1
During the first 10 min. of the test the area under
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not
vary by more than + 15% of the area under the standard
curve.
1.2
During the first half hour of the test the area under
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not vary by
more than + 10% of the area under the standard curve.
1.3
For any period after the first half hour of the test
the area under the curve of mean furnace temperature
should not vary by more than + 5% of the area under the
standard curve.
1.4
At any time after the first 10 min of the test the
mean furnace temperature should not differ from the
standard curve by more than + 100C.
2 The locations where the temperatures are measured,
the number of temperature measurements and the
measurement techniques are to be agreed by the
Administration taking into account the furnace control
specification as set out in paragraph 3.1.3 of the Annex of
Assembly resolution A.517(13).
Test specimen
2
The test specimen should be prepared with the
joints and fittings intended for use in the proposed
application. The number of specimens should be sufficient
to test typical joints and fittings including joints between
non-metal and metal pipes and fitting to be used. The ends
of the specimen should be closed. One of the ends should
allow presssurized nitrogen to be connected. The pipe ends
and closures may be outside the furnace. The general
orientation of the specimen should be horizontal and it
should be supported by one fixed support with the
remaining supports allowing free movement. The free
length between supports should not be less than 8 times
the pipe diameter.
Test conditions
3
If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,
moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
50% relative humidity at 20 + 5 C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
alter the properties of component material. Special
samples should be used for moisture content determination
and conditioned with the test specimen. These samples
should be so constructed as to represent the loss of water
vapour from the specimen by having similar thickness and
exposed faces.
4
A nitrogen pressure inside the test specimen should
be maintained automatically at 0.7 bar + 0.1 bar during
the test. Means should be provided to record the pressure
inside the pipe and the nitrogen flow into and out of the
specimen in order to indicate leakage.
Acceptance criteria
5
During the test, no nitrogen leakage from the
sample should occur.
6
After termination of the furnace test, the test specimen together with fire protection coating, if any, should be
allowed to cool in still air to ambient temperature and then
tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 min. without
leakage. Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should
be conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all
of its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
so that leakage will be readily apparent.
7
Alternative test methods and/or test procedures
considered to be at least equivalent including open pit
testing method, may be accepted in cases where the pipes
are too large for the test furnace.
Notes: 1
Most materials other than steel used for
pipes will require a thermal insulation to be able to
pass this test. The test procedure should include the
insulation and its covering.
2.
The number and size of test specimens
required for the approval test should be specified by
the Administration.
W/0322a
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 2
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING
OF WATER-FILLED PLASTIC PIPING
1
Test method
A propane multiple burner test with a fast
temperature increase should be used.
For piping up to 152 mm in diameter, the fire source
should consist of two rows of 5 burners as shown in Figure
1. A constant heat flux averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%)
should be maintained 12.5 + 1 cm above the centreline
of the burner array. This flux corresponds to a pre-mix
flame of propane with a fuel flow rate of 5 kg/h for a total
heat release rate of 65 kW. The gas consumption should
be measured with an accuracy of at least +3% in order to
maintain a constant heat flux. Propane with a minimum
purity of 95% should be used.
For piping greater than 152 mm in diameter, one
additional row of burners should be included for each 31
mm increase in pipe diameter. A constant heat flux
averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%) should still be maintained
at the 12.5 + 1 cm height above the centreline of the burner
array. The fuel flow should be increased as required to
maintain the designated heat flux.
The burners should be type Sievert No. 2942 or
equivalent which produces an air mixed flame. The inner
diameter of the burner heads should be 29 mm (see figure
1). The burner heads should be mounted in the same plane
and supplied with gas from a manifold. If necessary, each
burner should be equipped with a valve in order to adjust
the flame height.
The height of the burner stand should also be
adjustable. It should be mounted centrally below the test
pipe with the rows of burners parallel to the pipes axis.
The distance between the burner heads and the pipe
should be maintained at 12.5 + 1 cm during the test. The
free length of the pipe between its supports should be .8
+0.05 m.
Acceptance criteria
During the test, no leakage from the sample(s)
should occur except that slight weeping through the pipe
wall may be accepted.
After termination of the burner regulation test, the
test sample, together with fire protection coating, if any,
should be allowed to cool to ambient temperature and then
tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 minutes without significant leakages, i.e. not exceeding 0.2 1/min.
Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should be
conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all of
its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
so that leakage will be readily apparent.
Test specimen
Each pipe should have a length of approximately
1.5 m. The test pipe should be prepared with permanent
joints and fittings intended to be used. Only valves and
straight joints versus elbows and bends should be tested
as the adhesive in the joint is the primary point of failure.
The number of pipe specimens should be sufficient to test
all typical joints and fittings. The ends of each pie specimen should be closed. One of the ends should allow
pressurized water to be connected.
If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,
moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
50% relative humidity at 20 + 5 C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
alter the properties of the material
Special samples should be used for moisture content
determination and conditioned with the test specimen.
These samples should be so constructed as to represent
the loss of water vapour from the specimen by having
similar thickness and exposed faces.
W/0322a
10
A 18/Res.753
W/0322a
11
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 3
2
Test sample should be fabricated by cutting pipes
lengthwise into individual sections and then assembling
the sections into a test sample as representative as
possible of a flat surface. A test sample should consist of
at least two sections. The test sample should be 800 + 5
mm long. All cuts should be made normal to the pipe wall.
3
The number of sections that must be assembled
together to form a test sample should be that which
corresponds to the nearest integral number of sections
which should make a test sample with an equivalent
linearized surface width between 155 and 180 mm. The
surface width is defined as the measured sum of the outer
circumference of the assembled pipe sections that are
exposed to the flux from the radiant panel.
4
The assembled test sample should have no gaps
between individual sections.
5
The assembled test sample should be constructed
in such a way that the edges of two adjacent sections
should coincide with the centreline of the test holder.
6
The individual test sections should be attached to
the backing calcium silicate board using wire (No. 18
recommended) inserted at 50 mm intervals through the
board and tightened by twisting at the back.
7
The individual pipe sections should be mounted
so that the highest point of the exposed surface is in the
same plane as the exposed flat surface of a normal surface.
8
The space between the concave unexposed
surface of the test sample and the surface of the calcium
silicate backing board should be left void.
9
The void space between the top of the exposed
test surface and the bottom edge of the sample holder
frame should be filled with a high temperature insulating
wool if the width of the pipe segments extend under the
side edges of the sample holding frame.
W/0322a
12
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 4
FIRE ENDURANCE REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
A B C D E F G H I J K
CARGO (Flammable cargoes f.p. < 60C)
6
Cargo lines
6
Crude oil washing lines
6
Vent lines
INERT GAS
1
1 1 1 1
Water seal effluent line
1 1
1 1
Scrubber effluent line
Main line
Distribution lines
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (f.p. > 60C)
3
6
Cargo lines
3
Fuel oil
Lubricating
Hydraulic oil
SEAWATER (1)
Bilge main and branches
Fire main and water spray
Foam system
Sprinker system
6
Ballast
Cooling water, essential services
2
Tank cleaning services fixed machines
Non essential systems
FRESH WATER
Cooling water, essential services
Condensate return
Non essential systems
SANITARY/DRAINS/SCRUPPERS
Deck drains (internal)
Sanitary drains (internal)
1 /4
Scruppers and dischargers (overboard) 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4
SOUNDING/AIR
6
Water tanks/ dry spaces
6
Oil tanks (f.p.> 60C)
MISCELLANEOUS
Control air
Service air (non essential)
Brine
5 5 5
5 5
Auxiliary low pressure steam (< 7 bar)
Location
W/0322a
13
A 18/Res.753
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
F)
G)
H)
I)
J)
K)
ABBREVIATIONS:
L1
Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions,
60 min.
L2
Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions,
30 min.
L3
Fire endurance test (appendix 2) in wet conditions,
30 min.
O
No fire endurance test required
NA
Not applicable
X
Metallic materials having a melting point greater
than 925C.
FOOTNOTES:
1/
Where non-metallic piping is used, remotely
controlled valves to be proved at ships side (valve is to be
controlled from outside space).
2/
Remote closing valves to be provided at the cargo
tanks.
3/
When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with
f.p. >60C. O may replace NA or X.
4/
For drains serving only the space concerned, O
may replace L1.
5/
When controlling functions are not required by
statutory requirements or guidelines, O may replace L1.
6/
For pipe between machinery space and deck water seal, O may replace L1.
7/
For passenger vessels, X is to replace L1.
8/
Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2,
as defined in regulation 13 of the International Convention
on Load Lines, 1966, should be X throughout unless
fitted at the upper end with the means of closing capable
of being operated from a position above the freeboard deck
in order to prevent downflooding.
9/
For essential services, such as fuel oil tank heating
and ships whistle, X is to replace O.
10/
For tankers where compliance with paragraph 3(f)
of regulation 13F of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required,
NA is to replace O.
LOCATION DEFINITIONS
A -
Location
Machinery spaces of category A
B -
C -
D -
E -
F G-
Cargo tanks
Fuel oil tanks
H -
I-
J-
Accommodation, service,
K -
Open decks
Definition
Machinery spaces of category A as defined in SOLAS*
regulation II-2/3.19.
Spaces, other than category A machinery spaces and
cargo pump rooms, containing propulsion machinery,
boilers,
steam
and
internal
combustion
engines,
generators and major electrical machinery, pumps, oil
filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and airconditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to
such spaces.
Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunks
to such spaces.
Ro-ro cargo holds are ro-ro cargo spaces and special
category spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.14
and 3.18.
All spaces other than ro-ro cargo holds used for non-liquid
cargo and trunks to such spaces.
All spaces used for liquid cargo and trunks to such spaces.
All spaces used for fuel oil (excluding cargo tanks) and
trunks to such spaces.
All spaces used for ballast water and trunks to such
spaces.
Cofferdams and voids are those empty spaces between
two bulkheads separating two adjacent compartments.
Accommodation spaces, service spaces and control
stations as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.10, 3.12,
3.22
Open deck spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II2/26.2.2(5).
* SOLAS 74 as amended by the 1978 SOLAS Protocol and the 1981 and 1983 amendments (consolidated text).
W/0322a
14
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
Bureau Veritas
2090I/07796/AO/PRSO/BV
2090I/07798/AO/PRSO/BV
2090I/07797/AO/PRSO/BV
2090I/07795/AO/PRSO/BV
01407/E0 BV
01409/E0 BV
2090-1408/CO/O
12-01-1988
06-05-1993
09-03-1987
20-01-1987
31-03-1990
31-01-1990
18-09-1998
21-09-1998
21-09-1998
18-09-1998
07-07-1999
07-07-1999
24-06-1987
18-09-2002
21-09-2002
21-09-2002
18-09-2002
07-07-2004
07-07-2004
30-06-1991
LD 181/89/B
18-05-1989
254-95-28 (1/2)
15-02-1995
254-95-27 (1/2)
15-02-1995
254-95-26 (1/2)
15-02-1995
ZCX8517844
27-11-1985
ZCX8517845
27-11-1985
02360-99-AQ-ROT-RvA 30-06-1993
14-02-2000
14-02-2000
14-02-2000
26-11-1989
26-11-1989
QSC-5450
98-HOU-AQ-9290
K-1355
K-1356
K-1574
K-1575
K-1794
Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie
Germanischer Lloyd
73-788-94 HH
Germanischer Lloyd
78-392/89
SGP02568-GP001
89/00102(E4)
91/00292 (E3)
99/00127
99/00094
01/00041
99/00095
99/00092
650808
650770
ROT 9820077/1
5-1-133
98HG648
Royal
Polski
Polski
Polski
P-6084
TKM/427/710175/82
TKM/429/710175/82
TKM/428/710175/82
Norwegian Navy
Rejestr Statkow
Rejestr Statkow
Rejestr Statkow
Issue date
Validity
02-08-1996 yearly review
25-02-1998 yearly review
05-08-1996
21-04-1998
22-08-1996
22-08-1996
18-08-1998
18-08-1998
14-12-1999
Approved for
2000M/5000M/7000M
Type*
2-a
2000M-(FP)/7000M/PSX-L3/-JF 3-a/c
7000M
5000
2000M
7000M
2000M
7000M
2000M
7000M
2000M
7000M
5000
7000M
7000M
5000
2000M
2000M
7000M
1-a
1-a
2-a
2-a
3-a
3-a
2-a/b/c
2-a
2-a
04-07-2002
05-08-2002
26-03-2001
31-08-2000
31-08-2000
31-12-2001
31-12-2001
31-12-2003
1-d
2-d
3-d
1-a
1-a
2-a
2-a
2-a
06-08-2001
2000M/7000M
1-a
18-07-1989
07-08-1996
29-11-1989
31-01-2001
31-01-2001
17-01-2001
26-08-1999
17-06-1999
12-03-2001
17-06-1999
07-06-1999
14-03-1996
19-03-1996
19-03-1998
5000
23-02-2006
23-07-2005
01-08-2006
25-08-2004
16-06-2004
11-03-2006
16-06-2004
06-06-2004
2000M/7000M
2000M/7000M
2000M7000M
3400
Expansion coupling
2400
2000
7000
2000M/7000M
Quick-Lock pipe
Expansion coupling
2-a
1-a
2-a
1-a
1-a
2-a
1-a
1-a
1-b
1-c
1-b
25-12-1998
06-12-2002
20000M/7000M/5000M
2000M-P and PSX-L3
2-a
12-01-1988
26-10-1982
26-10-1982
26-10-1982
00-11-1986
00-11-1986
00-11-1986
14-03-1996
14-03-1996
25-09-2000
25-09-2000
14-03-2001
14-03-2001
24-09-2005
24-09-2005
19-07-1985
MAC/100595/2/TO/96
MAC/100595/1/TO/96
MAC/127200/2/TO/00
MAC/127200/1/TO/00
See Berufsgenossenschaft
Sjfartsverket
II R 31/Wr/He
2107-9370201
16703
16714
436-8.1-W
437-8.1-W
Unit
1) Europe
2) Singapore
3) USA
Type
a) Type approval
b) Flame spread (test)
c) L3 (test)
d) Other
23-08-1979
08-03-1993
2000M
7000M
2000M
7000M
1-a
1-a
2-a
2-a
Agent approved
Agent approved
31-07-1984
31-07-1984
2000M-(FP)/PSX
2000M/7000M
3-c
3-c
2000M/5000
7000M
07/01
D ET N ORSKE V ERITAS
QUALITY SYSTEM
CERTIFICATE
CERT-02360-99-AQ-ROT-RVA
This is to certify that
the quality system
of
NEN-EN-ISO 9001:1994
This certificate is valid for following activities
4 July 2002
Paal Johansen
Management Representative
30 June 1993
Lack of fulfilment of conditions as set out in the appendix may render this certificate invalid.
DOCNO.Q56E.1098
DNV CERTIFICATION B.V. Haastrechtstraat 7, 3079 DC Rotterdam, the Netherlands, TEL.INT.:+31 10 292 26 88, FAX:+31 10 479 67 68
Technical Bulletin 1
Introduction in to glass
reinforced plastics
General statement
Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998
Figure 1.
Modulus
(Gpa)
E-glass
carbon
2.5
1.8
70
230 to 820
Ararnid
Polyethylene
HT steel
Aluminium
1.4
0.97
7.8
2.7
130
170
210
75
Tensile
strength
Mpa
1700
2000 to 820
7000
3000
3000
750
260
Specific
stiffness
(GPa)*
28
128 to
455
98
175
27
28
Specific
strength
(MPa)*
680
1111 to
3900
2140
3090
96
96
Polyester
vinylester
Epoxy
Reinforcement
E-Glass CSM
E-Glass WR
E-Glass uni
S-Glass WR
amid WR
E-Glass WR
Glass WR
Aramid WR
Carbon WR
E-GIass WR
E-Glass Uni
Aramid WR
Possible applications
Phenolic
E-Glass CSM
E-Glass WR
Acrylic
E-Glass WR
temperature resistance
Density
(g/cm3)
1.44
1.63
1.80
1.64
1.31
1.89
1.90
1.35
1.50
1.92
1.92
1.33
1.38
1.53
1.57
1.50
1.65
170
Tensile
strength
(Mpa)
80-180
210-300
410-1180
440
430
342
=520
=500
=600
360
1190
517
1379
625
2040
85-150
220-330
308
Tensile
Modulus
(Gpa)
7.3.9.3
12-21
1241
20
26
25
=45
=40
=85
17
39
31
76
73
134
5-7.5
13-17
21
comp.
strength
(Mpa)*
140-150
150-270
210480
210
115
355
---240
1001
172
276
500
1000
--292
Approx.
cost
( /kg)
1.6
1.8
1.8
5.6
17.1
2,4
5.8
20.2
18.0
3.0
3.2
20.9
21.0
48.3
18.5
2.1
2.2
2.3
Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998
Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998
The nature of
thermosetting resins
Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998
Polyesters
2.
Scheme of the filament
winding process
Epoxies
Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998
Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998
Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998
Source
Technical Bulletin 1
May 1998
10
Technical Bulletin 3
Introduction
2.
5.
6.
7.
Pipe-ring stiffness
8.
9.
10. Literature
11. Legenda
1. Introduction
5. Bending radius
When the external pressure on the pipe may exceed the internal
pressure one has to take into account the collapse resistance of
the pipe This is ruled by equations which differs from those for internal
pressure.
7. Pipe-ring stiffness
8. Waterhammer and
surge
Technical Bulletin 3
July 1997
1. INTRODUCTION
ts =
Dp
2 sF + P
(1)
ASTM D-2992 [2] uses the same type of formula to calculate the hoop
stress as follows:
=p
( Da ts )
2ts
(2)
ts =
p(d + 2t1)
2sts
p=
2s p
d = t = 2t1
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Technical Bulletin 3
July 1997
Technical Bulletin 4
May 1998
Description
This sheet shows a calculation of maximum allowable forces that can be restrained
by a so called blocking saddle. In the schematic overview of a typical blocking
saddle assembly is given in the picture below.
Schematic overview of
a typical blocking
assembly
Figure 1.
Figure 1.
To be able to calculate the maximum allowable force acting on a saddle, the
allowable shear stress in the bonded surface has to be calculated first. A two
component Ameron type of adhesive should be used which has a shear stress of
5N/mm2. When a safety factor of 4 is required, the shear stress value to be used is:
= 1.25 N/mm2
The maximum allowable force F can than be calculated using the following formula,
using 2 saddles each 180 , so mounting
is 360 around the pipe:
F= A = (2*180/360) min OD L
min. OD
Where
2
=Allowable shear stress in N/mm .
A
=
Bonded surface between saddle
2
and pipe in mm .
=Minimum outer diameter of pipe
in mm.
L
=
Width of saddle in mm.
For saddle dimensions, please refer to our Product Guide
FR 282.
1) 360 degrees
The results given in table 1. are based on the outer diameter of Bondstrand
series 3410 (10 bar rated pressure). Therefore, calculation for higher pressure
classes (resulting in thicker wall) will be more favourable.
Technical Bulletin 4
May 1998
FP85-2